Instron

Wood Testing Fixtures

Wood Testing Fixtures

Testing Accessories

Characterization of wood materials requires a range of tests under different loading conditions, such as tensile, compression, shear, and flexure. Instron provides a range of high-performance wood testing fixtures that conform to the requirements of the appropriate ASTM, ISO, EN, JIS, and other testing standards.

Internal Bond Test Fixture Instron Catalog Number 2820-061
Internal Bond Test Fixture
Catalog Number 2820-061

The internal bond test fixture is designed for testing the strength properties of wood or adhesive bonds in wood by tensile loading. The fixture consists of a self-aligning upper grip and a rotatable lower grip. Tensile loading is applied to the specimen via blocks bonded to the specimen itself. Simple clevis pin interfaces are used which allow quick and easy fitting and removal of the grips.

Overview
Force Capacity 10 kN
Recommended For Chipboard, fiberboard, etc.
Type of Loading Static
Specimen Shapes Rectangular
Compliance to Standards ASTM D1037-99, BS 5669-1979, JIS A5905-1994, JIS A5906-1983, JIS A5908-1994

More Info

Wood Flexure Fixtures

The 2820-04x Series flexure testing fixtures are available in multiple span sizes, force capacities, and are compatible with three and four-point anvil sets to meet a wide range of testing standards. These fixtures are ideal for testing MDF and fiberboard as well as natural timber. Specimens are supported by two anvils attached to a base beam. Force is applied either at the center (three-point bend) or at two points between the supporting anvils (four-point bend). Optional rolling and articulating anvil sets can support testing of warped specimens. Deflection of the specimen can be measured using the optional deflection measurement yoke (catalog no. 2820-057) and a suitable extensometer.

Lower Beams
Constructed of a high strength extruded allow, each lower beam includes a graduated scale for ease of adjusting the anvil span setting and meets the requirements of JIS A5905, JIS A5906, JIS A5908, JAS 112, JAS 601, BS 373, BS 5669, EN 310, EN 789, ISO 3133, ASTM D1037, and ASTM D143.

Force Capacity Maximum Span Catalog No.
10 kN 800 mm (31.5 in) 2820-040
50 kN 800 mm (31.5 in) 2820-041
50 kN 1200 mm (47.2 in) 2820-042

Four-Point Upper Beams
Upper beams are required for four-point flexure testing and each includes a graduated scale for ease of adjusting the anvil span setting. Capable of meeting the following testing standard requirements with the appropriate anvil sets: ISO 3349, JAS 112, JAS 601, EN 789.

Force Capacity Maximum Span Catalog No.
10 kN 300 mm (11.8 in) 2820-043
50 kN 610 mm (24 in) 2820-044

Anvil Sets

Description Testing Standards Catalog No.
3-Point Rigid Anvil Set
Upper and Lower: 20 mm dia.,100 mm wide
JIS A 5905, JIS A 5906, JIS A 5908, BS 5669 2820-045
3-Point Rigid Anvil Set
Upper: 30 mm dia., 100 mm wide
Lower: 15 mm dia., 100 mm wide
BS EN 310 2820-046
3-Point Rigid Anvil Set
Upper and Lower: 76 mm dia., 100 mm wide
ASTM D 1037 for specimens with thickness from 4 – 25 mm 2820-047
3-Point Rigid Anvil Set
Upper and Lower: 60 mm dia., 100 mm wide
ASTM D 1037 for specimens with thickness from 4 – 25 mm 2820-048
4-Point Rigid Anvil Set
Upper: 60 mm dia., 100 mm wide
Requires 2820-048 and Four-Point Upper Beam
ISO 3349 (4-Point) 2820-049
3-Point Anvil Set
Upper (Rigid): 30 mm dia., 100 mm wide
Lower (Rolling and Articulating): 30 mm dia., 70 mm wide
JAS 112 2820-052
4-Point Anvil Set
Upper (Rolling and Articulating): 30 mm dia., 70 mm wide
Requires 2820-052 and Four-Point Upper Beam
JAS 112 (4-Point) 2820-053
3-Point Anvil Set
Upper (Rigid): 30 mm dia., 300 mm wide.
Lower (Rolling and Articulating): 30 mm dia. 300 mm wide
JAS 601, EN 789 2820-054

More Info

Shear Fixture for Wood
Catalog Number 2820-060

This fixture is designed for testing the shear strength properties of wood or adhesive bonds in wood by compression loading. The fixture consists of a high-strength steel body with a sliding, self-aligning anvil which is used to apply compressive loading to the specimen in shear. The shear line can be set at 0.0 mm, 2.0 mm or 3.0 mm by using shims. The shims are clearly engraved with the applicable standard and are easy and quick to change.

Overview
Force Capacity 50 kN
Type of Loading Static
Specimen Shapes Rectangular
Testing Standards ASTM D143-94, ASTM D905-98, ISO 6238:2001, JIS K 6802-1973, JIS Z 2117-1977, BS 373:1957, JAS 601-1974

More Info

Adhesive Bond Tension Test Fixture
Catalog No. S1-11861

Used to test adhesive bonds perpendicular to the surface.

Force Capacity 10 kN
Testing Standards ASTM D897-01

Contact Us for Details

AVE3 Advanced Video Extensometer

Testing Accessories
AVE3 Advanced Video Extensometer

AVE3

Advanced Video Extensometer

Request a Quote

Contact Our Sales Department.

Please complete the form below and we will be happy to contact you with a response. Our typical response time for an online request is within 1-2 business days. For a faster response, please call +1-800-473-7838.



Please accept marketing-cookies to watch this video.

As the premier extensometer solution, the AVE3 is unrivaled in versatility — offering precision strain measurement down to 1 micron accuracy for tensile, compression, and bend testing. Delivering unparalleled flexibility, the AVE3 can be used for everything — small to large gauge lengths, low to high elongations, sensitive materials like films, explosive failures of composites, and even non-ambient testing in a chamber or a fluid bath. The AVE3's compliance with ISO 9513 and ASTM E83 means you can reliably test to any standard with one device, eliminating the need to purchase and maintain multiple clip-on devices.

View Specifications

Designed for Accuracy

Eliminate Environmental and Operator Influences on Results

CDAT Airflow Technology Patent Pending

Did you know that the environmental conditions in your lab create air disturbances that negatively impact your device's performance? Thermal and environmental disturbances can worsen device accuracy by up to 5 times when compared to the performance you would see under perfect lab conditions. These disturbances can be caused by normal laboratory activity such as people walking by the device, operators having a conversation nearby, or an HVAC system turning on. Instron's AVE3 features patent-pending Constant Density Air Tunnel (CDAT) airflow technology that shields your test space while mitigating any thermal or environmental effects, giving you accurate and repeatable results every time.
Metals Testing with the AVE3 Advanced Video Extensometer

Non-Contacting Solution

The AVE3 eliminates the effect of operator attachment on your strain data, producing more consistent and repeatable results. By measuring strain without contact, the AVE3 eliminates the cumbersome attaching and detaching required with clip-on devices, in addition to preventing premature damage to the specimen from knife edges — optimizing throughput and ensuring the most accurate results.
AVE3 Dynamic Cross-Polarized Lighting

Dynamic Cross-Polarized Lighting Patented

No two labs have the same lighting conditions, and lighting can change throughout the day, which can lead to variation in results. To ensure the AVE3 always sees the same image, Instron uses a patented cross-polarized lighting system that dynamically adjusts to ensure your markings are perfectly illuminated for consistent results on every test.
Flexure Testing with the AVE3 Advanced Video Extensometer

One Device

Endless Applications

The AVE3 can measure both modulus and strain to failure for almost any application, including static tensile, flexure, and compressive testing for flat and round specimens. Measurements can be collected at ambient conditions or at high and low temperatures when using environmental chambers or fluid baths. Whether you're testing plastics, metals, composites, textiles, films, foils, elastomers, paper, components, or biomaterials, the AVE3 offers the versatility to meet evolving testing demands and the following standards.

Metal Standards

  • ISO 6892, ASTM E8, JIS Z 2241, GB 228.1
  • r-Value (AverEdge32 Recommended): ISO 10113, ASTM E517, JIS Z 2254, GB/T 5027

Plastic Standards

  • ISO 527-2, ASTM D638, JIS K 7161-2, GB/T 1040.2
  • Flexural Tests: ISO 178, JIS K 7171, GB/T 9341

Composite Standards

  • ISO 527-4/5, ASTM D3039, GB/T 3354

Elastomer Standards

  • ISO 37, ASTM D412, JIS K 6251, GB/T 528

Film and Foil Standards

  • ASTM E345, ASTM D882, GB/T 1040.3
Installing AVE3 on Environmental Chamber
Controls Icon

Enhanced Control

Streamlined operator controls, integrated directly in Bluehill Universal software, and enhanced controls allow you to set preferences for when the light bar and fans are on.
Test Curve Icon

Data Rate

On-board measurement technology processes data in real-time (500 Hz), and is capable of meeting strain control requirements.
Stop Watch Icon

Quick Mount

Easily mounts on nearly any Instron universal testing system and temperature chamber.
Automation Icon

Automation Ready

Easily integrates with automation solutions for streamlined, high throughput strain measurement.
Installing Kinematic Lens on AVE3

Smarter

Lenses are configured and factory calibrated for your unique test setup. Aperture and focus settings are locked to remove any variability of operator influence. Each lens is programmed with an identification number, which allows the test system to automatically recognize the device through a kinematic connection. This new connection method guarantees a repeatable placement of the lens. The AVE3 also uses a simplified calibration plate that can clip directly onto your specimen with your load string intact, making it easier to perform periodic calibration checks to ensure it's dialed in and ready for testing.

Available Lenses

  • 35mm (Short Field of View) — suitable for low-strain materials such as composites, metals, and rigid or filled plastics.
  • 16mm (Standard Field of View) — suitable for materials such as plastics, metals, sheet metals, and foils. Preferred lens for metals customers requiring strain rate control and average transverse strain measurement (AverEdge32).
  • 6mm (Extra-Long Field of View) and 9mm (Long Field of View) — suitable for materials with high elongations such as rubbers, elastomers, films, and some plastics.

Note: When selecting your lens, ensure you know your minimum and maximum gauge length requirements as well as total elongation of the range of specimens you plan to test.

Lenses for the AVE3 Advanced Video Extensometer

Strain Control

Real-Time Data for Responsive Strain Rate Control

With the new AVE3, you're now able to perform testing that requires strain control, including ASTM E8 and ISO 6892. Between the advancements in accuracy and a data capture rate of 500 Hz, the AVE3 delivers rapid insights that allow the testing system to respond in real-time to changes in strain rate — ensuring you have repeatable and comparable results that comply with testing standards.

Advanced Capabilities

Optional Add-Ons

AverEdge32TM

Advanced Averaging Transverse Strain Measurement for Sheet Metal


Please accept marketing-cookies to watch this video.

AverEdge32 is an optional advanced feature of the AVE3 that utilizes edge-detection technology to simultaneously measure transverse strain at 32 locations along the specimen gauge length. It then averages them in real time, resulting in a smooth and repeatable transverse strain value, which is essential to calculating the r-value of sheet metal.

Features

  • Real-time transverse strain, averaged from 32 gauge widths, provides repeatable transverse strain with even the most demanding materials
  • Improved results repeatability, reducing or eliminating the need to perform retesting
  • Edge detection eliminates the need for transverse marks
  • Exceeds the requirements of ISO 10113, ASTM E517, JIS 2254 & GB/T 5027 for plastic strain ratio (r-value)

r-Value Comparison

Single Gauge Width vs. AverEdge32 Technology
5000 Series Aluminum
r-Value Comparison for 5000 Series Aluminum
6000 Series Aluminum
r-Value Comparison for 6000 Series Aluminum

Digital Image Correlation

Optional Add-On for Full-Field Strain Mapping


Please accept marketing-cookies to watch this video.

Digital image correlation (DIC) is an optical technique that compares images of a tested specimen's surface to generate full-field strain and displacement maps. It creates pictures that can be used to visualize strain and displacement over the full two-dimensional surface of the test specimen.

  • View materials testing phenomena, such as discontinuous yielding, localized necking, and more
  • Analyze strain and displacement on the flat surface of a part or component where traditional extensometers are impractical
  • Visualize and detect cracks that are not visible to the eye
  • Check specimen preparation techniques by comparing one specimen to the next
  • Check for standards compliance by identifying localized strain that falls outside of the standard gauge length
  • Visualize the side profile of a flat flexure or compression specimen to observe strain behavior
  • DIC software communicates directly with Bluehill Universal for easy transition from test to data review

Unparalleled Performance

CDAT Technology Icon
Latest generation CDAT technology for up to 5x improvement in accuracy
(Compared to video extenosometer without CDAT technology)
Dynamic Cross-Polarizing Lighting Icon
Dynamic Cross-Polarized Lighting
500 Hz Icon
Data capture rate
Lens Icon
6 mm, 9 mm, 16 mm, and 35 mm focal length lens options for a field of view up to 685 mm
Strain Control Icon
Strain Control Capable
AverEdge32 Icon
AverEdge32 Compatible for Transverse Strain Measurement
(Optional)
Digital Image Correlation Icon
Digital Image Correlation (DIC) Software Compatible
(Optional)
Static Testing Machine Icon
For static testing applications

Other Models

AVE2 Advanced Video Extensometer on ElectroPuls Testing System

AVE2

For Dynamic & Fatigue Testing
The AVE2 is rated for dynamic and fatigue testing that requires high accuracy and strain control.
SVE3 Standard Video Extensometer

Standard Video Extensometer (SVE3)

For Static Testing
The SVE3 is ideal for static testing applications that have less demanding requirements for measuring strain.

Hydraulic Grip Pumps

Hydraulic Grip Pumps

Testing Accessories

Instron’s hydraulic grip pumps are designed to deliver precise and reliable clamping force for high-capacity testing applications, supporting load capacities up to 600 kN.

2718-700 compact hydraulic grip pump
2718-700 compact hydraulic grip pump 2718-700 compact hydraulic grip pump 2718-700 compact hydraulic grip pump

Compact Hydraulic Grip Pump
Catalog Number 2718-700

The 2718-700 compact hydraulic grip pump is designed for use with Instron’s hydraulic wedge action grips ranging up to 100 kN capacity. This pump can be configured to provide between 41 bar (600 psi) and 207 bar (3000 psi) clamping pressure and incorporates two analogue pressure gauges that are easily visible to the operator from the front of the pump.

The pump can be configured to run in either Stand-Alone or Integrated mode. In Integrated mode, pressure settings are controlled in Bluehill Universal and can be defined in your methods — reducing errors and time spent manually adjusting pressure settings between different tests.

Compatible Grips
Grip Type Load Capacity Catalog No.
Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±30 kN 2742-301
Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±50 kN 2742-450
Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±100 kN 2743-401

More Info

2718-550 hydraulic grip pump
2718-550 hydraulic grip pump Operator using a 2718-550 hydraulic grip pump 2718-550 hydraulic grip pump

Hydraulic Grip Pump
Catalog Number 2718-550

The 2718-550 hydraulic grip pump is compatible with Instron’s hydraulic wedge and side action grips and is designed for continuous 24/7 operation for both manual and automated testing systems in industrial environments. It can be configured to provide a maximum pressure of 207 bar (3000 psi) for use with wedge grips, or alternatively 138 bar (1900 psi) for use with side acting grips. The unit incorporates two analogue pressure gauges that are easily visible to the operator from the front of the pump.

The 2718-550 pump is configured to operate with a two-stage flow speed, with a higher flow rate up to 69 bar (1000 psi) to increase productivity. Once the grips clamp the specimen, the pressure will then increase to the full pressure at the slower flow rate.

Compatible Grips
Grip Type Load Capacity Catalog No.
Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±30 kN 2742-301
Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±50 kN 2742-450
Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±100 kN 2743-401
Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±250 kN 2742-501
Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±500 kN 2742-601
Hydraulic Dual Side Action Grips 250 kN W-5450
Hydraulic Dual Side Action Grips 600 kN W-5420

More Info

CEAST Specimen Preparation Punching Machines

Testing Accessories

CEAST Specimen Preparation Punching Machines

Catalog no. C-6051-000, C-6054-000

Punching
Punching

Overview

These machines are developed to obtain specimens by punching, using hollow dies of different sizes and contours. Several hundreds of dies can be created by interchangeable socket punches with different profiles and size according to the standards and to the customer needs. Dies are made of steel with hand finished cutting edges and can be provided with ejector for easy removal of the specimen after punching.

Features

Compact design of instrument for an easy and fast preparation
Manual and automatic models obtain specimens of different size and geometries for a wide range of plastics testing applications
High level of results repeatability and time saving test procedures

Standards

  • ISO 2818
  • ISO 179
  • ISO 180
  • ISO 8256
  • ASTM 6110
  • ASTM D256
  • ASTM D412
  • ASTM D638
  • DIN 53453
  • Industry/customer specific geometries and dimensions

Furnaces for Universal Testing Systems

Furnace Testing

For Universal Testing Systems

Testing Accessories

Our standard furnaces, mounts, grips, and load string assemblies for universal testing systems allow for testing up to 1200°C in air. Our engineered solutions group is also able to develop solutions to meet higher temperature requirements and additional furnace dimensions.

1200°C Three-Zone Split Tube Furnace with High Temperature Extensometer
1200°C Three-Zone Split Tube Furnace with High Temperature Extensometer 68FM Universal Testing System with Dual Furnaces

1200°C Three-Zone Split Tube Furnace

Catalog No. 3119-160

This three-zone split tube furnace features a side entry extensometer port and is manufactured with a wire-wound element for maximum operation up to 1200°C (2200°F). The elements are uniquely formed to provide optimum temperature uniformity, ensuring conformance with testing standards such as ASTM E21ISO 6892-2, EN10002-5,and EN2002-2. The top and bottom furnace endplates are durable, provide excellent insulation, and include a 20 mm (0.787 in) diameter hole for use with pull rods.

Specifications
Specimen Temperature Range 200 - 1050°C (392 - 1922°F)
Overall Heated Length 300 mm (11.81 in)
Interior Diameter 75 mm (2.95 in)
Mounting Brackets

Mounting brackets are used to securely attach the furnace to the test system.

Specifications
Description Catalog No.
Floor Model Standard Furnace Mounting  A standard 3-knuckle design furnace mounting that allows for manual adjustments. CP119938
Floor Model Advanced Furnace Mounting  The advanced mounting allows for quick and easy fine adjustments of the vertical position of the furnace as well as parallelism to the load string. CP107737
Temperature Control System
Temperature Control System Temperature Control System Temperature Control System

Three-Zone Temperature Control Systems

Catalog No. 3119-160

Temperature control systems are designed for controlling the heat output of furnaces. The control systems can be configured to operate nearly any furnace with any one of several different thermocouples types. Three zone control systems are designed for heat-only furnaces with three separate zones of heating elements, and typically three different thermocouples to control those zones.

Specifications
Description Catalog No.
Type K Control System 3119-960
Type R/S Control System 3119-962
Stepdown Transformer  The wall mount 3KVA stepdown transformer assembly provides the ability to operate the 120V, single phase Model TCS3203 3-zone furnace control system from 190/200/208/220V, 50/60Hz power sources. W-C015-TRAN
Quick-Change Adapters
Quick-Change Adapters

Quick-change adapters are typically used in hot tensile applications to provide simplified load train installation. They consist of a button-head washer that is threaded onto the room temperature end of a pull rod. The washer and pull rod are then inserted through a slot in the adapter body.

Specifications
Force Capacity Effective Length Catalog No.
90 kN 6.43 in W-7556M4
10 kN 5.58 in W-7556M2
3117-025 | Tension-Only Holders

Threaded End Specimen Holders

Catalog No. W-7551-C

Threaded-end specimen holders made of Inconel 713-C rated for a maximum temperature of 1100 Deg. C (2000 Deg. F).

Specifications
Specimen Thread Size Catalog No.
Metric M6 x 1.0 W-7551-CM1
Metric M8 x 1.0 W-7551-CM2
Metric M8 x 1.25 W-7551-CM3
Metric M10 x 1.5 W-7551-CM4
Metric M12 x 1.5 W-7551-CM5
Metric M12 x 1.75 W-7551-CM6
Metric M14 x 2.0 W-7551-CM7
Metric M16 x 1.5 W-7551-CM8
Metric M16 x 2.0 W-7551-CM9
Metric M18 x 2.5 W-7551-CM10
Metric M19 x 1.5 W-7551-CM11
US Customary 10-24 W-7551-CU1
US Customary 10-32 W-7551-CU2
US Customary 1/4-20 W-7551-CU3
US Customary 1/4-28 W-7551-CU4
US Customary 5/16-24 W-7551-CU5
US Customary 5/16-18 W-7551-CU6
US Customary 3/8-16 W-7551-CU7
US Customary 3/8-24 W-7551-CU8
US Customary 7/16-14 W-7551-CU9
US Customary 1/2-13 W-7551-CU10
US Customary 5/8-11 W-7551-CU11
US Customary 3/4-10 (Type R3f) W-7551-CU12
Pull Rods

Pull Rods

High temperature pull rods made of made of Inconel 713-C for strength and resistance to corrosion and oxidation. Both ends are threaded 0.75-10m-RH and are compatible with a range of grips, adapters, and specimen holders.

Rated for 9070 kgs (20,000 lbs) load up to 760°C (1400°F) and 1360 kgs (3000 lbs) load at a maximum temperature of 1100°C (2000°F).

Specifications
Pull Rod Length Force Capacity Catalog No.
273 mm (10.75 in) 90 / 26.7 kN W-7546-C
330 mm (13.00 in) 90 / 26.7 kN W-7547-C
W-7554 | High Temperature Tension Wedge Grips

High Temperature Tension Wedge Grips

Catalog No. W-7554

One set (2) wedge grip specimen holders made of Hastelloy X. Holders designed for tension-only loading and may be equipped to accept flat specimens from 1.13 mm to 3.18 mm thick (0.005 in to 0.125 in) by 12.7 mm to 22.225 mm wide (0.5 in to 0.875 in). Design of holders requires drilling of holes in specimen end tabs for initial loading and jaw alignment. Centering pin diameter 4.1148 mm (0.162 in). Holders are 70mm (2.75 in) long by 38mm (1.375 in) diameter contain 0.75-10f-RH thread for attachment to pull rods. Jaw inserts ordered separately, selected based on thicknesses of specimens to be tested. See W-7554-A1, -A3, and -A4 below for available inserts and corresponding thickness ranges.

Specifications
Specimen Diameter Pin 4.1148 mm (Pin 0.162 in)
Specimen Thickness 1.13 - 3.18 mm (0.005 - 0.125 in)
Specimen Width 12.700 - 22.225 mm (0.500 - 0.875 in)
Temperature Rating 926°C (1700°F)

High Temperature Wedge Jaw Inserts

One set (two pairs) of high temperature wedge jaw inserts for use with the W-7554 high temperature tension wedge grips.

Specifications
Type Specimen Thickness Temperature Rating Catalog No.
Smooth-Faced 0.13 to 1.0 mm (0.005 to 0.040 in) 926°C (1700°F) W-7554-A1
Serrated-Faced 1.0 to 2.0 mm (0.040 to 0.078 in) 926°C (1700°F) W-7554-A3
Serrated-Faced 2.0 to 3.18 mm (0.078 to 0.125 in) W-7554-A4
No Image Available

Pin and Clevis Holders

Pin and clevis specimen holders are designed for flat specimens that have a hole in each end. The specimen fits into the slot of the holder and is secured by the pin.

Note: Using a specimen that is smaller (thinner) than the slot width specified for a given set of holders can result in misalignment of the specimen.

Specifications
Material Iconel 713-C
Temperature Rating 1100°C (2000°F)
Upper and Lower Fittings US Customary 3/4 in-10 (Type R3f)
Coupling Length 69.9 mm (2.75 in)
Coupling Diameter 28.6 mm (1.125 in)
Available Sizes
Size Catalog No.
1 mm slot, 3 mm pin CP112249
2 mm slot, 3 mm pin CP112250
3 mm slot, 4 mm pin CP112251
4 mm slot, 4 mm pin CP112252
6 mm slot, 6 mm pin CP112253
10 mm slot, 10 mm pin CP112255

Three Point Bend Test Fixtures

Testing Accessories

THREE POINT BEND TEST FIXTURES

For Flex, Bend, and Fracture Toughness Bond Testing

5 kN Three Point Flexure Fixture Catalog no. 2810-400

The flexure fixture allows a variety of flexural and fracture toughness bond tests to be performed, including determination of flexural modulus, flexural strength and flexural yield strength. Easy to install, the 3-point fixture can be modified with an optional conversion kit to provide a 4-point bending conversion. Lower anvils are adjustable to accommodate specimens of different spans. Deflection of the specimen can be measured either through crosshead displacement, or for more precise measurement you can use a mid-span direct measurement plunger with a clip-on extensometer.

5 kN FLEXURE FIXTURE
Catalog no. 2810-400
3 Point Flex Fixture

Principle of Operation

The specimen is supported on two precision machined anvils of a defined radius. The force is applied either centrally (3-point) or at a defined distance either side of the center (4- point). The support beam is graduated lengthways in metric units for accurate positioning of the anvils, equally spaced to the center line.

Features

  • Rated capacity 5 kN (500 kgf, 1,125 lbf)
  • 3-point flexure fixture with an optional conversion kit for 4-point loading
  • Conforms to ISO, ASTM, DIN, and many other standards
  • Fully adjustable span distance to suit a wide range of specimen sizes
  • Adjustable stops for specimen widths up to 50 mm (2 in) for precise alignment
  • Optional deflectometer plunger assembly
  • Rugged design for minimum maintenance
  • Temperature range: -100 to +350°C (-148 to +660°F)

Application Range

Type of loading: Static flexure, cyclic flexure tests
Specimen material: Plastics, metals, alloys, composites, ceramics and other materials
Specimen shapes: Strip, bar, components
Common standards: ASTM D790, ISO 178

2810-400-01-16
68SC-12810-400-V1-01-12
68TM-502712-046-V1-01-02
Specifications
Catalog no. 2810-400
Maximum Capacity 5 kN (1125 lbf, 500 kgf)
Temperature Range -100 °C to 350 °C (-148 °F to 660 °F)
Adjustable Span Distance 10 - 200 mm (0.39 - 7.87 in)
View Full Specifications Download Brochure
OTHER MODELS
For Testing Plastics, Metals, Alloys, Composites, Microelectronics, and Components
Flexure Fixture
High Accuracy 5 kN Flexure Fixture
Catalog no. CP139080

 

Instron offers a high accuracy version of our most common 5 kN flexure fixture, which integrates a digital displacement gauge to measure specimen displacements with an accuracy down to 1 µm.
2810-182-V1-01-19
100 kN Flexure Fixture
Catalog no. 2810-182

 

The 100 kN flexure fixture can perform 3-point flex / bend tests on specimens with a maximum width of 50 mm. A 4-point bend conversion kit is available. Lower span adjustable from 30 - 250 mm.
250 kN Flexure Fixture
Catalog no. 2810-206

 

The 250 kN flexure fixture can perform 3-point flex / bend tests on specimens with a maximum width of 100 mm. A 4-point bend conversion kit is available. Lower span adjustable from 10 - 600 mm.
100 kN Guided-Bend/Weld Bend Test Fixture
Catalog no. W-6810

 

Adjustable span for "U" bend tests of plane plate or welded flat specimens. Fixture consists of a t-slot base with adjustable span supports (0 - 254 mm) supported by two tie rods. Maximum specimen width up to 76 mm.
200 kN Cold Bend Testing Fixture for Steel Rebar
Catalog no. W-6812

 

Cold bend testing fixture for bend testing of steel reinforcement bars in general accordance with specifications; ASTM A615, A706, A996A, & BS4449. Maximum specimen diameter up to 76 mm. Support span adjustable from 0 - 480 mm.

Bending / Hemming Test Fixture to VDA 238-100: 2020
Bending / Hemming Test Fixture to VDA 238-100: 2020 Bending / Hemming Test Fixture to VDA 238-100: 2020

Bending / Hemming Test Fixture to VDA 238-100: 2020
Catalog No. CP130604

 

The CP130604 fixture has a maximum force capacity of 20 kN and is designed specifically for tight radius bend testing of sheet metals in accordance with VDA 238-100. The punch radius, roller diameter, and roller distance are constrained to reduce lab-to-lab variability. This is especially important in automotive chassis and body components where stronger and thinner materials are increasingly used to meet lightweighting initiatives.

100 N and 1 kN Micro Flexure Fixture for Microelectronics
Catalog no. 2810-410, 2810-411

 

Used for bend or flexure testing of miniature components and specimen typically found in microelectronic applications, the micro-bend fixture supports the specimen on two lower anvils and the load is applied by a single or optional dual upper anvil.
2 kN Mini Flexure Fixture for Miniature Components
Catalog no. 2810-412, 2810-413

 

The mini flexure fixture is designed for three-point bend or flexure testing of smaller components and specimens, where the specimen is supported on two lower anvils and the load is applied by a single or optional dual upper anvil.

Digital Controller Accessories

Digital Controller Accessories

Testing Accessories

Today's testing laboratories and manufacturers have a wide variety of material and component testing needs. To meet these varying requirements, Instron has several accessories designed to help interface with external equipment and measuring devices.

Sensor Conditioning Module

Sensor Conditioning Modules

Instron® sensor conditioning modules (SCM) have been exclusively designed for use in materials testing and provide synchronized testing data with your digital signal processor. Adding an SCM to an existing system allows for additional measuring devices to be used during a test and provides closed-loop strain control where possible. On most systems, users can add up to two SCMs which are compatible with Instron extensometers, LVDTs, and load cells, as well as other +/- 10 V DC output devices.
Catalog no. Controller Series
2210-885 6800
2210-880 3400, 3300A
2210-862 5900, 5500A
2210-869 3300
2210-860 5500

Expansion Channel Module

The Expansion Channel Module allows 6800 and 5900 Series Electromechanical Testing Systems users to add up to eight channels of signal conditioning and control. All signals are monitored simultaneously and in parallel without any reduction in overall system performance or data collection capability. The Expansion Channel Module works by housing up to eight Instron Signal Conditioning Modules (SCMs) in a chassis that is connected to the 6800 or 5900 Series testing system by a short cable.

Analog Output & Digital Input/Output Board

The digital I/O board is an optional card which can be added to 6800, 5900, 5500A, and 5500 Series frames. Digital communication, unlike analog, does not sense continuous signals but inputs or outputs of one of two states: high or low, open or closed. The card used in conjunction with the frame and Bluehill® software allows the operator to trigger external or internal events. It allows for 4 input and output channels to be monitored and/or triggered simultaneously.
Catalog no. Controller Series
2310-907 6800, 5900, 5500A, 5500
CP137086 3400
2310-906 5500
Remote PIP Marker

Remote PIP Marker

Manually depressing the switch allows the capture of specimen data at the moment the switch closes to mark points of interest during a test. When used with Bluehill® software, users have access to these data points across all calculations and results.
Catalog no. Controller Series
2310-516 6800, 3400, 5900, 3300, 5800, 5500, 4400

20 KN 3-Point and 4-Point Bend Fixture

Testing Accessories

20 KN 3-Point and 4-Point Bend Fixture

2810-500/505

2810-500 3 point
2810-505 4 point

Principle of OperationSuitable for both static and dynamic flexure testing, this bend fixture can be configured as either a 3 or 4 point (requires addition 2810-505) device. The specimen is supported on two lower anvils and the load is applied in the center of the specimen by either a single upper anvil or 2 upper anvils when used in a 4 point configuration.

The fixture has a variable span from 18 – 148 mm (0.7 – 5.82 in), allowing for various specimen lengths. Both lower and upper parts are fitted with a flange attachment that are directly compatible with all new ElectroPuls® test instruments (except the E1000).

The specimen is placed on the two lower anvils whilst the upper anvil is used to apply an opposing force on the specimen. This allows for high-cycle fatigue flexural testing.

Application Range

  • Bend testing of small components, plastics, wood, and composites
  • Specimen shapes: Flat and round
  • Suitable for both static and fatigue testing
  • Compatible with all new ElectroPuls test instruments (except the E1000)

Features

  • 20 kN (4496 lbf) capacity
  • Support span 18 – 148 mm (0.7 – 5.82 in)
  • Wide temperature range of -70 to +350°C (-94 to +662°F) when configured with the 3117-082 Pullrod kit
  • Compatible with Deflectometer 2810-403 & 2620 or 2630 Series Extensometer

For more information, download the literature

Visit the ElectroPuls webpage

AVE 2 Dynamic | Low Force Applications

Testing Accessories

AVE 2 Dynamic | Low Force Applications

Revolutionary Strain Control

AVE2 Low Force

Increased flexibility

  • Reduce associated costs of calibrating multiple replacement devices and trust your annual AVE 2 calibration test after test.  
  • single device offering a far superior range of Gauge Length & Travel compared to contacting extensometry. Reduced lab storage space and maintenance.
  • A single non-contacting device suitable for both Static & Fatigue Testing requirements.

Intuitive Usability

  • Improved consistency with a single testing procedure, easier, quicker and less skill required in preparing specimen for strain measurement.
  • Remove human error in the process related to the attaching and reliable set up of a contacting device with automation of an AVE 2. Reduce set-up time and costs.
  • AVE 2 eliminates the need to worry about different methods for maintaining gauge contact.

Impressive Performance

  • Can't get the strain data needed for a clip on extensometer? The AVE 2 offers more confidence in your results.
  • Non-contacting extensometry removes the possibility of premature specimen failure caused by clip on devices, which can be detrimental to a business's reputation.
  • Maintain accurate strain control even on tricky specimens for long term tests.

Understanding the Effect of Knife Edges on the Specimen Life of Compliant Materials

AVE2 Low Force Specimen Damage
  • Extensometer resonance could prevent you from testing at certain frequency ranges, introducing unwanted movement on the specimen, bringing your results in to question.
  • Extensometer knife edges can cause damage to your compliant material, shortening specimen life and influencing failure mode and location.
  • Mounting clip on extensometers to compliant specimens can be tricky and time consuming, with machine operators often wasting valuable time getting it right.
  • Traditional clip on extensometers may have limited travel, which reduces the flexibility of your cyclic testing when recording strain data from compliant specimens.

AVE 2 Dynamic | High Force Applications

Testing Accessories

AVE 2 Dynamic | High Force Applications

Revolutionary Strain Control

AVE2 High Force

Protect Your Investment

  • The AVE 2 non-contacting video extensometer is isolated from the shock loading associated with high energy specimen failures. This guarantees that the life of your strain measurement device is not shortened with every test. 
  • Eliminate your maintenance spend on replacing high cost 'consumable' devices which no-longer perform reliably due to damage sustained during repeated high energy specimen breaks.   Consolidate multiple transducers into one strain measurement device.
  • Reduce associated costs of calibrating replacement devices.  For a much wider variety of specimen types, you can trust your annual AVE 2 calibration test after test from the first specimen to the last. 

More Efficient Testing

  • Using the AVE 2 is quicker and more repeatable than using a clip-on extensometer. Consistency between technicians and faster test setup will result in more time spent testing specimens and less time setting up tests. 
  • A single high energy specimen break could potentially damage a traditional strain measurement device. This can lead to machine downtime. With AVE 2 you don't need to worry about machine downtime or supporting a range of backup transducers. 
  • Unlike traditional travel limited devices, the AVE 2 can test a wide range of specimen sizes and deflections with a single transducer.  This means you will spend less time managing your inventory and simplify operator training.

Confidence in your Data

  • Remove complexity and reduce human error in your test setup procedure by eliminating the need to reliably and repeatdly attach a contacting device to your specimen test after test. 
  • Can you tell when your clip on device has been damaged? Have your results been affected by shock loading? Trust the strain data generated from your AVE 2 all year round, test after test, from the first specimen to the last. 
  • Do you choose not to record strain data for your specimens? What might you be missing? The AVE 2 offers an easy way to collect strain data for a wide variety of specimens without impacting your specimen life.

Understanding the Effect of High Energy Specimen Failure on your Measurement Device

High Force Damaged Specimens
  • Traditional metal specimens tend to yield steadily during their fatigue life.  Necking of the specimen occurs gradually and the energy that is released at break is mostly converted into heat energy.
  • In comparison a composite coupon has a much less predictable failure mode.  The specimen may not show signs of yielding or necking during its fatigue life and then suddenly and catastrophically fail.
  • A typical composite failure will transmit damaging forces through to a contacting strain measurement device in the form of shock loading.  This in turn may damage the device itself and its ability to accurately measure strain.

If you want to protect your strain measurement device from damaging shock loads then contact us to discuss your non-contacting strain application today.

Contact Us To Discuss Your Ave 2 Application!

Couplings and Adapters

Couplings and Adapters

Testing Accessories

With endless applications and materials to test, comes the need for grips, fixtures, and connections of all sizes. The following page takes a comprehensive look at the various connection types that Instron has to offer and provides an organized view to understand and select the couplings and adapters needed for your application.

Need help finding the right coupling or adapter? Check our Compatibility Guide to learn about the various types of clevis interfaces commonly found on Instron's electromechanical systems. Please contact us if you have any questions.

 

2501-093-01-08
Catalog no. 2501-093

Rigid Clevis to Clevis Adapters

Clevis to clevis adapters are used for grip and fixture connections that have a larger or smaller clevis than the load cell or machine adapter.

Clevis Adapter Drawing

Available Models
End 1 End 2 Connection Type Catalog No.
Male - Type OO
(6 mm connection with 2.5 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-350
Male - Type OO
(6 mm connection with 2.5 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type C
(5/8 in. connection with 1/4 in. clevis pin)
Rigid S1-13807
Male - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type B
(1/2 in. connection with 3/16 in. clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-134
Male - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type C
(5/8 in. connection with 1/4 in. clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-133
Male - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-093
Male - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Female - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-346
Male - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Female - Type B
(1/2 in. connection with 3/16 in. clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-119
Male - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Female - Type C
(5/8 in. connection with 1/4 in. clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-120
Male - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Female - Type 1
(34 mm connection with 16 mm clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-338

More Info

2501-091-01-23
Catalog no. 2501-091

Flexible Clevis to Clevis Adapters

Clevis to clevis adapters are used for grip and fixture connections that have a larger or smaller clevis than the load cell or machine adapter. Flexible adapters are used for some applications for the alignment of specimens.

Clevis Adapter Drawing

Available Models
End 1 End 2 Connection Type Catalog No.
Male - Type OO
(6 mm connection with 2.5 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type B
(1/2 in. connection with 3/16 in. clevis pin)
Flexible 2501-115
Male - Type OO
(6 mm connection with 2.5 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type C
(5/8 in. connection with 1/4 in. clevis pin)
Flexible 2501-157
Male - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Flexible 2501-348
Male - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type B
(1/2 in. connection with 3/16 in. clevis pin)
Flexible 2501-109
Male - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type C
(5/8 in. connection with 1/4 in. clevis pin)
Flexible 2501-094
Male - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Flexible 2501-091
Male - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Female - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Flexible 2501-356
Male - Type 1
(34 mm connection with 16 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type C
(5/8 in. connection with 1/4 in. clevis pin)
Flexible 2501-170
Male - Type 1
(34 mm connection with 16 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Flexible 2501-090

More Info

2501-173-V1-01-23
Catalog no. 2501-173

Clevis to Threaded Adapters

Clevis to thread adapters are used for grip and fixture connects on floor model systems when the load cell or machine has a threaded connection.

Threaded Adapter Drawing

Available Models
End 1 End 2 Connection Type Catalog No.
Male - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Male - Type I
(M30x2 right hand thread)
Rigid 2501-173
Male - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Male - Type II
(M48x2 right hand thread)
Rigid 2501-172
Male - Type 1
(34 mm connection with 16 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type O
(12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-159
Male - Type 1
(34 mm connection with 16 mm clevis pin)
Female - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-092
Male - Type 1
(34 mm connection with 16 mm clevis pin)
Male - Type I
(M30x2 right hand thread)
Rigid 2501-073
Male - Type 1
(34 mm connection with 16 mm clevis pin)
Male - Type II
(M48x2 right hand thread)
Rigid 2501-171
Male - Type I
(M30x2 left hand thread)
Female - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Rigid 8005-061
Male - Type II
(M48x2 left hand thread)
Female - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Rigid 8005-062

More Info

8005-042-V1-01-21
Catalog no. 8005-042

Threaded to Threaded Adapters

Threaded adapters are generally used for grips and fixtures to account for high-capacity testing. They will be needed for most hydraulic load string connections, load strings over 100kN, and for systems with threaded base and load cell connections.

Threaded Adapter Drawing

Available Models
End 1 End 2 Connection Type Catalog No.
Male - Type II
(M48x2 left hand thread)
Female - 1.5 in. -12 right hand thread Rigid 2501-206
Male - Type II
(M48x2 left hand thread)
Female - Type I
(M30x2 left hand thread)
Rigid 2501-205
Male - Type II
(M48x2 left hand thread)
Female - 2 in. -12 right hand thread Rigid 8005-022
Male - Type I
(M30x2 left hand thread)
Male - Type I
(M30x2 right hand thread)
Rigid 8005-041
Male - Type I
(M30x2 left hand thread)
Male - Type II
(M48x2 right hand thread)
Rigid 8005-045
Male - Type II
(M48x2 left hand thread)
Male - Type I
(M30x2 right hand thread)
Rigid 8005-046
Male - Type II
(M48x2 left hand thread)
Male - Type II
(M48x2 right hand thread)
Rigid 8005-042
Male - Type IIA
(M72x3 left hand thread)
Male - Type IIA
(M72x3 right hand thread)
Rigid 8005-043

More Info

2501-113-01-22
Catalog no. 2501-113

Machine Base Adapters

Machine base adapters are generally used for connecting a grip or fixture to the machine. On machines 10 kN and below, a clevis adapter with a through hole for a screw is used. On 30 kN, 50 kN, and 100 kN machines, a flange adapter with clevis and bolt circle is used. For machines above 100 kN, see the threaded adapter section.

Machine Base Adapter Drawing

Available Models
End 1 End 2 Connection Type Catalog No.
6 x M10 Bolt Circle Female - Type D
(1.25 in. connection with 1/2 in. clevis pin)
Rigid 2501-113
6 x M10 Bolt Circle Female - Type II
(M48x2 left hand thread)
Rigid 2501-148

More Info

Quick-Mount Load Cell Adapter
Catalog nos. 2501-212 & 2501-213

Quick-Mount Load Cell Adapters

Quick-mount load cell adapters make it easier to secure load cells up to 50 kN to the crosshead. One part of the adapter mounts to the crosshead, the other to the load cell – allowing the load cell to hang securely from the crosshead unaided while you thread the through-bolt to complete installation. Additional load cell adapters are available for use with several load cells.

Operator Installing Load Cell with Quick-Mount Adapter

Available Models
Description Catalog No.
Full Kit for 5900 or 6800 Table Model to 2580, 2530, and 2525 Series Load Cells
(comes with crosshead adapter and one load cell adapter)
2501-212
Additional Load Cell Adapter for 500 N - 5 kN 2580 Load Cells 2501-213
Additional Load Cell Adapter for 10 kN – 50 kN 2580 Load Cells 2501-214
Additional Load Cell Adapter for 5 N – 5 kN 2530 Load Cells 2501-215

Contact Us For Details
 

2501-208-V1-01-12
Catalog no. 2501-208

Piggyback Load Cell Adapters

Piggyback load cell adapters allow the system’s primary load cell to remain in place while a secondary, low-capacity load cell is installed.

Piggyback Load Cell Adapter

Available Models
Compatible Primary Load Cell Connection Type Compatible Secondary Load Cells Catalog No.
Type D 500 N to 5 kN  For mounting 2580 Series load cells. 2501-208
Type D 5 N to 5 kN  For mounting 2530 Series load cells. 2501-210
Type D 10 kN to 50 kN  For mounting 2580 Series load cells. 2501-209
Type II (M48) 500 N to 50 kN  2580 Series from 500 N to 50 kN (M10 or M16 attachment bolt)
2530 Series from 500 N to 50 kN (M10 or M16 attachment bolt)
2525 Series from 50 kN or less
2519 Series from 10 N to 5 kN (M6 or M10 attachment bolt)
2518 Series from 50 kN or less
2501-227
Type IIA (M72) 500 N to 50 kN  2580 Series from 500 N to 50 kN (M10 or M16 attachment bolt)
2530 Series from 500 N to 50 kN (M10 or M16 attachment bolt)
2525 Series – 500 N to 50 kN
2519 Series from 10 N to 5 kN (M6 or M10 attachment bolt)
2501-228

Contact Us For Details
 

2501-256-V1-01-16
Catalog no. 2501-256

Piggyback Load String Adapters

Piggyback load string adapters allow high-capacity grips to remain on the load string while providing a connection to utilize a wide variety of other fixtures.

Piggyback Load String Adapter

Available Models
Primary Grip Connection Provided Catalog No.
100 kN Hydraulic Wedge Grip (Catalog no. 2743-401) Type Df (Low Profile) 2501-258
100 kN Hydraulic Wedge Grip (Catalog no. 2743-401) Type Df 2501-260
300 kN Hydraulic Wedge Grip (Catalog no. 2742-501) Type II (M48) 2501-255
300 kN Hydraulic Wedge Grip (Catalog no. 2742-501) Type Df 2501-256
600 kN Hydraulic Wedge Grip (Catalog no. 2743-601) Type IIA (M72) 2501-259  This adapter can only be used for compression applications.
100 kN Precision Manual Wedge Grips (Catalog no. 2716-028)
250 kN Precision Manual Wedge Grips (Catalog no. 2716-030)
Type Df 2501-700
100 kN Precision Manual Wedge Grips (Catalog no. 2716-028)
250 kN Precision Manual Wedge Grips (Catalog no. 2716-030)
Type II (M48) 2501-702

Contact Us For Details
 

Quick-Mount Load Cell Adapter
Catalog nos. 2501-290 & 2501-291

Drop-Through Load Cell Adapter Kits

Drop-through load cell adapters enable the mounting of 2580 Series load cells to legacy Instron universal testing systems and systems that have had a 6800 Series system retrofit. The adapters are placed directly through the crosshead and can be used on both table model and floor model systems up to 100 kN force capacity.

Installing a Drop Through Load Cell Adapter

Available Models
Frame Compatibility Load Cell Compatibility Maximum Daylight Reduction Catalog No.
4464, 4465, 4466, 5564, 5565, 5566 2580 Series
(500 N - 10 kN)
153 mm 2501-290
4467, 4469, 5567, 5569 2580 Series
(500 N - 10 kN)
165 mm 2501-291
4481, 5581 2580-50kN
(50 kN)
133 mm 2501-291
4482, 5582 2580-100kN
(100 kN)
111 mm 2501-292

Contact Us For Details
 

Universal Spherical Tension Adapter
Universal Spherical Tension Adapter Universal Spherical Tension Adapter

Universal Spherical Tension Adapters

Universal Spherical Tension Adapter (USTA) kits provide a unique spherical movement for tension applications where alignment is critical and minor compensation is required. These threaded adapters are used for mounting tension fixtures to the machine load cell or base, or for secondary load string adaptation.

Available Models
Force Capacity End 1  Machine Interface End 2  Accessory Interface Connection Type Catalog No.
300 kN Type IIm
(M48x2m LH)
300 kN Capacity: Type R4m (M36x4)
100 kN Capacity: Type R3f (0.75-10)
One Spherical
One Rigid
W-5551-A
300 kN
Shortened
Type IIm
(M48x2m LH)
Full Capacity: Type R4m (M36x4)
100 kN Capacity: Type R3f (0.75-10)
One Spherical
One Rigid
W-5551-G
300 kN Type IIm
(M48x2m LH)
300 kN Capacity: Type R4m (M36x4)
100 kN Capacity: Type R3f (0.75-10)
Two Spherical W-5551-B
100 kN Type Dm
(1.25 in Connection)
Full Capacity: Type R4m (M36x4 RH)
100 kN Capacity: Type R3f (0.75in-10 RH)
One Spherical
One Rigid
W-5551-H
300 kN Threaded Adapter Bushing Kit Type R4f (M36x4f) Rigid W-5551-D
600 kN Type IIAm
(M72x3m LH)
600 kN Capacity: Type IIm (M48x2m)
100 kN Capacity: Type R3f (0.75-10) thread
One Spherical
One Rigid
W-5552-A
600 kN Type IIAm
(M72x3m LH)
600 kN Capacity: Type IIm (M48x2m)
100 kN Capacity: Type R3f (0.75-10) thread
Two Spherical W-5552-B
400 kN Type IIm
(M48x2m LH)
400 kN Capacity: Type IIm (M48x2m)
100 kN Capacity: Type R3f (0.75-10) thread
One Spherical
One Rigid
W-5552-E
400 kN Type IIm
(M48x2m LH)
400 kN Capacity: Type IIm (M48x2m)
100 kN Capacity: Type R3f (0.75-10) thread
Two Spherical W-5552-F
600 kN Threaded Adapter Bushing Kit Type IIf (M48x2f) Rigid W-5552-G

More Info

Pneumatic Side Action Grips

Testing Accessories

PNEUMATIC SIDE ACTION TENSILE GRIPS

Versatile Gripping Solution for a Wide Range of Materials and Specimen Types

Pneumatic side action grips are an effective solution for gripping a wide range of materials and specimen types, including fibers, wires, sheet, foils, film, textiles, plastics, elastomers, and components. Repeatable gripping force and speed of operation make pneumatic grips the ideal choice for a wide range of testing applications. In addition, the 2712-04x and 2712-05x grips also have a number of enhanced features to further improve ease of use, repeatability and operator safety including jaw face shields, super-quick jaw face changes and an optional specimen centering device.

AVAILABLE MODELS

50 N - 10 kN Force Capacities

Mid-Range Grips
1 kN, 2 kN, 5 kN, and 10 kN Force Capacities

The 2712-04x Series grips are ideal for static tensile testing on a wide range of materials and specimen types including plastics, elastomers, metals, textiles, paper, thin sheet, foil, and wire.

View Specifications    View Jaw Faces

Low-Force Grips
50 N and 250 N Force Capacities

The 2712-05x grips are ideal for static tensile testing on a wide range of materials and specimen types including plastics, elastomers, textiles, paper, thin sheets, foil, wire, film, and monofilaments.

View Specifications    View Jaw Faces

Temperature Rated Pneumatic Grips

For high and low temperature testing requirements, the temperature rated pneumatic grips provide a convenient method for clamping a variety of materials within a temperature controlled environment.

2 kN and 10 kN Grips
-70°C to +316°C Temperature Rating

 

Catalog no. CP122505, CP124893, CP125726, CP126077

View Specifications

1 kN Grips
-73°C to +316°C Temperature Rating

 

Catalog no. 2732-008,2732-009

View Specifications

100 N Grips
-70°C to +316°C Temperature Rating

 

Catalog no. 2732-006
View Specifications

Pnuematic Grips on a 6800 System

Principle of Operation

Pneumatic action grips clamp the specimen through a dual lever arm, actuated by an air cylinder built into the grip body. Gripping force can be controlled by adjusting the input air pressure and remains constant even if the specimen contracts in the gripped area providing the ultimate in 'follow-up' action. Pneumatic grips can be operated by a foot switch or by grip mounted air-valves (most models) making them quicker and simpler to operate than screw-action grips.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tensile, static, tension-tension cyclic tests - not suitable for high cycle fatigue tests
  • Specimen material: plastics, metals, textiles, paper, thin sheet, foil, wire, film, and monofilaments
  • Specimen shapes: round (wires) and flat specimen with or without shoulder tab ends
Force Capacity Catalog no.
50 N 2712-051
250 N 2712-052
1 kN 2712-041
2 kN 2712-042
5 kN 2712-045
10 kN 2712-046

360° VIEW

Swipe to Spin

 

2712-046-01-19
10 kN Model | 2712-046
2712-041-01-14
1 kN Model | 2712-041

 

 

2712-052-01-18
250 N Model | 2712-052
2712-051-01-13
50 N Model | 2712-051

 

SAFER

Protect Operators from Pinch Hazards

Jaw Face Shields

Protect fingers from pinching hazard between the jaw faces (patent pending).

Adjustable Air Flow Control

The adjustable flow-control valve can be used to slow down the jaw face closing speed to help prevent accidents.

Adjustable Opening

The 1, 2, 5, and 10 kN models feature an adjustable jaw face opening which can be set to the thickness of the specimen.

SIMPLER

Easily Change Grips and Jaw Faces Without Any Tools

1 kN Pneumatic Side Action Grip

1

Unique Lock Nut Design

Designed for easy and comfortable hand-tightening to eliminate backlash. The smaller thread pitch also makes it easier to apply the required pre-load.

2

Quick Release Air Hose

A rotatable connection allows for tidy hose runs. Quick-connect makes disconnecting air supply quick and simple.

3
Quick Change Jaw Faces

Changes jaw faces in seconds without any tools or pins, and without removing the grips from the testing system.

SMARTER

Designed to Increase Testing Throughput and Repeatability

Alignment Device

The optional specimen alignment device increases repeatability by helping operators load the specimen in the center of the grips.

Notch In Jaw Face Shield

Wire Alignment

The notch in the jaw face shields makes testing wires quicker and easier.

Self-Centering Design

Self-Centering Design

Easily maintain axiality of loading without adjusting for changes in specimen thickness.

APPLICATION ENHANCEMENTS

Offsettable Jaw Faces

Available on the 5 kN and 10 kN grips, offsettable jaw faces allow testing of irregular specimens or components (e.g. lap shear).

Precision Specimen Loader

Available for 250 N grips, this optional device improves the alignment and setup process for testing thin films and foils, reducing variability in test results while improving ergonomics and safety.

Specimen Holding Device

The optional specimen holding device allows the operator to close the grips with their fingers out of the test space.

Jaw Faces

Wide Range of Jaw Faces

Available in rubber-coated, serrated, smooth-ground, brake-lining (HFC), line-contact, wave-profile, and vee-serrated.

Long Travel Extensometer

Testing Accessories

LONG TRAVEL EXTENSOMETER

For Measuring Strain in Highly Elastic Materials

Designed for use with both single column and dual column universal testing systems, long-travel (XL) extensometers can be used to measure specimen elongations up to 30 in or 750 mm. The XL is designed to clamp directly onto a specimen quickly and easily. It will adjust to incremental gauge lengths ranging from 0.5 in to 5 in, or 10 mm to 200 mm.

Long Travel Extensometer on 3400 and 6800 Series Universal Testing Systems

Principle of Operation

The high elongation extensometer is designed to clamp directly onto a specimen quickly and easily. It will adjust to incremental gauge lengths ranging from 0.5 in to 5 in, or 10 mm to 200 mm. The XL can accommodate up to 10 in of clamp displacement, and is specifically designed to permit testing the sample through rupture without damaging the extensometer or otherwise disrupting the test routine. The XL extensometer is based on a pair of carefully counterbalanced clamp assemblies which drive a potentiometer through connecting cables. Both clamps move freely, but any increase in the separation or differential motion will advance the transducer. The upper and lower specimen clamps are separately counterbalanced and guided on a polished and ground shaft with linear bearings so that none of the extensometer’s weight is applied to the specimen.

Features and Benefits

  • Quick release clamps
  • Counterbalanced for minimum force on sample
  • Variable gauge lengths settings
  • Adjustable clamping pressure for a variety of specimen thicknesses
  • Easily installed on most Instron machines
  • Self-identifying for ease of calibration
  • SI, US, and metric calibration units

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tensile
  • Specimen materials: elastomers, semi-rigid plastics, cellular, films, and other materials with high elongation properties
  • Perfect for testing rubber and elastomers to ASTM D412 and ISO 37
  • Temperature rating: ambient use only
Long Travel Extensometer
Available Models
Catalog Number Compatible Frame Full Scale Travel
2603-084 Single Column 250 mm
2603-086 (Extra Long Travel) Single Column 750 mm
2603-080 Dual Column 250 mm
2603-085 (Extra Long Travel) Dual Column 750 mm

Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips

Testing Accessories

ADVANCED HYDRAULIC WEDGE ACTION GRIPS

For Static and Dynamic Testing of Metals and Composites

Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips

Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips are a versatile grip that can be used in both static and dynamic materials testing applications – up to 500 kN force capacity for dynamic tests, and up to 600 kN for static tests. Ideal for metals and composites testing, the interchangeable grip jaw faces accommodate both flat and round specimens and the grip design maintains a constant gripping force on the test specimen, regardless of the applied test forces. This controlled gripping force is applied by the grips as long as there is an adequate hydraulic pressure supply that is active and connected.

Principle of Operation
Each grip functions independently of the other, an external hydraulic supply providing pressure to both open and close the grips. When gripping pressure is applied, the relative vertical position of the specimen/jaw faces remains unchanged to prevent specimen load generation during the gripping process. Once the grip faces contact the specimen the hydraulic pressure produces a vertical force on the grip head. The grip force will remain constant as the design automatically compensates for specimen thickness changes.
Application Range

  • Type of loading: static or dynamic, reverse stress.
  • Specimen material: metals, composites, plastics
  • Specimen geometries: round and flat section using appropriate optional jaw faces

 

2743-401-V1-01-13

 

Catalog no. 2743-401

 

2742-501-V1-01-13

 

Catalog no. 2742-501
Specifications
Catalog no. Static Load Capacity Dynamic Load Capacity Temperature Range  
2742-301 ±30 kN ±30 kN 4° C to 65° C Learn More
2742-450 ±50 kN n/a 4° C to 65° C Learn More
2743-401 ±130 kN ±100 kN 4° C to 65° C Learn More
2742-501 ±312 kN ±250 kN 4° C to 65° C Learn More
2742-601 ±600 kN ±500 kN 4° C to 65° C Learn More
For More Repeatable Results

Add a specimen alignment device (catalog no. CP135054) to ensure consistent alignment of your test specimens. This device is compatible with the 2743-401, 2742-501, and 2742-601 versions of our advanced hydraulic wedge grips.

Axial Clip-On Extensometer

Testing Accessories

AXIAL CLIP-ON EXTENSOMETER

For Static Strain Measurement

Instron’s static axial clip-on extensometers are a quick and easy solution for measuring strain and are suitable for use on a wide range of materials such as plastics, metals, and composites. Our decades of strain measurement experience have helped us optimize the design of these devices to include: lightweight, rugged cross-brace design that eliminates errors caused by physical distortion; built-in protection to reduce damage caused by over-extension of the device; and device arms that are designed to require minimal force to stay attached to the specimen, thus minimizing knife-edge slippage during testing. All extensometers comply with both the ASTM E83 and ISO 9513 standards and are supplied with calibration certificates showing the individual performance of each unit at its factory calibration.

2630-100 SERIES

A Multi-Purpose Extensometer Fit for a Wide Range of Materials

Principle of Operation

The 2630 series extensometers can be installed or set in place accurately and consistently, with the gauge length locking device automatically releasing itself after attachment, ensuring speed and reliability of operation. This unique "cone-latch" mechanism also overcomes the problems associated with having to remove pins or clips prior to starting a test, or tests being conducted with the extensometer accidentally locked at gauge length.

Features and Benefits

  • Rugged cross-brace design with low operating force arms
  • Unique, patented cone-latch system
  • Precise, fixed gauge length with automatic calibration facility
  • Interchangeable rapid attachment spring clips
  • Centering guides for accurate alignment on small diameter specimens
  • Ideal for temperature cabinet use, between -100 °C to 200 °C
  • Suitable for closed-loop strain control for monotonic and low-rate cyclic testing
  • Rugged construction allows for extensometer to be left on through failure for most materials

 

Application Range

  • Metals testing ‘n-value’
  • Flex or compression testing
  • Rigid plastics testing
  • Immersable testing
  • Composites
2630-100 Series Axial Clip On Extensometer
Available Models
Catalog Number Gauge Length (Metric) Travel (Axial)
2630-120 8 mm ±50%
2630-101 10 mm ±10%
2630-102 10 mm ±50%
2630-105 25 mm ±10%
2630-106 25 mm +50%
2630-107 25 mm +100%
2630-111 50 mm ±10%
2630-112 50 mm +50%
2630-113 50 mm +100%
2630-123 75 mm +10%
2630-117 80 mm +10%
2630-118 80 mm +50%
2630-119 100 mm +50%
Catalog Number Gauge Length (US Customary) Travel (Axial)
2630-121 0.3 in ±50%
2630-103 0.5 in ±10%
2630-104 0.5 in ±50%
2630-108 1.0 in ±10%
2630-109 1.0 in +50%
2630-110 1.0 in +100%
2630-114 2.0 in ±10%
2630-115 2.0 in +50%
2630-116 2.0 in +100%
E-Series Strain Gauge Extensometer

W-6280 SERIES

For Testing Rebar and Other Rod Materials

Principle of Operation

The unique pull-apart design of this long gauge length clip-on extensometer reduces the chance of damage during specimen fracture, and the quick attach kit (included) allows easy mounting on specimen. Because of their larger frame size, the W-6280 series extensometers require two handed operation to attach the instrument to the specimen, so these extensometers still rely on a pin to set the gauge length.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tensile
  • Specimen materials: webbing, textile materials, weld joints, steel re-bar
  • Specimen sizes:
    Rounds: 0 to 58.4 mm diameter
    Flats: 0 to 12.7 mm thick x 31.75 mm wide
  • Temperature rating: -40 °C to 100 °C

 

Available Models
Catalog Number Gauge Length (Metric) % Travel (Axial)
W-6280-200 200 mm +12.5%
W-6280-250 250 mm +10%
Catalog Number Gauge Length (US Customary) % Travel (Axial)
W-6280-8 8 in +12.5%

 

 

Fiber Filament Tensile Grips

Testing Accessories

FIBER FILAMENT TENSILE GRIPS

Lever Action Grips and O-Ring Type

fiber-filament-tensile-grips

Fibers and filaments tend to be relatively thin materials compared to most, but within these types of materials there can be a wide range of thicknesses and tensile strengths that determines the appropriate gripping method. To properly hold onto these materials, Instron offers two types of grips: a lever action style and an O-ring type.

LEVER ACTION GRIPS
Catalog no. 2711-006

The Lever Action Grips provide the ideal means to hold single fiber specimens. The grips are simple, lightweight, and symmetrical in design.

Principle of Operation

Lever Action Grips are generally used for the thicker range of fiber filament specimens. These grips have an adjustable clamping force, self-aligning hard rubber coated faces, and provide ease of operation similar to a clothes pin. An adapter is provided to use the lower grip in the vertical or horizontal orientation to ease specimen insertion.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tensile
  • Specimen materials: fine wires, filaments
  • Specimen shapes: round, flat
Specifications
Capacity 5 N
Specimen Diameter 2.5 mm
Temperature Range -10 °C to 100 °C
Upper and Lower Fittings Type Om (12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Misc. Includes a Type A (hook) for the upper grip
Fiber Filament O-Ring Grips
O-RING TYPE
Catalog no. 2711-007

 

The O-Ring type of grip is designed to hold very small diameter fiber specimens during tension testing. The rubber v-groove provides a gradually increased frictional hold on the specimen and helps reduce grip face pinching and subsequent specimen jaw breaks. Special considerations are built into the design, where the U-shaped bend provides sufficient area for specimen loading.

Principle of Operation

The O-Ring fiber grip utilizes two rubber o-rings sandwiched between two knurled wheels. These wheels thread on a stud and compress the o-rings to achieve desired gripping force on the specimen.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tensile
  • Specimen materials: fine wires, filaments
  • Specimen shapes: round, flat
Specifications
Capacity 0.825 N
Specimen Diameter 1 to 25 microns
Temperature Range -10 °C to 100 °C
Upper and Lower Fittings Type Om (12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)
Misc. Includes a Type A (hook) for the upper grip

Electric Vehicle Battery Testing Accessories

Electric Vehicle Battery Testing Accessories

Testing Accessories

Grips
Pneumatic Side Action Tensile Grips
2712 Series
Instron’s pneumatic side action grips feature a versatile design for testing various battery materials and components. They are most commonly used for testing foil, separator film, and various welds used in the production of batteries.
Featuring adjustable clamping pressure and quick-change jaw faces, these grips can be adapted to test a wide variety of specimens.
Screw Side Action Tensile Grips
2710-100 Series
Instron’s advanced screw side action grips offer similar versatility to pneumatics, without the use of an adjustable or constant gripping pressure. These grips are an ideal solution when testing components and welds due to their increased jaw face separation and allowable offset.
High Temperature Pneumatic Side Action Grips
Catalog No. CP122505

High temperature pneumatic side action grips are useful for tensile testing in both ambient conditions and inside environmental chambers. Inspired by the design of our 2712 Series tensile grips, these grips are made of a stainless-steel construction to endure high and low temperatures and are compatible with a wide range of accessories and jaw faces.The grips can also be positioned at 0, 30, and 90 degrees, making them fully compatible with our non-contacting video extensometer products.

Precision Specimen Loader for Thin Films and Foils
Catalog No. 2701-240, 2701-241, 2701-242, 2701-243, 2701-244

The precision specimen loader improves alignment and the setup process for testing thin films and foils, resulting in reduced variation in test results and improved safety and ergonomics. Available for our 250 N pneumatic side action tensile grips (catalog no. 2712-052), this device uses a detachable alignment clip and linear rail to guide the specimens into the grips. The precision specimen loader is available in multiple sizes to accommodate a wide range of specimen dimensions.

For more information on the importance of specimen alignment for tensile testing of thin films and foils,
read our white paper

that covers the results of experiments designed to determine the impact specimen alignment has on results.

Wide-Body Screw Side Action Grips EV Cell
Wide-Body Screw Side Action Grips EV Cell Wide-Body Screw Side Action Grips Wide-Body Screw Side Action Grips
Wide-Body Grips
Catalog No. CP137924
Instron's wide-body screw side action grips are designed to accommodate cylindrical cells up to 51 mm in diameter. These grips retain the dual screw actuation with graduated cylinders and the convenient quick-release jaw face design of our standard screw side action grips, while featuring an expanded opening to securely hold larger specimens.
Environmental
Fixtures
Sensors
Software

High-Temperature Extensometers

High-Temperature Extensometers

Testing Accessories

CP118413
CP118413 CP118413

High Temperature Extensometer | Up to 600°C

This extensometer can be attached to round and flat specimens to perform tensile, compression, and cyclic tests in environmental chambers up to 600°C with no cooling required. A quick attach kit for mounting on specimens is included. The device has a low operating force that prevents it from affecting the test.

Specifications
Gauge Length 25 mm
% Travel (Axial) +50% / - 8.0%
Specimen Size (Round) Up to 15 mm diameter
Specimen Size (Flat) Up to 50 mm wide for specimens up to 6.35 mm thick
Up to 19 mm wide for specimens 6.35 mm to 12.5 mm thick
Catalog Number CP118413
Axial Extensometer 2632-05x

High Temperature Extensometers | Up to 1000°C

2632 Series

High temperature strain gauge extensometers suitable for use up to 1000°C in a resistance furnace. These extensometers are particularly suited to low cycle fatigue, creep, and stress relaxation testing. The extensometer attaches to a specimen using ceramic wrap-around cord (supplied) or by using a spring type attachment (catalog no. 2632-061). These extensometers are compatible with 3117-150, 3117-152, and 3117-200 furnaces.

Gauge Length % Travel (Axial) Chisel and End Rods Catalog No.
12.5 mm +20% / -10% Quartz 2632-054
12.5 mm +20% / -10% Alumina 2632-055
25 mm +10% / -5% Quartz 2632-056
25 mm +10% / -5% Alumina 2632-057
E-Series High Temperature Extensometer

High Temperature Extensometers | Up to 1200°C

E-Series

The E-Series high temperature extensometer is a self-supporting, side-entry axial strain gauge designed for use in furnaces with a slot for extensometers or with an induction heating system. The device uses a ceramic fiber cords to attach the extensometer to the specimen.

Gauge Length % Travel (Axial) Catalog No.
25 mm ± 20% W-E418-25
50 mm ± 20% W-E418-50

AVE 2 Non-Contacting Video Extensometer

Testing Accessories

AVE 2

Non-Contacting Advanced Video Extensometer

Non-Contacting Video Extensometer

In addition to its excellent performance for static testing, the Instron Advanced Video Extensometer (AVE2) is now available with an option for cyclic testing and high-speed monotonic test measurement. Designed to move from system to system with ease, this lightweight non-contacting extensometer can be moved within a laboratory quickly, offering flexibility to scientists, engineers and quality specialists that are seeking to study the dynamic behavior of materials without contacting the specimen

OPTIMIZED DYNAMIC TESTING CAPABILTY

Cyclic testing frequencies up to 20Hz
#image_title
High Resolution
Displacement Tracking
490Hz Data Acquisition Rate
Cyclic testing frequencies up to 20Hz
Dynamic axial field view of up to 240mm
Resolution and accuracy as low as 2 microns
Displacement tracking up to 500mm/s
Real-time data acquisition rate of 490Hz/s

DISCOVER MORE WITH NON-CONTACTING
DYNAMIC STRAIN CONTROL AND MEASUREMENT

Advanced Non-Contact Solution

ADVANCED NON-CONTACT SOLUTION

This non-contact extensometer minimizes negative effects of the test environment and operator to prevent premature damage to the specimen which results in the production of data that is inherently more consistent, accurate and repeatable.

ANTI-DIFFRACTION AIRFLOW SYSTEM

Typical laboratory environments are subject to variations in airflow that can introduce errors as high as several microns. Therefore, to maximize test accuracy, the AVE2 uses patented CDAT fans that generate a consistent laminar airflow between the specimen and camera, producing consistent results in free-field spaces even if the air-conditioning is operating during a test.

Anti-Diffraction Airflow System
Cross-Polarized Light System

CROSS-POLARIZED LIGHTING SYSTEM

Different labs have different lighting conditions and as a day progresses, the light levels in the same room will also change and this difference can lead to variations in results for the same type of test. To ensure that the image the AVE2 is viewing is consistent, Instron developed a patented cross-polarized lighting system that is capable of producing repeatable results regardless of the lab light conditions.

FULLY INTEGRATED SOLUTION

Confidently delivering the results needed for many years to come, this solution can also adapt to the changing demands of a lab. Being compatible with a range of environmental chambers, bio-baths, optional lenses and accessories that can be unlocked using our proprietary test software, the potential test applications are almost endless.

Fully Integrated Solution

REVOLUTIONARY DYNAMIC CAPABILITY FOR A
VARIETY OF CYCLIC AND MONOTONIC TESTS

Offering increased flexibility and usability from more traditional alternatives such as clip-on extensometers and in addition to tensile and compressive testing, the AVE2 also facilitates the measurement and control cyclic strain on a wide range of materials and specimen geometries. A single device in your lab now covers test specimens with multiple gauge lengths and varied elongations.



Please accept marketing-cookies to watch this video.

ADVANCED VIDEO EXTENSOMETER 2 WORKS WITH A RANGE OF
INSTRON DYNAMIC AND FATIGUE TESTING SYSTEMS

#image_title
#image_title

ElectroPuls® All-Electric
Dynamic and Fatigue Test Systems

Linear electric motor driven dynamic test machines for fatigue and fracture mechanics testing.

General Purpose
Hydraulic Fatigue Systems

General purpose servohydraulic systems ideal for high-cycle and low-cycle fatigue, fracture mechanics and quasi-static testing.

RESOURCES

AVE2 Dynamic & Fatigue Systems Datasheet
#image_title
Datasheet
User Manual

AutoX750 Automatic Contacting Extensometer

Testing Accessories

AUTOX750

Automatic Contacting Extensometer

 

The need for companies to increase specimen throughput to maximize efficiency and revenue while maintaining high quality standards and safe operating conditions has created a demand for increased speed, reliability and accuracy in their material testing routines. The AutoX750 (catalog no. 2665-750) is an automated long travel extensometer that fulfills this demand with sub-micron precision. With the benefit of automated gauge length positioning and attachment to the test specimen, operators enjoy a safer and simplified test routine. Companies gain faster cycle times and eliminate variability of critical test results brought upon by manual, time-consuming steps of traditional clip-on extensometers.

Request A Live Demo    View Specifications

AutoX750 Testing Plastics

Principle of Operation

The AutoX750 integrates with Instron's 3360, 33803400, 5500, 5960, 5980, and 6800 Series electromechanical test systems, as well as LX, DX, HDX, and KPX static hydraulic testing systems, and is controlled with Bluehill® Universal testing software via USB interface. The software provides an easy-to-use test sequence and setup that facilitates the automated gauge length, reference arm position and opening and closing of the arms before and after testing.

The counterbalanced measuring arms are virtually weightless, thus removing any influence on the material properties under test. The measuring arms are motor driven and will automatically position themselves to the correct position and gauge length every time.

Application Range

  • Tensile testing: metals, composites, plastics, and elastomers
  • Flexure testing: plastics
  • Specimen shapes: strip, round, hexagonal, and flat
  • Standard compliance: Conforms to the most rigorous testing standards, including:

 

 

AutoX750 Automatic Contacting Extensometer
1

High Travel
With its high accuracy and resolution across 750 mm of travel, the AutoX750 is ideal for a wide range of specimen sizes and gauge lengths.

 

2

Counterbalance Technology
Tried and tested counterbalanced technology eliminates external influences on the material under test to produce highly repeatable and reliable test measurements.

 

3

Automated Test Arms
Designed to provide simplified and safer test routines, reduce cycle time and high reproducibility. The automated arms attach to the specimen and can remain attached through failure for most materials.

 

4

Interchangeable Knife Edges
Swappable knife edges and adjustable clamping forces accommodate a variety of materials and specimen geometries.

 

ENDLESS Applications

The high accuracy and travel of the AutoX750 make it an ideal extensometer to accommodate all of your materials
including metals, plastics, and composites. Determine a variety of calculations including modulus, offset yield,
plastic elongation to failure (non-proportional), and r and n values for sheet metals.

AutoXBiax

AutoXBiax
Axial and Transverse Strain Measurement

 

The AutoXBiax (catalog no. 2665-751) is an automated high precision measurement device that measures both axial and transverse strain simultaneously. Developed using the same high accuracy optical measurement system as the AutoX750, the AutoXBiax is specifically designed to measure plastic strain ratio (r-value) for steel and exceeds current standards, including ISO 10113, ASTM E517, and JIS Z 2254. The AutoXBiax is compatible with the 3382A, 5960, 5980, and 6800 Series systems.

View Specifications

 

Alignment Fixtures

Alignment Fixtures

Testing Accessories

For applications with specific alignment requirements, the AlignPRO system can be used to control both concentricty and angularity in your load string to optimize alignment. The system consists of an AlignPRO fixture that is mounted between the load cell and the loadframe, which is used to make adjustments to concentricity and angularity. The AlignPRO software monitors the output from strain gauges mounted on either flat or round alignment cells. These outputs are then used to calculate bending due to angular and concentric alignment errors, allowing you to make adjustments with the AlignPRO fixture while monitoring the effect on bending in real time in the AlignPRO software.

AlignPRO Fixture 8000-082
AlignPRO Fixture 8000-082 AlignPRO Fixture 8000-084
AlignPRO Fixtures

 

The AlignPRO fixture allows the load cell and grip assembly to be aligned quickly and precisely. The fixture allows both concentric and angular misalignment to be adjusted, while the loadstring is still preloaded.

 

Specifications
Catalog No. Description
2910-130 For 100 kN (22 kip) Electromechanical Machines
2910-132 For 150 and 250 kN (34 and 56 kip) Electromechanical Machines
8000-082 For Dynamic Machines - Capacities up to 250 kN (56 kip)
8000-084 For Dynamic Machines - Capacities up to 500 kN (112 kip)

More Info

 

AlignPRO Software
AlignPRO Software AlignPRO Software
AlignPRO Software and Electronics
Catalog no. 8000-170

 

When used in conjunction with the Instron AlignPRO fixture, the AlignPRO software identifies which adjustments are required and displays in real time the effect of the adjustments, enabling accurate machine
set-up for optimal alignment in just a few minutes.

 

The AlignPRO software combines the strain signals from an alignment cell using calculations as specified in standards such as ASTM E1012 and presents misalignment information both numerically and graphically on screen. The information on the AlignPRO screen updates the strain readings constantly, allowing adjustments with the optional AlignPRO fixture to be made and read immediately.

More Info

 

Strain Gauged Alignment Cell
Strain Gauged Alignment Cell Strain Gauged Alignment Cell
Strain Gauged Alignment Cells

 

When a strain gauged alignment cell is installed in the grips, any misalignment in the load string will cause the alignment cell to bend. The electronics supplies each of the strain gauges with a stable
reference voltage. Each strain gauge output is fed back to a data acquisition unit and made available to the AlignPRO™ software as a real time strain signal.

 

Specifications
Catalog No. Description
8000-171 Strain-Gauged Alignment Cell, 8 Gauges, 8 mm Diameter in Gauged Section
8000-172 Strain-Gauged Alignment Cell, 8 Gauges, 10 mm Diameter in Gauged Section
8000-173 Strain-Gauged Alignment Cell, 8 Gauges, Flat 12 mm x 6 mm in Gauged Section
8000-174 Strain-Gauged Alignment Cell, 8 Gauges. Thin Flat 15 mm x 2 mm in Gauged Section

More Info

 

Hydraulic Side Action Tensile Grips

Testing Accessories

HYDRAULIC SIDE ACTION TENSILE GRIPS

With a Patented Self-Centering Mechanical Synchronizer

Hydraulic Side Action Tensile Grip

Instron hydraulic side acting grips provide an innovative solution for high-capacity testing and deliver enhanced gripping performance, usability, and operator safety over traditional grip designs. These advanced grips maintain a constant clamping force on the specimen that acts perpendicular to the direction of testing and is independent of tensile loading.

PATENTED DURASYNC TECHNOLOGY
Hydraulic Side Action Grip with Operator
SUPERIOR GRIPPING PERFORMANCE

 

Instron’s dual side-acting grips incorporate our latest DuraSync technology. This patented self-centering mechanical synchronizer provides many improvements over hydraulic or mechanical rack and pinion designs commonly found in the marketplace.

  • Side-load dampening reduces the risk of grip damage when testing slightly bent or irregularly shaped specimens such as rebar or wire rod
  • Opposing jaw faces repeatedly self-center during specimen clamping reducing testing time and eliminating the need to resynchronize the grip faces between tests
  • The synchronizer is located outside the gripping pocket preventing mechanical failure due to contamination

 

Features

  • Adjustable clamping force alleviates specimen slippage and grip breaks
  • Operator safety is improved through the use of low-pressure (131 bar) external supply lines
  • Hydraulic power is provided by the machine’s main power supply reducing the cost and floor space associated with a secondary grip pumping unit  Note: For static electromechanical systems, a low-pressure, standalone pump is required.
  • Fully open-front design provides easy specimen insertion increasing testing efficiency and safety
  • DuraSync 2 offers semi-open back design which facilitates testing of shorter specimen when using an automatic extensometer
  • Jaw faces are easily installed from the front side of grips and require no maintenance beyond simple cleaning
  • Ergonomic control handset includes user-friendly, 3-position switches for upper and lower grip operation, and a magnetic back adding to operator convenience and productivity
  • Grips are field-serviceable reducing down time and eliminating the cost of sending the grips back to the factory for service

 

Application Range

  • Tensile tests on a wide range of materials including: steel rod and plate, machined rounds and flats, reinforcement bar, 3- and 7-wire strand, conveyor belt, and wood products
  • Tension-tension cyclic tests
  • Compression testing using optional secondary load string adapter
  • Low-frequency, thru-zero cyclic testing with thru-zero support option
1500 kN KPX with Hydraulic Side Action Grips
1500 kN KPX with Hydraulic Side Action Grips 2000 kN Hydraulic Side Action Grips Hydraulic Side Action Grips on KPX Hydraulic Side Action Grips Testing Flat Specimen
Specifications
Catalog no. Force Capacity Operation   Specimen Range
        Rounds Flats Cable
W-5450 250 kN Dual Side-Acting Standard 3 - 60 mm 0 - 60 mm -
W-5400 600 kN Single Side-Acting Standard 3 - 57 mm 0 - 75 mm -
W-5410 600 kN Dual Side-Acting Standard 3 - 60 mm 0 - 100 mm -
W-5420 600 kN Dual Side-Acting Premium  Premium Model
The premium grips can be configured for testing standard flat, round, wire strand, and cable specimens. This model can also be configured for thru-zero (negative load) testing, provided the load frame is capable of thru-zero (cyclic) loading.
3 - 60 mm  Thru-Zero Specimen Range: 3 - 60 mm 0 - 100 mm  Thru-Zero Specimen Range: 0 - 75 mm 4.8 - 25.4 mm
W-5460 1000 kN Dual Side-Acting Premium  Premium Model
The premium grips can be configured for testing standard flat, round, wire strand, and cable specimens. This model can also be configured for thru-zero (negative load) testing, provided the load frame is capable of thru-zero (cyclic) loading.
3 - 85 mm 0 - 120 mm 4.8 - 25.4 mm
W-5430 1500 kN Dual Side-Acting Premium  Premium Model
The premium grips can be configured for testing standard flat, round, wire strand, and cable specimens. This model can also be configured for thru-zero (negative load) testing, provided the load frame is capable of thru-zero (cyclic) loading.
3 - 85 mm  Thru-Zero Specimen Range: 3 - 85 mm 0 - 120 mm  Thru-Zero Specimen Range: 0 - 85 mm 4.8 - 25.4 mm
W-5440 2000 kN Dual Side-Acting Premium  Premium Model
The premium grips can be configured for testing standard flat, round, wire strand, and cable specimens. This model can also be configured for thru-zero (negative load) testing, provided the load frame is capable of thru-zero (cyclic) loading.
3 - 100 mm  Thru-Zero Specimen Range: 3 - 85 mm 0 - 120 mm  Thru-Zero Specimen Range: 0 - 85 mm 4.8 - 25.4 mm

Electromechanical Frame Accessories

Electromechanical Frame Accessories

Testing Accessories

These accessories, attachments, and upgrades are designed for Instron 3300, 3400, 5900 and 6800 Series test systems.

Air Kits for Pneumatic Grips

Pneumatic air kits, foot-switches, or distribution kits are optionally provided for ease of grip closure and productivity.

Hydraulic Grip Pumps

Instron’s hydraulic grip pumps are designed to deliver precise and reliable clamping force for high-capacity testing applications, supporting load capacities up to 600 kN.

Loadframe Support Tables/Bases

Testing frame tables or bases can be added to floor and table model systems to bring the testing space to a more ergonomic height for your operators.

Debris Shields

Debris shields provide a protective barrier between the test space and the operator. These may be necessary for materials that exhibit violent failures under test, such as composites, rebar, and cables.

Digital Controller Accessories

Today's testing laboratories and manufacturers have a wide variety of material and component testing needs. To meet these varying requirements, Instron has different configurations of instruments to ensure the right solution to the testing application.

PC Hardware

Electronic interfaces are required for systems utilising computers. Systems using GPIB communications require a suitable card for the computer.

 

Screw Side Action Tensile Grips

Testing Accessories

SCREW SIDE ACTION TENSILE GRIPS

For Tensile Testing on a Wide Range of Materials and Specimen Types

2710-100 Series Advanced Screw Side Action Grips

Screw action grips provide a very simple and efficient method for holding test specimens in a wide range of applications. The dual-acting design means that jaw faces can be adjusted to accommodate different specimen thicknesses, this ensures that the line of tensile force remains concentric with the grip body. They can be equipped with a selection of interchangeable grip jaw faces in various sizes and choice of surfaces including smooth ground, rubber-coated, and serrated.

ADVANCED SCREW SIDE ACTION TENSILE GRIPS

2710-100 Series | 100 N - 10 kN Force Capacities

Principle of Operation

The 2710-100 Series dual-acting screw design accommodates specimens up to 46 mm (1.8 in) thick and can be offset for irregular or asymmetrical specimens such as lap-shear types and component testing. Screw knobs on either side are knurled to facilitate hand tightening and the higher capacities also feature hex socket screw knobs that accommodate a hex key or torque wrench. Engraved scales on the carriages aid in centering the planes of gripping.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tensile, static and tension-tension cyclic tests - not suitable for high cycle dynamic fatigue tests
  • Specimen materials: plastics, metals, textiles, paper, thin sheet, foil, wire, etc.
  • Specimen shapes: components, round (wires), and flat specimens with or without shoulder
Force Capacity Catalog no.
100 N 2710-111
500 N 2710-112
1 kN 2710-113
2 kN 2710-114
5 kN 2710-115
10 kN 2710-116

KEY FEATURES

Advanced Screw Side Action Grips

2710-112-01-24

Quick Change Jaw Faces
The quick change jaw face design allows all jaw faces to be changed single-handedly in seconds without the use of tools or pins.
 

Designed to Ease Alignment
Carriages with engraved scales ease alignment of specimens to the axis of testing. Self-aligning jaw faces compensate for specimen irregularities. Optional specimen alignment devices increases repeatability by helping operators load the specimen in the center of the grips.
 

Versatile
Wide opening suitable for a wide range of specimen thicknesses and unique components. Large space between the jaw faces and the grip body eases specimen insertion.
 

Wide Range of Jaw Faces
Available in rubber-coated, serrated, smooth-ground, brake-lining (HFC), line-contact, wave-profile, and vee-serrated.
 

OTHER MODELS
Mid-Range and Low-Force Grips

Basic Mid-Range Grips
2710-200 Series | 1 kN - 5 kN Force Capacities

2710-200 Series screw side action grips are designed for basic mid-force-range static tensile testing on a wide range of materials.

View Specifications

Basic Low-Force Grips
2710-004 | 500 N Force Capacity

2710-004 screw side action grips are designed for basic static tensile testing for low-force applications.

View Specifications

Mechanical Wedge Action Grips

Testing Accessories

MECHANICAL WEDGE ACTION TENSILE GRIPS

For Tensile Testing on a Wide Range of Materials and Specimen Types

Manual Wedge Action Grips

The manual wedge action grip is designed for easy specimen loading, alignment, and positioning. After initial specimen contact, gripping force increases as the testing load increases. Virtually no preload is seen during specimen clamping due to the design of the moving grip bodies, making them particularly suitable for testing high strength materials, such as metals and composites, ensuring that specimen slippage is eliminated.

AVAILABLE MODELS

1 kN - 150 kN Force Capacities

 

Low-Force Grips
1 kN - 50 kN Force Capacities

The low-force 2716 Series wedge grips are ideal for static tensile testing on a wide range of materials including plastics, elastomers, and metals.

View Specifications    View Jaw Faces

 

High-Force Grips
100 kN and 150 kN Force Capacities

The high-force range of 2716 Series wedge grips are ideal for static tensile testing on metal and composite material.

View Specifications    View Jaw Faces

Principle of Operation

The wedge action principle of these grips allows them to be tightened onto a specimen without altering the vertical position of the faces in relation to the specimen. This is accomplished by a design, which moves the grip body to close the faces. This feature makes it possible to pre-select the exact point at which the specimen will be held with consistent gauge length and no compressive force applied which may cause specimen buckling.

A strong clamping force can be applied to materials that are difficult to hold through a high mechanical advantage achieved by the tightening mechanism. The grip faces are spring loaded against a shoe which is in a fixed position in respect to the testing frame holding mechanism, only a light initial gripping force needs to be applied to the specimen. As the grip is tightened, it's frame is drawn up and the inclined sides push against the matching side of the faces which move laterally against the specimen. A shoe incorporated to the driving shaft prevents the faces from moving.

The open front design of the grip frames allows faces to be easily interchanged as well as easy specimen loading. Because the faces are held in fixed position, there is no recoil, or loosening, when the specimen ruptures and if an extensometer is attached, it will remain in place.

 

2716-015-01-08

 

Catalog no. 2716-015
68TM-502716-020-V1-01-17

 

Catalog no. 2716-020
2716-002-V1-01-07

 

Catalog no. 2716-002

 

Features

  • Quick set-up with rapid clamping and unclamping action
  • Easy specimen loading for increased productivity
  • Self-tightening wedge design eliminates slippage
  • Fixed faces and moving body during specimen loading
  • Variety of jaw face sizes and surfaces available
  • Quickly change faces without tools
  • Options for testing conditions up to 350°C (660°F)

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tensile, static and tension cyclic tests
  • Not suitable for high cycle fatigue tests
  • Specimen materials: wires, plastics, metals, elastomers, and composites
  • Specimen shapes: flat or round specimen with or without shoulder tab ends

 

Available Models
Force Capacity Maximum Specimen Width Catalog no.
1 kN 19 mm 2716-016
2 kN 19 mm 2716-017
5 kN 25 mm 2716-010
30 kN 25 mm 2716-015
30 kN [High Temperature] 25 mm 2736-015
50 kN 25 mm 2716-020
100 kN 25 mm 2716-002
100 kN 50 mm 2716-003
100 kN [High Temperature] 25 mm 2736-004
100 kN [High Temperature] 50 mm 2736-005
150 kN 50 mm 2716-008

 

OTHER MODELS
For High Force Testing

Precision Manual Wedge Grip

Precision Mechanical Wedge Grips
250 kN Force Capacity
Catalog no. 2716-030

Tensile grips for composites and metals provide accurate, repeatable specimen alignment and are engineered to meet Nadcap AC7122‑1 and AC7101 requirements. Their precise clamping and robust design help ensure reliable, high‑quality test results for demanding applications.

Learn More

2710-004 Screw Side Action Grips

High Capacity Wedge Action Tensile Grips
300 kN Force Capacity
Catalog no. CP130950

Manual wedge grips provide a high‑capacity gripping solution without the need for pneumatic or hydraulic actuation. Their self‑tightening design increases clamping force as load rises, offering reliable, low‑maintenance performance for a wide range of materials and test applications.

Learn More

Self-Tightening Eccentric Roller Tensile Grips

Testing Accessories

SELF-TIGHTENING ECCENTRIC ROLLER TENSILE GRIPS

For Tensile Testing Thin Sheets, Films, Flexible Plastics, Rubber, and Elastomers

#image_title

The self-tightening grips are primarily designed for the precision testing of elastomeric and other flexible materials exhibiting a large reduction in cross-section area under load. They provide excellent testing accuracy, positive non-slip gripping action and are quick and simple to use. The upper grip is counter balanced so that the specimen can be aligned with the load cell to eliminate non-axial forces.

AVAILABLE MODELS

1 kN - 5 kN Force Capacities

2713-007-01-02

1-kN-Modell | 2713-007

2713-004-01-18

2-kN-Modell | 2713-004

2713-002-01-01

5-kN-Modell | 2713-002

Principle of Operation

The self tightening grip uses an eccentric roller type clamping action. A single fast action lever reduces the time required to load specimens. Specimen insertion is extremely easy and the spring pressures of the roller bracket gives a positive non-slip action gripping force. This is sufficient to hold the material until a load is applied. The follow up action of the roller while under test prevents the specimen from slipping out of the grip as the load increases.

Specimen Loading: 1 kN Grips

Specimen Loading: 2 kN Grips

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tensile, static, and tension cyclic tests - not suitable for high cycle dynamic fatigue tests
  • Specimen materials: thin sheets, films, flexible plastic and elastomers
  • Specimen shapes: flat specimen with or without shoulder tab ends
Specifications
Catalog no. 2713-007 2713-004 2713-002
Force Capacity 1 kN 2 kN 5 kN
Maximum Specimen Width 43 mm 28 mm 28 mm
Temperature Range -70 °C to 150 °C -70 °C to 315 °C -70 °C to 315 °C
View Full Specifications Download Brochure Download Brochure Download Brochure

KEY FEATURES

Self-Tightening Eccentric Roller Grips

self-tightening-eccentric-roller-tensile-grips.jpg

Quick Loading

Fast action for rapid specimen insertion to increase testing throughput.

Non-Slip Grip

Positive, non-slip gripping action for accurate results.

Eccentric Roller

Eccentric roller type clamping action increases clamping force with applied force.

Ambient and Non-Ambient Testing

Designed for use in -70° C to 315° C (-94° F to 600° F) temperature ranges.

OTHER MODELS

Low-Force Grips

Thin Film Grips

2713-006 Series | 100 N Force Capacity
 

These grips are ideal for tensile testing natural rubber latex, elastomers, paper, and polymer films.

Dynamic Strain Gauge Extensometer

Testing Accessories

Dynamic Strain Gauge Extensometer

2620 Series

The 2620 Series dynamic strain gauge extensometers are accurate lightweight units used for direct measurement and closed-loop control of strain in a variety of static and high frequency cyclic materials testing applications. Tensile, compressive, low and high cycle fatigue testing, creep and stress relaxation as well as straight line (ramp) testing may be performed with the 2620 series dynamic strain gauge extensometer to an extensive range of national and international standards.

Principle Of Operation

The 2620 Series extensometers are strain gauge units. The flexural element is a special alloy operating beam with fatigue certified foil gauges bonded to it. The gauges are arranged in a fully active four-arm Wheatstone bridge circuit. It is mounted in a lightweight frame and accurately follows the strain amplitudes applied to it. Variations of gauge length and percentage strain levels may be achieved by the addition of gauge length extenders. Integrated mechanical stops limit the amount of overtravel in the extensometers, enabling them to survive specimen rupture without damage.

Application Range

The 2620 Series extensometers are designed for use with metals, composites, plastics, wood and other materials exhibiting total strains up to ±50% of the original gauge length. They are immersible in a range of fluids (acetone, mineral and silicone oils, alcohol and similar cooling/heating fluids) and can be quickly and easily calibrated.

Accessories

Item Name Gauge Length % Travel (Axial) Cat#
Dynamic Extensometer 12.5mm GL ±5mm Travel 12,5 ; 25 and 50 mm ±40, ±20 and ±10% 2620-601
Dynamic Extensometer 12.5mm GL ±2.5mm Travel 12,5 ; 25 and 50 mm ±20, ±10 and ±5% 2620-602
Dynamic Extensometer 10mm GL ±1mm Travel 10, 25 and 50 mm ±10, ±4 and ±2% 2620-603
Dynamic Extensometer 25mm GL +12.5mm -2.5mm Travel 25 and 50 mm +50 à -10 and +25 à -5% 2620-604

Webbing Capstan Tensile Grips

Testing Accessories

WEBBING CAPSTAN TENSILE GRIPS

For Testing High Strength Textile Materials

Webbing Capstan Tensile Grips

Webbing capstan grips are designed to permit faster, easier testing of seat belts and other high strength belts and tapes. Based on the capstan principle, these grips minimize slippage and jaw breakage effects, and permit the predetermination of specimen length while allowing for quick, convenient loading.

Principle of Operation

These webbing capstan grips incorporate an ingenious double capstan design which provides fast, easy loading with a gripping action that results in proper breaks in the full gauge length of the specimen. The key to the ease of loading is the use of an inner and outer capstan. The specimen is loaded simply by inserting one end into the groove of the inner capstan and cranking it through 360 degrees. Gripping efficiency is also greatly increased because the surfaces of both capstans are utilized.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: static tensile
  • Specimen materials: webbing, belts, tapes
  • Specimen shapes: flat

2715-003-01-08
Specifications
Catalog no. 2715-003
Capacity 50 kN
Standards ASTM D6775, D3950
Maximum Specimen Width 50.8 mm
Maximum Specimen Thickness 4.75 mm
Temperature Range -29 °C to 121 °C
Upper and Lower Fittings Type Dm (1.25 in connection with 1/2 in clevis pin).
Rigid coupling required.
Brochure Download

Translation and Clamping Stages

Translation and Clamping Stages

Testing Accessories

Translation and clamping stages are used to precisely position and align a test specimen below the actuator. These are commonly used for securely positioning microelectronic circuit boards and components within the testing system.

PCB Clamping Stage
Catalog No. 2860-200

 

The clamping stage may be mounted directly to the base of a testing machine in order to provide accurate adjustment and indexing of the specimen position during testing. In a typical test configuration the assembly under test would be mounted in the PCB clamping stage fitted to an X-Y translation stage or directly to the base of a test machine and a lead pull grip would be mounted below the load cell on the moving crosshead or actuator.

Overview
Capacity 500 N
Clamping Span Adjustable: 0 to 150 mm
Theta-X-Y Manual Translation Stage
Catalog No. 2860-101

 

The Theta-X-Y manual translation stage provides the facility to precisely position and align a test specimen below the actuator (two axes). Theta (angle) and X-Y axes are also adjustable via digital micrometers. The rotary axis can be adjusted via a micrometer and has a vernier scale readable to 5 ft. The X-Y axes micrometers have a resolution of 1 micron. The axes are arranged with the angle stage at the base, with the X-Y stage on top. This allows the test platform to be oriented with the X-Y axes referenced to the specimen. Typical applications include lead pull and component pull off tests on microelectronic devices and PCB’s.

Overview
Capacity 1 kN
Travel (X and Y) ±12.5 mm
Temperature Ambient only

 

Pneumatic Cord and Yarn Tensile Grips

Testing Accessories

PNEUMATIC CORD AND YARN TENSILE GRIPS

For Testing Fiber, Cord, Yarns, and Fine Braided Wires

Textile Cord, Yarn, and Rope Tensile_Grips

Pneumatic cord and yarn grips provide a convenient method for clamping fiber, cord, yarns and fine braided wires to reduce the problem of jaw breaks associated with testing these materials. A specially designed horn with a smooth finish and a contoured surface with a graduated cam allows for easy loading and a stress reduced clamping area on the specimen. The clamping mechanism can be activated either automatically or through a foot switch. This allows hands-free grip operation enabling the specimen to be held with both hands for easy loading. Pneumatic cord and yarn grips provide a selectable clamping force to accommodate different materials and excellent follow-up action which compensates for decay of the holding force due to specimen creep.

Principle of Operation

Where the gripping area of mono-filaments, cord and yarn is small in relation to the strength, normal techniques using standard grip faces usually result in specimen failures adjacent to the jaw faces. The pneumatic cord and yarn grips have been designed specifically to overcome the problem of specimen failure by incorporating a capstan design which evenly distributes the gripping force over the surface of a curved half capstan through friction.

In addition, the pneumatically cushioned gripping force applied to the ends of the specimen compensates for the decay of force due to specimen creep.The pneumatics activate a moveable face, which acts upon a contoured fixed gripping face. This serves as a capstan and provides support for the specimen, making the transition from the free stressed length of specimen to the rigidly clamped portion gradually rather than abruptly, thus minimizing breakage of the specimen adjacent to the jaw face. The capstan also incorporates a polished guide horn, which assists in rapid specimen loading. The polished finish prevents damage to individual fibres during specimen insertion.

The specimen is placed over the top of the horn and slides down to the proper gripping position on the contoured clamp. The grips may be closed or opened by a pneumatic footswitch for hands free operation. An automatic air kit is also available for hands free, automated, and pretension testing via software or system default settings.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tensile, static and tension cyclic tests
  • Not suitable for high cycle fatigue tests
  • Specimen materials: fine braided wires, cords, yarns, mono-filaments
  • Specimen shapes: round

Available Models

Force Capacity Maximum Specimen Diameter Catalog no. View Full Specifications
50 N 2.4 mm 2714-031 Download Brochure
1 kN 3.2 mm 2714-005 Download Brochure
1 kN [High Temperature] 3.2 mm 2734-007 Click Here
2 kN 4.8 mm 2714-040 Download Brochure

Dynamic Fatigue

Dynamic Fatigue LOAD CELLS

Testing Accessories

Dynamic Fatigue

Dynacell is the world's first truly dynamic load cell, designed from the outset for measuring dynamic loads. Dynacell utilizes an accelerometer right at the heart of the load cell, directly on the load axis. This removes the risk of errors in the acceleration reading resulting from off-center loading.

2527 Series Bi-axial Dynacell Load Cells

The 2527 Series load cells are designed for use with Dynamic Testing Systems; offering exceptional performance with the ability to measure forces as low as 1/250th of the force capacity to an accuracy of 0.5% of reading.

2527 Series Dynacell Load Cells

Dynacell is a unique load measurement device that automatically compensates for load errors induced through inertia of the load string components. A method of dynamic inertia compensation is essential for all forms of dynamic testing.

T-Slot Tables

Testing Accessories

T-SLOT TABLES

For Testing Components and Structures 

Tスロットテーブル

The T-slot table provides an extended work area for your universal testing system that offers a convenient way to secure components and structures for performing tensile, compression and flexural tests. The T-slot table gets mounted directly to the base of the machine and is equipped with T-slots that run front-to-back, side-to-side, and diagonally. Components and structures can then be secured in position on the table using the various clamping tools supplied. The design allows you to use standard Instron grips, text fixtures, and other major accessories without needing to remove the T-slot table from the frame.

機械式くさびグリップとTスロットテーブル

Principle of Operation

T-slot tables allow users to secure components that can't be held with standard grips to a universal testing machine. Commercially available T-slot nuts are slid into the inverted T-slot of the table. Bolts, studs, or threaded rods can then be threaded into the nuts. The T-slot table can be used to secure specimens that might otherwise be ejected from the test space under load.

The T-slot table can also be used to position specimens in the same location for repeated tests or batch testing of product. Guides, slides, or stops can be positioned on the table and bolted into position to allow precise placement of the specimens for every test.

Application Range

  • Test types: tensile, compression, flexure, peel, cyclic (static)
  • Specimen type: components, structures
  • Common applications: automotive, electronics, biomedical, consumer products

Specifications
Catalog no. Maximum Capacity Compatible Frames Width Depth
CP103964 5 kN 3340, 4440, 5540, 5840, 5940, 34SC, 68SC Single Column Systems 200 mm 160 mm
2850-206 50 kN 3360 Table Model Systems 400 mm 500 mm
2850-205 50 kN 4460, 5560, 5860, 5960, 34TM, 68TM Table Model Systems 400 mm 500 mm
2850-203 300 kN 3382, 3384, 3385H, 34FM-100, 34FM-300, 4481, 4482, 4484, 4485, 5581, 5582, 5584, 5585, 5585H, 5881, 5882, 5884, 5885, 5885H, 5982, 5984, 5985, 68FM-100, 68FM-300 550 mm 500 mm
2850-202 600 kN 4400, 5500, 5800, 5900 Floor Model Systems Over 250 kN Capacity 640 mm 640 mm

Composite Tensile Grip Guide

Composite Tensile Grip Guide

Testing Accessories

This composite tensile grip guide provides an overview of key specifications for tensile grips that are ideally suited for testing composite materials. For a detailed look at the requirements and important issues related to gripping composite laminate coupons, read our Composites Gripping Guide White Paper.

Manual Wedge Action Grips
Grip Type Moving body wedge
Static Capacity 100 kN, 150 kN
Operation Manual
Interchangeable Yes
Temperature Range -70° to 315° C
Can You Attach Fixtures
Without Removing Grips? 
Some grips can be outfitted with adaptors to attach other fixtures - offering the flexibility to perform other tests without needing to remove the grips. This is referred to as piggybacking.
No
Nadcap Alignment No
Catalog Numbers 2716-002, 2716-003, 2716-008, 2736-004, 2736-005
Precision Manual Wedge Grips
Grip Type Moving body wedge
Static Capacity 100 kN, 250 kN
Operation Manual
Interchangeable Possible (not easy)
Temperature Range -80° to 250° C
Can You Attach Fixtures
Without Removing Grips? Precision Manual Wedge Grips with Composite Testing Fixture Attached
 
Some grips can be outfitted with adaptors to attach other fixtures - offering the flexibility to perform other tests without needing to remove the grips. This is referred to as piggybacking.
Yes
Nadcap Alignment Yes
Catalog Numbers 2716-028, 2716-030

Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips
Grip Type Moving body wedge
Static Capacity 130 kN, 312 kN, 600 kN
Operation Hydraulic
Interchangeable No
Temperature Range Ambient only
Can You Attach Fixtures
Without Removing Grips? Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips with Compression Fixture Attached
 
Some grips can be outfitted with adaptors to attach other fixtures - offering the flexibility to perform other tests without needing to remove the grips. This is referred to as piggybacking.
Yes
Nadcap Alignment Yes
Catalog Numbers 2743-401, 2742-501, 2742-601
Extended Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips

Extended Hydraulic Wedge Grips
Grip Type Extended moving body wedge
Static Capacity 130 kN, 312 kN
Operation Hydraulic
Interchangeable No
Temperature Range -70° to 350° C
Can You Attach Fixtures
Without Removing Grips? Extended Hydraulic Wedge Grips with Test Fixture Attached
 
Some grips can be outfitted with adaptors to attach other fixtures - offering the flexibility to perform other tests without needing to remove the grips. This is referred to as piggybacking.
Yes
Nadcap Alignment Yes
Catalog Numbers CP104947, CP109120

Impact Testing System Accessories

Impact Testing System Accessories

Testing Accessories

W-3572-B_J-Bolts_and-W-3572-D_Foundation-Template

Foundation Hardware for the MPX Series

A template and hardware to attach the MPX to a concrete foundation.

Description Catalog No.
J Bolts | Includes 4 J-Bolts, Hex Nuts, Washers and Polymer Nuts W-3572-B
Foundation Template W-3572-D

Hammer Weight
Hammer Weight Hammer Weight

Hammer Weights for the MPX Series

Hammer weights and attachment hardware for use with MPX Series frames of equal or greater capacity.

Description Catalog No.
300J Hammer Weight W-3576-A
450J Hammer Weight W-3576-B
600J Hammer Weight W-3576-C
750J Hammer Weight W-3576-D

W-3577_Hammer-Weight-Change-Kit-with-Hoist-400x400

Hammer Weight Change Kit with Hoist for MPX Series

Catalog No. W-3577

Kit includes a chain hoist with a capacity of up to 500 kgf (1100 lbf) and a frame mounting bracket to suspend the hoist from an MPX Series pendulum impact machine. This kit is used to easily lift and securely support the hammer weights during weight changes, or the pendulum hammer assembly when replacing the striker, anvils, or other wear components.

W-3598-Manual-Charpy-Specimen-Loader-Device

Manual Charpy Specimen Loader for MPX Series

Catalog No. W-3598

The Charpy specimen loader device attaches to the MPX frame and uses a manually operated pivoting arm to place individual specimens on the anvil for ambient testing. The arm must be moved away for the door to close and the test to be performed. Kit includes the specimen loader assembly and mounting hardware.

Charpy Tongs W-3550

Tongs

Tongs for handling and centering ambient and low-temperature Charpy and Izod specimens.

Description Catalog No.
Charpy Tongs W-3550
Izod Tongs W-3587-D

Charpy Test Kit

Charpy Test Kits

Charpy test kits include a Charpy impact striker, Charpy anvil inserts, and shrouds. These are for use on SI and MPX Series pendulum impact testing systems.

Description Catalog No.
Charpy Test Kit for ISO 148-2:2009
Includes: Charpy impact striker (2 mm Radius), and Charpy anvil inserts (1 mm radius), and shrouds
W-3599-A
Charpy Test Kit for ASTM E23-12C (also complies with ISO 148-2:2009)
Includes Charpy impact striker (8 mm radius), and Charpy anvil inserts (1 mm radius), and shrouds
W-3599-B

Izod Test Conversion Kit

Izod Test Conversion Kit

Catalog No. W-3587-C

Izod test conversion kit includes the components required to convert an MPX and SI Series pendulum impact tester to conduct an Izod test. Included are tongs for specimen handling, a magnetic specimen retrieval device and other necessary tooling. An Izod striker is not included.

W-3599-D-Charpy-Impact-Stiker

Charpy Impact Strikers

Additional or spare Charpy impact strikers can be provided for testing with either a 2 or 8 mm radius.

Description Catalog No.
Charpy Impact Striker (2 mm radius) for ISO 148-2:2009 W-3599-C
Charpy Impact Striker (8 mm radius) for ASTM E23-12C (also complies with ISO 148-2:2009) W-3599-D

Izod Impact Striker

Catalog No. W-3587-A

Izod impact striker for machine capacities 240 ft-lbf (325.4 joule) and greater.

Charpy Specimen Support Sets

Charpy specimen support sets are for use with SI and MPX Series pendulum impact testing systems and are compliant with ASTM E23-12C and ISO 148-1:2009.

Description Catalog No.
Standard (10 mm x 10 mm) Charpy Specimen Support Set W-3585
Subsize (7.5 mm x 10 mm Charpy Specimen Support Set (Set of 2) W-3596
Subsize (5.0 mm x 10 mm Charpy Specimen Support Set (Set of 2) W-3595
Subsize (2.5 mm x 10 mm Charpy Specimen Support Set W-3594

W-3609-Charpy-Cooling-Bath

FTS Charpy Specimen Cooling Baths

FTS Charpy Specimen Cooling Bath includes Charpy rack that holds up to 65 specimens and exceeds ASTM E23 / ISO 148 temperature stability requirements.

  • Temperature Control Range: -80 C to +30 C, +/- 0.1 C
  • Bath Volume: 4 liters
  • Approved: UL#61010-1, CAN / CSA 22.2 #61010-1, CE (2006/42/EC), (2006/95/EC), (006/108/EC).

Note: Performance specifications are based on SP Scientific test data from units using methanol and operating at an ambient room temperature of approximately 22 C (72 F). Higher ambient temperatures and/or different fluids may interfere in the system's ability to achieve its ultimate low temperature.

Description Catalog No.
220 V Cooling Bath (50 Hz, 6 AMP) W-3609-A
120 V Cooling Bath (60 Hz, 12 AMP) W-3609-B

W-3558-Charpy-Centering-Gauge

Charpy Centering Gauge

Catalog No. W-3558

A centering gauge for positioning Charpy anvil and pendulum.

W-3561-Lateral-Expansion-Gauge

Charpy Lateral Expansion Gauge

Catalog No. W-3561

A lateral expansion gauge for impact testing in accordance with ASTM A370.

Environmental Chambers

Testing Accessories

ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBERS

For Testing at Non-Ambient Temperatures

Environmental Testing Chambers

Compatible with both static and dynamic testing machines, the 3119-600 Series environmental chambers provide extensive temperature testing capabilities for evaluating material properties under non-ambient conditions. Chambers are available in a wide range of standard dimensions and can be fixed to the machine or mounted on roller brackets. They can also be fitted to other makes of testing machines with custom mountings, if needed. In addition, Instron can tailor complete solutions, including load string components, if the requirements for your application fall outside of the specifications of our standard chambers, grips, and fixtures.

Principle of Operation

Instron environmental chambers use a forced-convection principle in which hot or cold air is circulated around the specimen, grips, and pull rods to provide optimum heating/cooling rates, reduced thermal gradients, and good thermal stability. Ambient temperature air is also passed from the rear of the chamber into the space between the insulation and the outer panels. This helps to keep the outer skin of the chamber cool. The selectable high/low fan speed allows delicate specimens to be tested by reducing the effect of air turbulence within the chamber.

Features and Benefits

  • Advanced functions include 8-segment ramp/dwell, USB interface, and analog DC output capability
  • Removable wedge ports provide quick and easy loadstring setup and incorporate instrumentation cut-outs for extensometer cables without interfering with the pull rods
  • Dedicated cryogen exhaust port makes safe venting simple
  • Triple-pane, optical quality borosilicate glass window with twin cartridge heaters for minimizing frosting and misting when testing at low temperatures
  • Full 3-term PID temperature controller with auto-tune combines simplicity and flexibility to cover a range of testing requirements
  • Selectable slow fan speed improves testing of delicate specimens at low forces by reducing air turbulence
  • Interlock switch on floor model chambers for water-cooled grips shuts chamber down automatically if water flow is interrupted
Environmental Chamber Drawing

HEATING AND COOLING

Heating is achieved by passing air over an electrically heated element. All chambers in the range come with heating as standard. Cooling is achieved by blowing cryogenic gas (either CO2 or LN2) into the chamber via an optional cooling valve. The cryogenic gas is normally stored in cylinders (liquid CO2) or a self-pressurizing Dewar (liquid N2). Waste cryogenic gas is exhausted to the rear of the chamber through a dedicated port to which a silicone rubber pipe can be attached and vented outside the laboratory environment.

Fan
Instron 5960 Series Table Top Model

SPECIMEN ACCESS

Access to the specimen and grips is via a left-hand hinged door that also contains a heated, optical-glass window. An internal light allows the inside of the chamber to be clearly seen if required. The chamber automatically turns off heating, cooling, and the fan when the door is opened, reducing the hot/cold air reaching the operator.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL

A dedicated Eurotherm 3208 temperature controller mounted to the chamber is used to select the required set-point temperature. Temperature is monitored and controlled by a Type N thermocouple inside the chamber. The controller can be programmed with defined heating rates and dwell times (8 segments), as well as communicate with a PC via USB using compatible Instron software. It also features a 0-10V analog output of temperature for use by other devices, such as chart recorders.

Temperature Controller

Accessories

The 3119-600 Series environmental chambers are compatible with a comprehensive line of grips, fixtures, extensometers, and push/pull rods to offer a reliable and enduring performance for a wide range of testing applications where non-ambient testing conditions are required.

STANDARD CHAMBERS

6800 Series Universal Testing System with an Environmental Chamber

 

Chambers for Table Model Systems
Catalog
Number
Temperature
Rating  Cooling option required to achieve temperatures below ambient levels.
Internal
Dimensions  Depth x Width x Height
External
Dimensions  Width x Height
3119-605 -100 °C to 350 °C 230 x 240 x 485 mm 350 x 635 mm
3119-606 -100 °C to 350 °C 230 x 240 x 560 mm 350 x 710 mm
3119-609 -100 °C to 350 °C 230 x 240 x 660 mm 350 x 810 mm
3119-615 -100 °C to 350 °C 230 x 240 x 860 mm 350 x 1010 mm
6800 Series floor model with BlueHill Universal and an environmental chamber

Chambers for Floor Model Systems
Catalog
Number
Temperature
Rating  Cooling option required to achieve temperatures below ambient levels.
Internal
Dimensions  Depth x Width x Height
External
Dimensions  Width x Height
3119-607 -150 °C to 350 °C 400 x 400 x 560 mm 550 x 710 mm
3119-608 -150 °C to 600 °C 400 x 400 x 560 mm 550 x 710 mm
3119-610 -150 °C to 350 °C 400 x 400 x 660 mm 550 x 810 mm
3119-616 -80 °C to 350 °C 400 x 400 x 900 mm 550 x 1050 mm
3119-617 -80 °C to 350 °C 400 x 400 x 760 mm 550 x 910 mm
3119-618 -80 °C to 350 °C 400 x 400 x 1000 mm 550 x 1050 mm

5900 Series Multi-Station Test Frame with Environmental Chamber

CUSTOM CHAMBERS

For those testing applications that require more than a standard chamber offers, our Engineered Solutions Group is available to design specialized environmental chambers to fit your needs, including taller or wider chambers, chambers with higher temperature ratings, and custom load string components, such as grips and fixtures.

Cord Capstan Tensile Grips

Testing Accessories

CORD CAPSTAN TENSILE GRIPS

Catalog no. 2715-001

Cord Capstan Grips

Cord capstan grips are designed to permit faster, easier testing of twisted or braided cords. These grips are designed to permit predetermination of specimen length, and allow quick, convenient loading.

Request A Quote

Principle of Operation

Cord capstan grips provide a superior method for clamping twisted or braided cord during testing. Each grip has a round capstan with a right-hand spiral grooved surface that accommodates specimens up to 3.2 mm (0.125 in) in diameter. The capstan is split axially into two halves, one half being stationary and the other movable. The specimen is wound from the outside of the capstan towards the center before being passed through the split halves where it is clamped. The groove completes 2.5 turns around the capstan, which allows two full turns for distributing the specimen load and stress concentration. The grips self tighten as load is applied to the specimen.

Smooth capstan surfaces are available separately.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tensile, static only
  • Specimen materials: twisted or braided cord
  • Specimen shapes: cord or strips

2715-001-01-19
Specifications
Catalog no. 2715-001
Force Capacity 2.5 kN
Maximum Specimen Diameter 3.2 mm
Temperature Range -73 °C to 316 °C
View Full Specifications Download Brochure

O-Ring Test Fixtures

O-Ring Test Fixtures

Testing Accessories

O-Ring Test Fixture
O-Ring Test Fixture
O-Ring Test Fixtures

 

The O-ring test fixture is designed to facilitate the testing of O-rings and other similar continuous loop specimens where it is essential to minimize localized stressing in the sample. With a maximum capacity of 1 kN, these fixtures feature interchangeable spindle sets of various diameters and thicknesses that can be easily swapped out to meet a range of testing standards.

Compatible Frames Catalog Number
Single Column Systems:
334X, 34SC, 444X, 554X, 584X, 594X, 68SC systems with 1 kN or greater capacity
2717-068
Table Model Systems | Standard Height and Extra Height:
336X, 34TM, 446X, 556X, 586X, 596X, 68TM
2717-078
Interchangeable Spindles

 

Roller Diameter Roller Width Relevant Standard Catalog Number
3.18 mm 7 mm 2717-074
4.75 mm 7 mm D412 Proc. B 2717-070
6.35 mm 7 mm 2717-075
12.7 mm 7 mm ASTM D1414 2717-076
15 mm 25 mm BS 3704 2717-071
18.3 mm 7 mm DIN 53504 R2 2717-073
22.3 mm 7 mm DIN 53504 R1 2717-072

More Info

Threaded-End and Button-End Grip Bodies and Inserts

Threaded-End and Button-End Grip Bodies and Inserts

Testing Accessories

Split insert tensile grips are designed for safe, high-volume production testing of threaded-end, shoulder-end, or button-end machined specimens. Engineered with an operator focus, the split insert style tensile grips are easy to install, offer quick change inserts for standard specimen sizes, and promote efficient static testing of a wide range of metals and alloys. A preferred solution for the testing of high-strength, high-toughness materials that may damage or cause excessive wear to traditional grip arrangements. These grips are designed to comply with ASTM E8, ASTM A370, or ASTM A48, and other international standards, and can be made to custom specifications. A wide range of possible button-end, shank hole, and chamfer / radius dimension options ensures compatibility with a large variety of specimen sizes.

Self-Aligning Tension Grips
Self-Aligning Tension Grips

 

The self-aligning tension grips are designed to perform static tensile tests on threaded-end test specimens to various international standards, including ASTM E8, ASTM A370, and ASTM A48. The grips are designed with a double alignment arrangement at each end, which forms a universal joint of movement. This ensures the specimens are loaded in uniaxial tension, and do not require any adjustment during use. A full range of interchangeable grip heads are available for use with specimens of different cross-sectional areas. A safety guard is provided for the shoulder specimen grips to prevent specimens being ejected from the grips where stored energy is released on specimen breakage.

Grip Specifications
Capacity 100 kN
Temperature Range -70°C to +350°C
Upper and Lower Fitting Type Dm (1.25 in connection with 0.5 in clevis pin)
Type of Loading Tensile static and tensile cyclic tests. Not suitable for high cycle fatigue tests.
Specimen Materials Steel, non-ferrous metals
Specimen Shapes Round specimens with threaded heads
Catalog Number 2717-029
Grip Heads
Description Catalog Number
M8 Threaded 2717-021
M10 Threaded 2717-022
M12 Threaded 2717-023
M18 Threaded 2717-024
M20 Threaded 2717-025
M24 Threaded 2717-026
Blank, for Threaded Specimens 2717-027

More Info

Threaded-End Specimen Holders
Threaded-End Specimen Holders

 

The threaded-end specimen holders are designed to perform static tensile tests on threaded-end specimens to various standards, including ASTM E8 and ASTM A370. The specimen holder has threads on each end: one end threads into an adaptor (purchased separately) connecting it to the frame, and the other end having threads to hold the specimen. With a properly aligned crosshead, the threaded-end specimen holders ensure the specimens are loaded in uniaxial tension. Each set contains 2 threaded-end specimen holders. Capacity 267 kN. Temperature Rating: +5°C to +40°C

Specifications
Description Upper Fitting Specimen Diameter Specimen Thread Size Catalog Number
ASTM Standard .505" 1.5 in-6fRH 12.8 mm (0.505 in) 0.75 in-10fRH W-5101
ASTM Standard .505" M36x4fRH 12.8 mm (0.505 in) 0.75 in-10fRH W-5150
Non-Standard Up to 38 mm (1.5 in) Up to 38 mm (1.5 in) Up to 38 mm (1.5 in) W-5102

Contact Us For Details

Split Insert Tensile Grip Holders and  Inserts
Split Insert Tensile Grip Holders and  Inserts Split Insert Tensile Grip Holders and  Inserts Split Insert Tensile Grip Holders and  Inserts
Shoulder-End and Button-End Specimens Holders and Inserts

 

The modular design offers a single set of holders and interchangeable split inserts that match industry standard dimensions for performing tensile testing on shoulder-end and button-end specimens. Each set of insert holders requires at least one set of inserts to perform a test.

Holders
Capacity Mounting Type Effective Length Catalog Number
300 kN Type R4 (M36 × 4p) 83 mm (3.3 in) W-5158-1
300 kN 1.5 - 6 in UNC 83 mm (3.3 in) W-5158-2
300 kN 1.5 - 12 in UNF 83 mm (3.3 in) W-5158-3
600 kN Type II RH
(M48 × 2p RH)
127 mm (5.0 in) W-5159
300 kN Inserts Specifications to ASTM E8, A370 (Requires W-5158 Holders)
Capacity Specimen Reduced Section Diameter Catalog Number
300 kN 12.83 mm (0.505 in) W-5158-A
200 kN 9.07 mm (0.357 in) W-5158-B
150 kN 6.40 mm (0.252 in) W-5158-C
50 kN 4.06 mm (0.160 in) W-5158-D
600 kN Inserts Specifications to ASTM A48 (Requires W-5159 Holders)
Capacity Specimen Reduced Section Diameter Catalog Number
600 kN 31.75 mm (1.25 in) W-5159-A3
500 kN 19.0 mm (0.75 in) W-5159-A2
400 kN 12.7 mm (0.50 in) W-5159-A1

More Info

Debris Shields

Debris Shields

Testing Accessories

Debris shields, also known as protective shields, provide a protective barrier between the test space and the operator. These may be necessary for materials that exhibit violent failures under test, such as composites, rebar, and cables.

68FM-with-Debris-Shield-800x1200
68FM-with-Debris-Shield-800x1200 68SC-with-Debris-Shield-879x1200
Debris Shield with Hinged Door for Single Columns, Table Models, and Floor Models

 

These debris shields feature an anodized extruded aluminum frame and clear Lexan® panels that offer unobstructed views of the text space. A hinged-style access door is available with or without door safety interlocks.

Compatible Frames Catalog Number
Single Columns | 500 N Systems:
334X, 34SC, 594X, 68SC
CP127700
Single Columns | 1 - 5 kN Systems | Standard Height:
334X, 34SC, 594X, 68SC
CP127701
Single Columns | 5 kN Systems| Extra Height:
3345, 34SC-5, 68SC-5
CP127702
Table Models | Standard Width:
336X (dual T-slot column cover style only), 34TM, 446X, 556X, 586X, 596X, 68TM
2910-074
Floor Models:
3382, 3384, 3385H, 34FM, 4481, 4482, 4484, 4485, 5581, 5582, 5584, 5585, 5585H, 5881, 5882, 5884, 5885, 5885H, 5982, 5984, 5985, 5985, 68FM
2910-062

Contact Us For Details

34TM-with-Sliding-Debris-Shield
34TM-with-Sliding-Debris-Shield Operator-Sliding-Debris-Shield
Debris Shield with Sliding Door for Table Models

 

Depending on user-preference and footprint limitations, a sliding debris shield is available for table model universal testing systems. The sheet metal and polycarbonate shield encase the front of the test machine, separating the user from debris and moving parts while also giving excellent visibility. To access the test space, the sliding door is opened to the left and specimens and grips can be loaded through the 845mm tall and 440mm wide port. The debris shield can be equipped with an optional magnetic interlock which prevents tests from being started with the door open and can be configured to prevent all crosshead motion when the door is open.

Compatible Frames Catalog Number
68TM, 34TM, 336X, 596X | Standard Height, Standard Width CP129040
68TM | Extra Height, Standard Width CP129044
34TM, 336X, 596X | Extra Height, Standard Width CP126003
336X, 596X | Standard Height, Standard Width CP126002

Contact Us For Details

Component Test Plate

Testing Accessories

COMPONENT TEST PLATE

For Testing End Products and Components

Component Test Plate

The Component Test Plate is a drilled and tapped metal plate that can be mounted directly to the base of single and dual column test frames. The entire surface is covered in an array of M6 threaded holes that can be used for a variety of purposes, including mounting components or end products to the plate for tensile, compression, bend, peel, or puncture testing. The plate also allows you to mount grips off-center and makes it easier adapt custom-made grips and fixtures to your test system.

Request A Quote

 

Principle of Operation

Components or end products can be mounted directly to the component test plate with compatible M6 hardware or machinist vices. The location of the specimen on the plate should be selected such that the area of interest, where the load application occurs, is completely centered. If the load application is off-center it could potentially damage the load cell.

The component test plate is also compatible with Instron standard base adapters (type O and D) which can be mounted to the plate using any of the M6 threaded holes – allowing you to place a grip off-center or adapt a custom-made grip or fixture to the test frame.

Application Range

  • Test types: tensile, compression, flexure, peel, puncture
  • Common applications: biomedical, electronics, microelectronics, consumer products

 

Component Test Plate on 68TM Universal Testing System
Component Test Plate on 68TM Universal Testing System Keyboard Button Compression Testing Biomedical Specimen on Component Test Plate Component Test Plate on Extra Wide 6800 Series Universal Testing System
Specifications
Catalog no. Compatible Frames Capacity Width  Depth
2910-108 Single Column Systems
68SC
1 kN 600 mm 300 mm
2910-107 Dual Column Systems
68TM, 34TM, 596x, 336x, 556x, 556xA, 446x
2 kN 300 mm 300 mm
2910-106 Single Column Systems
334x
1 kN 600 mm 300 mm
2910-105 Single Column Systems
34SC, 594x, 554x
1 kN 600 mm 300 mm
CP129729 Extra Wide Dual Column Systems
68TM-30
30 kN 914 mm 610 mm
CP129738 Dual Column Systems
68TM, 34TM, 596x, 336x, 556x, 556xA, 446x
30 kN 400 mm 400 mm

Pneumatic Wedge Grips

Testing Accessories

Pneumatic Wedge Grips

Instron pneumatic wedge action grips may be used in static or dynamic materials testing applications, interchangeable wedge-shape grip faces accommodating either flat or round specimens. 

The grip is designed to allow test specimens to be securely gripped without introducing axial pre-loading to the specimen. This is achieved by using jaw faces that move in a horizontal direction only, relative to the specimen.

Principle Of Operation

Each grip functions independently of the other, an external hydraulic supply providing pressure to both open and close the grips.

When gripping pressure is applied, the relative vertical position of the specimen/jaw faces remains unchanged to prevent specimen load generation during the gripping process. 

Once the grip faces contact the specimen the hydraulic pressure produces a vertical force on the grip head. The grip force will remain constant as the design automatically compensates for specimen thickness changes.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: Static or dynamic, reverse stress.
  • Specimen material: Metallics, plastics, composites.
  • Specimen geometries: Round section (not buttonhead) or flat specimens with or without shoulder tab.

Accessories

UNITS

Compact Tension Fixtures for Fracture Mechanics

Testing Accessories

Compact Tension Fixtures for Fracture Mechanics

The Instron 2750 Series fracture mechanics grips are suited to static and dynamic testing of compact tension specimens in accordance with the following standards: 
  • ASTM E 399 
  • ASTM E 647 
  • ASTM E 813 
  • ASTM E1 290 
  • BS 7448

Principle Of Operation

The upper and lower grips are identical, and attach to the specimen by means of a clevis pin arrangement. The 10 kN and 50 kN grips require a set of adapters which provide for attachment to the load cell or actuator (via an appropriate attachment kit).Clevis pins are provided with spring clips or covers to prevent them from being shaken loose during testing.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: Static or dynamic (tension/tension)
  • Specimen material: Typically metallics
  • Specimen geometries: Compact tension (6.5 mm, 13 mm, 25 mm and 50 mm thickness)

Accessories

UNITS

US CUSTOMARY
SI (METRIC)
Item Name Capacity Specimen Width Cat#
Additional Extension Rod  2780 120
Compact Tension Fixtures for 12.5mm Thick
Compact Tension Specimens
±10 dynamic, 20 static kN 12.5 mm 2780-118
Compact Tension Fixtures for 25mm Thick
Compact Tension Specimens
±50 dynamic, 100 static kN 25 mm 2780-119
Compact Tension Fixtures for 50mm wide
Compact Tension Specimens
±250 dynamic, 500 static kN 50 mm 2750-120
High Temperature Clevis Grips 0.8 @ 1000 deg.C kN 12.5 mm 2420C

Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips

Testing Accessories

Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips

Pneumatic wedge action grips feature an open front design, which facilitates easy loading of large specimens. This series can accommodate round specimens up to 60 mm (2.36 in) in diameter and flat specimens up to 70 mm (2.75 in) thick. The compact design of these pneumatic wedge grips provides optimum use of the test area when installed on Instron’s floor model testing systems.

Specially suited for industrial environments where dust and metal chips may be present, these grips have protective dust covers that fit easily over the faces to shield the moving surfaces. Optional piggyback adapter plate furnishes an efficient method for mounting secondary load strings for lower capacity testing without removing the larger grip. 

On the 2716-110 and 2716-120 Grips, the vee faces used for round specimens by design have a reduced area at the center, which compromises their ability to absorb high energy breaks without fracture. This grip uses a split-vee face configuration which allows the break energy to be dissipated without damaging the faces. On the W-5180 and W-5190 Grips, the considerable increase in size allows the use of a one-piece design grip face. 

Principle Of Operation

These grips are operated with a control knob mounted on the grip or with an Instron standard pneumatic control kit. Powered by pneumatic control, the faces are moved by a pneumatic piston - which eliminates a costly hydraulic pump and its control. When under load the wedge action provides additional clamping pressure to minimize specimen slippage.

The 2716-110 and 2716-120 grips use a unique carrier/face mounting system allows for easy face insert changes. The carrier is placed on the grips and held on by springs from the grip body and against the driving piston. The faces sit on the carriers held by a couple of thumb screws. The lubrication of the jaw face carriers is through a standard grease fitting. This eliminates the need to remove either the faces or the carriers for greasing. Each face set can accommodate a wide range of specimen types offering flexibility with a minimum number of face changes. 

W-5180 and W-5190 grips include a face mounting system with embedded magnets and jaw faces with circular centering disks. This design simplifies jaw face loading and holds the jaws in position when no load is applied.

Application Range

  • Type of loading: tension, *Not suitable for through-zero/ reverse stress or fatigue testing 
  • Specimen material: wires, plastics, metals, elastomers 
  • Specimen shapes: flat, round

Accessories

UNITS

US CUSTOMARY
SI (METRIC)
Accessories
Item Name Capacity Upper Fitting Cat #
Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips; Capacity: 100 kN

100 kN
22,500 lbf
0.5 in clevis pin (Type Dm)
2716-111
Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips; Capacity: 200 kN

200 kN
45,000 lbf
M48x2mLH (Type IImLH)
2716-121

Transverse Clip-on Extensometers

Testing Accessories

Transverse Clip-on Extensometers

W-E404 Series Transverse Extensometers are designed for measuring transverse displacements. They are self-supporting on the test specimen and will work on any width or diameter specimen from 0 to 25 mm (1 in).

W-E404-A/C/E/F types are commonly used for the measurement of Poisson’s ratio and transverse strain on anisotropic materials such as composites. They are frequently used simultaneously with axial extensometers. These units easily clip on to the specimen and are held in place with an integral spring. The rounded contact edges help maintain the position on the specimen.

A special averaging version (2640-010) is available for determining "r" value of sheet metals (NOT suitable for Poisson's Ratio).

Principle Of Operation

The specimen displacement is measured at a single point using a high-accuracy, dual flexure strain-gauge sensor designed for strength and improved performance.

The special version for 'r' value measures the specimen displacement at two points using two individual high-accuracy, dual-flexure strain-gauge sensors. The output of each sensor is merged to produce a single averaged output.

The design makes these units very durable and they may be left on the specimen through specimen failure.

The extensometers are easy to mount and feature integral springs that hold the unit on the test specimen. An adjustable specimen contact bar below the knife edges provides good mechanical stability for the extensometer body.

Application Range

  • Static use only 
  • Suitable for transverse strain measurement on metals, rigid thermoplastics, thermosetting polymers and composites 
  • Suitable for round, rectangular or other regular shaped specimens 
  • Special version for "r" value determination on sheet metals

Accessories

Units

Averaging Clip-on Extensometer

Testing Accessories

Averaging Clip-on Extensometer

The Instron 2650 Series Biaxial Extensometers are ideally suited for testing a wide range of materials, including polymer matrix composites, metals, and plastics over a range of temperatures. Two sensors measure axial strain on opposite sides of the specimen. Versions are available which provide either a single averaged axial output or 2 independent axial outputs. The extensometers meet the calibration requirements of ASTM E83 class B1, ISO 9513 class 0.5, and ISO 527.

Principle Of Operation

These averaging axial clip-on extensometers measure the axial strain on both sides of the specimen. Versions are available that provide either a single averaged strain output or two independent axial strain outputs. In all cases, the use of average axial strain corrects for any specimen bending due to misalignment for the consistent determination of materials properties such as modulus. The independent output versions allow simultaneous monitoring of both; the average axial and bending strain.

The extensometers use strain gauges for measurement and are constructed from high-strength aluminum, titanium and stainless steel. All of the extensometers feature simple, single-handed operation which ensures consistent results and facilitates safe use within a temperature chamber. The extensometer incorporates automatic electrical calibration and transducer recognition including a unique digital serial number.

Conical points are provided as standard with the extensometer and these are recommended for most composite materials. Other contact options are available: line contacts, which are recommended for use with soft materials such as thermoplastics; and vee profiles, which are most suitable for thin section test specimens. 

Accessories

Units

Biaxial Clip-on

Testing Accessories

Biaxial Clip-on

The Instron 2650 Series Biaxial Extensometers are ideally suited for testing a wide range of materials, including polymer matrix composites, metals, and plastics over a range of temperatures. Two sensors measure axial strain on opposite sides of the specimen and a third sensor measures transverse strain. The extensometers meet the calibration requirements of ASTM E83 class B1, ISO 9513 class 0.5, and ISO 527.

Principle Of Operation

These bi-axial clip-on extensometers use strain gauges for measurement and are constructed from high-strength aluminum, titanium, and stainless steel. All of the extensometers feature simple, single-handed operation which ensures consistent results and facilitates safe use within a temperature chamber. The extensometer incorporates automatic electrical calibration and transducer recognition including a unique digital serial number.

All of the extensometers measure the axial strain on both sides of the specimen. Versions are available that provide either a single averaged axial strain output or two independent axial strain outputs. In all cases, the use of average axial strain corrects for any specimen bending due to misalignment for the consistent and accurate determination of modulus. The independent output versions allow simultaneous monitoring of both; the average axial and the bending strain. Additionally, the extensometer includes a sensor that measures transverse strain allowing for the determination of properties such as Poisson's Ratio and the In-Plane Shear Modulus.

Conical points are provided as standard with the extensometer and are recommended for most composite materials. Other contact options are available: line contacts, which are recommended for use with soft materials such as thermoplastics; and vee profiles, which are most suitable for thin section test pieces.

Accessories

UNITS

Wire and Cable Tensile Grips

Testing Accessories

Pneumatic action and snubbing style tensile grips are used for testing cord, tire cord, bead wire, cable, yarn, and tow specimens.

Pneumatic action tire cord grips
Pneumatic action tire cord grips Pneumatic action tire cord grips

Pneumatic Action Tire Cord Grips

Pneumatic tire cord grips provide a convenient method for clamping tire cord and braided wire during testing. A guide pin allows for easy loading onto a graduated radius cam, which provides a stress-reduced clamping area on the specimen. The clamping mechanism can be activated either automatically or through a footswitch, which allows for hands-free grip operation, enabling the specimen to be held with both hands for easy loading. Pneumatic cord and yarn grips provide selectable clamping force to accommodate different materials and excellent follow-up action that compensates for decay of the holding force due to specimen creep.

Description Force Capacity Temperature Range Catalog Number
Flat (Smooth) Stationary Face 5 kN -10 to 80°C
(14 to 176°F)
2714-010
Learn More
Grooved Stationary Face 5 kN -10 to 80°C
(14 to 176°F)
CP105953
Learn More
Flat (Smooth) Stationary Face 10 kN -10 to 80°C
(14 to 176°F)
CP110730

Contact Us for Details

 

Snubbing grips
Snubbing grips Snubbing grips Snubbing grips

Wire and Cable Snubbing Grips

Snubbing grips feature a spool to wrap the specimen around and a snubber (cam or clamp) to secure the free end of the specimen. Cable snubbing grips have a solid steel construction, and wire snubbing grips incorporate a hardened steel drum on an aluminum bracket. The grip body is designed so that the wire or cable specimen is pulled directly in line with the load cell. The snubbing mechanism is not designed to carry the full load applied to the specimen; rather, the spool carries the load because the specimen is wrapped around it.

Description Force Capacity Specimen Diameter Catalog Number
Wire Snubbing Grip 2.2 kN 0.125 – 1.52 mm
(0.005 – 0.06 in)
W-5074M
Cable Snubbing Grip 36 kN 0.8 – 6.35 mm
(0.031 – 0.25 in)
W-5075M
Cable Snubbing Grip 90 kN 0.8 – 12.7 mm
(0.031 – 0.5 in)
W-5143M

Contact Us for Details

 

Crack Opening Displacement (COD) Gauge 5/2

Testing Accessories

Crack Opening Displacement (COD) Gauge 5/2

Catalog no. 2670-130

2670-130 | Crack Opening Displacement (COD) Gauge 5/2

  • Gauge Length: 5mm (0.197inches)
  • Travel: 2mm (0.079inches)
  • Temperature range: -200°C to +200°C (-328°F to +392°F)
  • Complies to the requirements of ASTM E399-09
Specifications
Accessory Height 30 mm (1.2 in)
Accessory Weight 0.010 kg (0.022 lb)
Accessory Width 18 mm (0.7 in)
Gauge Length 5 mm
Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue
Temperature Rating -200 to +200 °C (-328 to +392 °F)
Literature

Specimen Preparation Punching Machines

Testing Accessories

Specimen Preparation Punching Machines

Catalog no. C-6051-000, C-6054-000

Punching
Punching

Overview

These machines are developed to obtain specimens by punching, using hollow dies of different sizes and contours. Several hundreds of dies can be created by interchangeable socket punches with different profiles and size according to the standards and to the customer needs. Dies are made of steel with hand finished cutting edges and can be provided with ejector for easy removal of the specimen after punching.

Features

Compact design of instrument for an easy and fast preparation
Manual and automatic models obtain specimens of different size and geometries for a wide range of plastics testing applications
High level of results repeatability and time saving test procedures

Standards

  • ISO 2818
  • ISO 179
  • ISO 180
  • ISO 8256
  • ASTM 6110
  • ASTM D256
  • ASTM D412
  • ASTM D638
  • DIN 53453
  • Industry/customer specific geometries and dimensions

Grips & Platens

Testing Accessories

Custom Grips and Platens

grips
grips Pneumatic Side Acting Grip 30kN grips S5407A_P

The Custom Solutions group at Instron has been developing unique grips and platens to meet our customers’ unique needs for decades.  Customized cord and yarn grips or custom webbing grips of various sizes are just a small example of things that we can do.  Whether your grip or platen is being purchased with a new frame or being used with your current set-up, we will work diligently to understand your goals and ensure they are met or exceeded.  Please browse the gallery above to see some of our recent projects.

We also make specialized jaw faces!

Click here to see our existing customized grips or platens for specific applications.

2743-402

Testing Accessories

Fatigue Rated Mechanical Wedge Grips (+/- 100 kN)

Catalog no. 2743-402

2743-402 | ±100 kN (22 kip) Fatigue Rated Mechanical Wedge Grips

  • Offers fatigue testing capability at the lowest possible cost
  • Grip closure is performed manually using a torque wrench (note requires a minimum grip separation)
  • Feature side-entry design with full access for easy
    specimen insertion from the side
  • Adjustable specimen stops on flat faces provide
    accurate specimen centering
  • Suitable for tension and compression including full
    reverse-stress dynamic testing capability
  • Temperature Range: -70 to +350 deg C
  • Mechanical interface: M30 x 2 right hand female
    threads
  • Grip mass: 26 kg (57lbs) approximately per grip
  • Static Load Capacity ±130kN (29 kip)

Requires: grip faces and fatigue rated adapters

Quantity: 2 grips

Specifications
Accessory Height 170 mm (6.89 in)
Accessory Weight 26 kg (57.2 lb)
Accessory Width 172 mm (6.77 in)
Capacity +/- 100 kN (+/- 22,000 lbf)
Lower Fitting M30 RH (Type If)
Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue
Temperature Rating -70 to +350 °C (- 94 to + 662 °F)
Upper Effective Length 170 mm (6.8 in)
Upper Fitting M30 RH (Type If)
Add-Ons

Stepped Jaw Vice Clamp, Capacity: 500 N (100 lb, 50 kgf)

Testing Accessories

Stepped Jaw Vice Clamp, Capacity: 500 N (100 lb, 50 kgf)

Catalog no. 2860-210

2860-210 | Stepped Jaw Vice Clamp

Capacity: 500 N (100 lb, 50 kgf).

Specifications
Notes For holding PCBs and assemblies

SG-1 Wire Snubbing Grips

Testing Accessories

SG-1 Wire Snubbing Grips

Catalog no. W-5074M

instron wire snubbing grips on LX Frame
instron wire snubbing grips on LX Frame

W-5074M | Wire Snubbing Grip

Capacity: 2.2 kN (500 lb, 220 kg)

Minimum specimen diameter: 0.125 mm (0.005 in).

Maximum specimen diameter: 1.52 mm (0.06 in).

Upper and lower fittings: Type Om (12 mm connection with 6 mm diameter clevis pin).

Specification Table
Accessory Height 101 mm (4 in)
Accessory Width 84 mm (3.3125 in)
Capacity 2.22 kN (500 lbf)
Effective Length 139 mm (5.472 in)
Lower Fitting 6 mm clevis pin (Type Om)
Specimen Diameter 0.125 - 1.5 mm (0.005 - 0.06 in)
Temperature Rating +10 to +40 °C (+50 to +150 °F)
Upper Fitting 6 mm clevis pin (Type Om)

Custom Fixtures

Testing Accessories

Custom Fixtures

Cup Sidewall Compresion Fixture
Cup Sidewall Compresion Fixture S4432A_P CP104479-Syringe-Fixture_P S5404A_P 2505-013_P S5403A_P

The Custom Solutions group at Instron has been developing unique fixtures to meet our customers’ unique needs for decades.  If you need to push or pull against something unique or novel, like yak hair or pizza dough, we are interested in learning more about it.  Whether your fixture is being purchased with a new frame or being used with your current set-up, we will work diligently to understand your goals and ensure they are met or exceeded.  Please browse the gallery above to see some of our recent projects.

Click here to see our existing customized fixtures for specific applications.

Transverse Averaging Extensometer for “r” Value on Sheet Metal

Testing Accessories

Transverse Averaging Extensometer

Catalog no. 2640-010

2640-010 extensometer
2640-010 extensometer

2640-010 | Transverse Averaging Extensometer

Transverse Averaging Extensometer with single channel output for attachment to thin rigid specimens, 0.3 mm to 4 mm thick. 

Accepts specimens from 10 mm to 20 mm wide and from 15 mm to 25 mm wide. Suitable for ´r´ and ´n´ testing on sheet metals. 

Requires suitable axial extensometer of 50 mm gauge length minimum for ´r´ value determination. Requires single strain conditioner.

Temperature Range: -80 °C to +100 °C

Specifications
Specimen Thickness 0.3 mm to 4 mm (0.12 in to 0.16 in)
Specimen Width 10 - 25 mm (0.4 - 1 in)
Temperature Rating -80°C to +100 °C (-112°F to +212 °F)
Literature

Wood Test Fixture. Compression Parallel to Grain

Testing Accessories

Wood Test Fixture. Compression Parallel to Grain

Catalog no. S1-11858-1

S1-11858-1 | Wood Test Fixture

Compression parallel to grain per ASTM D143 (primary method).

Requires Platens (75 mm (3 in) minimum diameter for primary method, Spherical Seat and Extensometer (2630); order separately.

Specification Table
Accessory Weight 0.65 kg (1.4 lb)
Specimen Zone 200 mm (8 in)
Specimen Thickness 50 mm (2 in)
Specimen Width 50 mm (2 in)
Testing Standards BS 373, ASTM D 143
Upper Effective Length 150 mm (6 in)

Caliper, Standard Jaw, 0-150 mm (0-6 in) w/Data Cable

Testing Accessories

Caliper, Standard Jaw, 0-150 mm (0-6 in) w/Data Cable

Catalog no. W-3275-N

W-3275-N | Caliper, Standard Jaw, 0-6" (0-150 mm) with Data Cable

Digital caliper with carbide standard jaws. Resolution of 0.0005" (0.01mm). Accuracy of ±0.001" (±0.02mm). Repeatability of 0.0005" (0.01mm). 

Designed to be used in conjunction with Automatic Data Entry Interface listed separately. Qualifies as one (1) device. Includes case.

Note: This measuring device requires an Automatic Data Entry Interface listed separately for direct entry of measurements into software.

Biaxial Extensometer 2 Inch Axial Gauge Length 1 Axial 1 Transverse

Testing Accessories

Biaxial Extensometer 2 in Gauge Length; 1 Axial and 1 Transverse

Catalog no. 2650-567

Biaxial Extensometer 2 inch Gauge Length providing one averaged axial and one transverse strain measurement.

Features:

  • Replaceable specimen contacts to suit a range of materials and specimens
  • Simple, single handed attachment and removal
  • Robust design for reliable operation under demanding conditions
  • Meets ASTM E83 B-1, ISO 9513 grade 0.5 and ISO 527 (annex C)

Transverse Travel +/- 0.02 in (Strain range depends on specimen width)

The extensometer provides a single averaged axial output along with a single transverse output and requires 2 Sensor channels. It has electrical calibration and is self-identifying with 3300, 3400, 4200, 4300, 4400, 4500, 5500, 5800, 5900, 6800, 8500, 8800 Tower, and 8800MT Series Systems.

The extensometer is supplied with a single set of conical point specimen contacts.

Specifications
Axial Travel (-0.02 to +0.05 in)
Gauge Length 50.8 mm (2 in)
Maximum Crosstalk 0.5 % of FS
% Travel (Axial) -1 to +2.5 %
Specimen Diameter 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
Specimen Thickness 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
Specimen Width 0.1 to 55 mm (0.004 to 2.17 in)
Temperature Rating -200 to +200 °C (-328 to +392 °F)
Travel (Transverse) (±0.02in)
Literature

2-Piece Sled

Testing Accessories

2-Piece Sled

Catalog no. 2-Piece Sled

2 piece sled
2 piece sled 2-piece sled 2-piece sled 2-piece sled 2-piece sled model 2-piece sled

New innovative sled concept (2-Piece Sled)

Instead of working with a pallet mounted onto the crash sled, the patented Instron two piece sled integrates the pallet system into the sled design. This allows for much faster set up times using multiple pallets whilst significantly reducing the overall mass of the sled to provide a higher dynamic performance.

The pallets can be tailored to meet the specific needs of the test laboratory.

Back to CSA.

Manual Gauge Point Punch, 0.5 in Gauge Length

Testing Accessories

Manual Gauge Point Punch, 0.5 in Gauge Length

Catalog no. W-6718

W-6711_P
W-6711_P

W-6718 | Manual Gauge Point Punch

0.5" gauge length.

Specification Table
Gauge Length 0.50 in

Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 300kN (67,500 lbf)

Testing Accessories

Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 300kN (67,500 lbf)

Catalog no. W-5245

300 kN Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips
300 kN Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips

W-5245 | Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips

Capacity 300 kN (67,500 lbf, 30,000 kgf)

Specimen Range:

  • Flats: 0 - 50 mm thick (0 - 2.0 in) x 70 mm (2.75 in) wide
  • Rounds: 3 - 40 mm (0.118 - 1.57 in) diameter

Minimum Specimen Length without the use of an extensometer is 270 mm (10.63 in)

Ambient temperature use only.

Upper and Lower Fittings: Type IIfRH (M48 x 2)

Weight Per Grip Body 123 kg (270 lb)

Grip Body Dimensions W x L x D: 445 x 302 x 127 mm (17.5 x 11.875 x 5 in)

Effective Length using standard threaded mounting:

  • Upper: 329 mm (13.0 in)
  • Lower: 352 mm (13.8 in)

Grip faces sold separately use: W-5246 & W-5247 series grip faces

Configuration Notes:

  1. Select the proper mounting option corresponding to load frame and test space option being supplied. Hydraulic hoses, manifolds and mounting hardware are included when purchased with a 150/300LX or 600KPX testing system. (Consult IPG Business team for all other frame models.)
  2. When supplying on an LX system, the frame must be configured as a -J1B/J3B frame or taller in order to accomodate calibration fixtures.
Specifications
Accessory Weight 123 kg (270 lb)
Accessory Width 445 mm (17.5 in)
Capacity 300 kN (67,500 lbf)
Lower Fitting Type IIfRH (M48x2)
Temperature Rating 10-38 °C (50-100 °F)
Upper Effective Length 329 mm (13.0 in)
Upper Fitting Type IIfRH (M48x2)

Extra Punch Points , Set of Two

Testing Accessories

Extra Punch Points , Set of Two

Catalog no. W-6709

W-6709 | Extra Punch Points, set of two

For Instron standard manual gauge punch devices.

Suitable for 1 inch, 2 inch, 1.4 inch, 25 mm or 50 mm gauge lengths.

Biaxial Extensometer 1 inch Gauge Length

Testing Accessories

Biaxial Extensometer 1 in Gauge Length; 1 Axial and 1 Transverse

Catalog no. 2650-565

Biaxial Extensometer 1 inch Gauge Length providing one averaged axial and one transverse strain measurement.

Features:

  • Replaceable specimen contacts to suit a range of materials and specimens
  • Simple, single handed attachment and removal
  • Robust design for reliable operation under demanding conditions
  • Meets ASTM E83 B-1, ISO 9513 grade 0.5 and ISO 527 (annex C)

 

Transverse Travel +/- 0.02 in (Strain range depends on specimen width)

The extensometer provides a single averaged axial output along with a single transverse output and requires 2 Sensor channels. It has electrical calibration and is self-identifying with 3300, 3400, 4200, 4300, 4400, 4500, 5500, 5800, 5900, 6800, 8500, 8800 Tower, and 8800MT Series Systems.

The extensometer is supplied with a single set of conical point specimen contacts.

Specifications
Axial Travel mm (-0.02 to +0.05 in)
Gauge Length 25.4 mm (1 in)
Maximum Crosstalk 0.5 % of FS
% Travel (Axial) -2 to +5 %
Specimen Diameter 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
Specimen Thickness 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
Specimen Width 0.1 to 55 mm (0.004 to 2.17 in)
Temperature Rating -200 to +200 °C (-328 to +392 °F)
Travel (Transverse) (±0.02in)
Literature

Puncture Probe Set

Testing Accessories

Puncture Probe Set

Catalog no. 2830-005

Puncture fixtures
Puncture fixtures Puncture Fixture Puncture Fixture

2830-005 | Puncture Probe Set

Set includes 9 probes

Upper fitting: Requires Chuck 2830-036.

Lower fitting: Requires optional support plates with Drip tray S5400A and Support Frame S4427A.

Literature

Food Texture Fixtures Probes and Chucks

Flat-end puncture probes produce a shear stress in the specimen. The force required to cause shearing as the probe penetrates the specimen relates to texture properties such as firmness and hardness.

  • Products
  • 11/06/2018
  • 686.36 KB

Related Items
Specification

Flat Shear Blade

Testing Accessories

Flat Shear Blade

Catalog no. S5409A

S5409A | Flat Shear Blade

Capacity: 2 kN

Dimensions: 1 mm (0.039 in) thick x 50 mm(2 in) wide blade. Similar to Warner Bratzler blade without the V-notch.

Upper fitting: 6 mm clevis, male

Lower fitting: Requires Warner Bratzler S5406A

*May use with S5401A plain plate for Noodle Shearing test

Specifications
Lower Fitting Requires S5406A or S5401A
Upper Fitting 6 mm Clevis Pin (Type Om)
For Use With

Flexure Fixture, Fatigue 3 Point

Testing Accessories

500 kN Flexure Fixture, Fatigue 3 Point

Catalog no. 2810-250

2810-182_P
2810-182_P

2810-250 | Fatigue Rated 3 Point Bend Fixture

500 kN (110 kip) Dynamic Capacity, With 100mm (3.94 in) Diameter Upper Roller and 50mm (1.97 in) Diameter Lower Rollers

  • Adjustable lower span from 100 to 1000mm
    (3.94 to 39.4 in)
  • Maximum specimen width is 150mm (5.91 in)
  • Mechanical interface: M72 x 3 right hand female
    threads

Requires: fatigue rated adapters

Specificatios
Accessory Height 700 mm (27.56 in)
Accessory Weight 750 kg (1650 lb)
Accessory Width 1300 mm (51.18 in)
Capacity 500 kN (112,500 lbf)
Loading Span 0 mm (0 in)
Lower Fitting M72 RH (Type IIAf)
Specimen Width 0 - 150 mm (0 - 6 in)
Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue
Support Span 100 - 1,000 mm (3.94 - 39.4 in)
Temperature Rating +10 to +40°C (+50 to +150°F)
Upper Fitting M72 RH (Type IIAf)
Literature

Air Cushion Isolators (for frames 3 & 4); Not Suitable for 8801 or 8516; Suitable for Testing Frequencies Above 15Hz

Testing Accessories

Air Cushion Isolators for Testing Frequencies Above 15Hz

Catalog no. 1300-008

1300-008 | Air Cushion Isolators

Air Cushion Isolators (for frames 3 & 4). Not suitable for 8801 or 8516 (1 Set)

Suitable for testing frequencies above 15Hz.

Specifications
Compatible Frame Models Air Cushion Isolators (for frames 3 & 4). Not suitable for 8801 or 8516 Suitable for testing frequ

High Stiffness Support Table For ElectroPuls Test Instruments

Testing Accessories

High Stiffness Support Table For ElectroPuls Test Instruments

Catalog no. 1300-311 and 1300-315

1300-311 ElectroPuls High Stiffness Table
1300-311 ElectroPuls High Stiffness Table 1300-315 ElectroPuls High Stiffness Table

For mounting ElectroPuls table-top systems when used for low to medium acceleration dynamic tests (accelerations below 6g)

Robust design with high stiffness grey frame and light-grey scratch-resistant table-top

Pre-drilled with mounting holes to suit E1000 or E3000 systems

Model Height Width Depth Weight
mm in mm in mm in kg lb
1300-311 785 31 1000 39 750 30 56 123
1300-315 800 32 1000 39 750 30 65 143
Literature

High-Stiffness Table for ElectroPuls Test Instruments | 1300-311 & 1300-315

High-Stiffness Support Table for ElectroPuls E1000 and E3000 tabletop test instruments.

  • Products
  • 07/22/2009
  • 269.36 KB

Manual Gauge Point Punch, Combination 25 mm and 50 mm Gauge Length

Testing Accessories

Manual Gauge Point Punch, Combination 25 mm and 50 mm Gauge Length

Catalog no. W-6771-B

W-6711
W-6711

W-6771-B | Manual Gauge Point Punch

Combination 25mm and 50 mm Manual Gauge Point Punch.

Specification Table
Gauge Length 25/50 mm

Dynamic Extensometer 12.5mm GL ±5mm Travel

Testing Accessories

Dynamic Extensometer 12.5mm GL ±5mm Travel

Catalog no. 2620-601

2620-601 | Dynamic Extensometer 12.5mm GL ±5mm Travel

Dynamic Extensometer for direct strain measurement and closed loop strain control. Suitable for tensile, compressive & fatigue testing, the extensometer has a 12.5mm gauge length with a travel of ±5mm giving ±40% strain.

It includes a 12.5mm extender to give a gauge length of 25mm and ±20% strain and a 37.5mm extender to give a gauge length of 50mm and strain of ±10%.

Temperature range: -80C to +200C. Compatible with 8800 and 8500Plus controllers. May be immersed in acetone, silicone or alcohol.

Specifications
Accessory Height 63 mm (2,48 in)
Accessory Weight 0,02 kg (0,044 lb)
Accessory Width 21 mm (0,83 in)
Gauge Length 12,5 ; 25 et 50 mm (0.49, 0.98 et 1.97 in)
Specimen Diameter 3 - 25 mm (0.12 à 1 in)
Specimen Thickness 3 - 12,5 mm (0,12 - 0,5 in)
Specimen Width 0 - 25 mm (0 - 1 in)
Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue
Temperature Rating -80 à +200 °C (-112 à +392 °F)
% Travel (Axial) ±40, ±20 et ±10 %

 

Literature

Compact Tension Fixtures for 50mm Wide Compact Tension Specimens

Testing Accessories

Compact Tension Fixtures for 50mm Wide Compact Tension Specimens

Catalog no. 2750-120

2750-120 | Compact Tension Fixtures for 50mm wide Compact Tension Specimens

Fracture Mechanics Fixtures for 50 mm wide compact tension specimen.

Rated capacity: ±250kN Dynamic, 500 kN Static

Requires: fatigue rated adapters. Mechanical interface M48 x 2 right hand female thread.

(1 Pair)

Specifications
Capacity ±250 dynamic, 500 static kN (±56,200 dynamic, 112,000 static lbf)
Specimen Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Testing Standards ASTM E399, ASTM E647, ASTM E813, ASTM E1290, BS7448

 

Strain Conditioner for 8800MT Series (Control and Data Aquisition)

Testing Accessories

Strain Conditioner for 8800MT Series (Control and Data Aquisition)

Catalog no. 8800-621

8800-621 | Strain Data Acquisition Channel For 8800MT Controller

Supports closed-loop control and data acquisition for only one transducer (strain gage bridge, LVDT, or +/-10V BNC input).

Includes:

  • Transducer excitation.
  • Data resolution up to 24 bits across the entire span of the transducer.
  • Automatic transducer recognition and calibration for transducers fitted with Instron connector.
  • Data acquisition rates up to 10kHz for AC Conditioned transducers and up to 40kHz for DC transducers.
  • User selectable signal filters from 100Hz to 1kHz in increments of 1/1000Hz.

Note: Not recommended for customer installation to an existing tower. Always include service time when quoting as an accessory

Puncture Test for Packaging Materials

Testing Accessories

Puncture Test for Packaging Materials

Catalog no. S1-11855

S1-11855_P
S1-11855_P

S1-11855 | Puncture Test for Packaging Materials 

Per MIL-STD-3010

Simple puncture fixture with clearly specified dimensions.

Upper fitting: Type O (12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)

Lower fitting: Type D (1.25 in connection with 1/2 in clevis pin)

Specifications
Accessory Height 356 mm (14 in)
Accessory Width 125 mm (5 in)
Capacity 2.5 kN (500 lbf)
Lower Fitting 1/2 inch Clevis Pin (Type Dm)
Temperature Rating +10 to +40 °C (+50 to +100 °F)
Testing Standards MIL-STD-3010
Upper Fitting 6 mm Clevis Pin (Type Om)

Micrometer, Outside, 25-50 mm (1-2 in) with Data Cable

Testing Accessories

Micrometer, Outside, 25-50 mm (1-2 in) with Data Cable

Catalog no. W-3275-B

W-3275-B | Micrometer, outside, 1-2" (25-50 mm) with Data Cable

Digital micrometer with flat anvils for measuring outside diameter and thickness. Resolution of 0.00005" (0.001mm). Accuracy of ±0.0001" (±0.002mm). 

Designed to be used in conjunction with Automatic Data Entry Interface listed separately. Qualifies as one (1) device. Includes case.

Note: This measuring device requires an Automatic Data Entry Interface listed separately for direct entry of measurements into software.

Automatic Data Entry Interface for use with Partner

Testing Accessories

Automatic Data Entry Interface for use with Partner

Catalog no. W-3276-B

W-3276-B_P
W-3276-B_P

W-3276-B | Automatic Data Entry Interface

Partner Interface that translates and routes data from a device with an RS-232 output into the Partner software (i.e. micrometer, caliper, barcode reader, etc).  

Allows the use of up to two (2) such devices. Requires one (1) PC serial port. 

Includes all necessary hardware and software.

Notes:

  1. This interface is designed to be used in conjunction
    with any of the W-3275 series accessories.
  2. This device is for operation on 110V, 60Hz single
    phase power, consult factory for 220V requirements.
  3. Software Wedge is included, W-3410-SW is not
    required with this accessory.

Pneumatic Wire Tire Cord Grips. Surfalloy, 5 kN

Testing Accessories

Pneumatic Wire Tire Cord Grips. Surfalloy, 5 kN

Catalog no. CP108524

2714-010_P
2714-010_P

CP108524 | Pneumatic Tire Cord and Yarn Grips

Capacity: 5.0 kN (1,000 lb, 500 kg).

Incorporates a surfalloy coated clamping surface.

Temperature range: -10 °C to 80 °C (14 °F to 176 °F).

Maximum specimen diameter: 2 mm (0.08 in).

Upper and lower fittings: Type Dm (1.25 in connection with ½ in clevis pin).

Requires a rigid coupling and an Automatic Air Control Kit or Pneumatic Foot Switch

Specification Table
Accessory Weight 4.54 kg (10 lb)
Accessory Width 245 mm (9.6 in)
Capacity 5 kN (1125 lbf)
Effective Length 248 mm (9.76 in)
Lower Fitting 1/2 in clevis pin (Type Dm)
Specimen Diameter 2 mm (0.07 in)
Temperature Rating -10 to + 80 °C (+14 to +176 °F)
Upper Fitting 1/2 in clevis pin (Type Dm)

CEAST Specimen Preparation Notching Machines

Testing Accessories

CEAST Specimen Preparation Notching Machines

Catalog no. C-6897-000, C-6898-000, C-6899-000

AN50 notching machine
AN50 notching machine motorized notching machine

Overview

Notching machines are designed to notch specimens for impact resilience according to Izod, Charpy and Tensile impact methods. These instruments use a linear knife cutting technique to avoid overheating and consequent stresses during the specimen's notching operations. Therefore, an accurate notch preparation is guaranteed. Manual, motorized and fully-automatic models are available to cover the different testing needs.

Features

  • Compact design of instrument for an easy and fast preparation
  • Manual and automatic models obtain specimens of different size and geometries for a wide range of plastics testing applications
  • High level of results repeatability and time saving test procedures
  • Range of Models
  • Manual and Motorized Models

Range of Models

Automatic Model AN50

  • Notch 50 specimen in a single cycle for large productivity
  • Adjustable cutting speed for more sensitive materials
  • Store key parameters for later use
  • Optional knife cooling system
  • Double notch loader

Manual and Motorized Models

  • Notch thermoplasets and composite materials specimen
  • Notch obtained by a constant profile knife with an alternating linear movement
  • For high-precision, a micro metric head with digital display can be supplied to ensure a constant monitoring of the specimen notch

Standards

  • ISO 2818
  • ISO 179
  • ISO 180
  • ISO 8256
  • ASTM 6110
  • ASTM D256
  • DIN 53453
  • Industry/customer specific geometries and dimensions

Additional Extension Rod 2780-120

Testing Accessories

Additional Extension Rod

Catalog no. 2780 120

Additional Extension rod for use of 2780-118 and 2780-119 with a standard 3119-600 Series Chamber

Rated Capacity: ±50kN Dynamic, 100kN Static

Temperature Range: -50 to 315°C

Overall accessory length 400mm

Includes:

  • Pull rod 375mm long (Quantity 1)
  • Fatigue Rated Adaptors. M30 x2 right hand male to male stud with preloading wedge washers (Quantity 1)
Specifications
Accessory Length 400 mm (15.7 in)
Literature

Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 2000kN (450,000 lbf)

Testing Accessories

Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 2000kN (450,000 lbf)

Catalog no. W-5320

W-5320
W-5320

W-5320 | Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips, 2000 kN

Capacity 2000kN
(450,000 lbf, 200,000 kgf)

Specimen ranges:

  • Flats: 0- 90 mm (0-3.54 in) thick x 125 mm (5.0 in) wide
  • Rounds: 6 - 90 mm (0.24 - 3.54 in) diameter

Grips are supplied with:

  • Controls for: clamp, un-clamp, and neutral
  • Hydraulic manifold with clamp speed and clamp
    pressure adjustment
  • Hydraulic hose set for connection from manifold to grips

Grips interfaced to the machine’s hydraulic power supply when ordered with a new hydraulic UTM. (Consult factory for interfacing of grips to an existing machine or for systems where an independent hydraulic power supply is required)

Efective grip heights:

Upper grip: 715 mm (28.125 in.)

Lower Grip: 770 mm (30.3125 in.)

  • Nominal Weight per Grip Body: 1250 kgs (2755 lbs)
  • Grip jaw faces sold separately. See W-5322 and
    W-5323 series of jaw faces.
Specifications
Accessory Weight 1685 kg (3714 lb)
Accessory Width 813 mm (32 in)
Capacity 2000 kN (450,000 lbf)
Lower Fitting Bolt flange 12x M30
Temperature Rating 10-38 °C (50-100 °F)
Upper Effective Length 715 mm (28.125 in)
Upper Fitting Bolt flange 12x M30
Add-Ons

Ball-End Probes, Set of 5

Testing Accessories

Ball-End Probes, Set of 5

Catalog no. S5410A

Puncture Fixtures
Puncture Fixtures Ball-End Probes

S5410A | Ball-End Probes

Capacity: 1 kN

Dimensions: 2 , 4, 6, 8, and 10 mm (0.08, 0.16, 0.24, 0.31,

and 0.39 in) diameter ball.

The 2 mm probe is 80 mm (3.15 in) long

All others are 150 mm (5.9 in) long.

Requires 3-Jaw chuck 2830-036

Specifications
Lower Fitting Requires Drip Tray S5400A and Support Frame S4472A
Upper Fitting Requires 3-jaw chuck 2830-036
Literature
For Use With

Averaging Extensometer

Testing Accessories

Averaging Extensometer, 25 mm Gauge Length, +5 / -2% Strain, Single Output

Catalog no. 2650-560

Averaging Axial Clipon Extensometer
Averaging Axial Clipon Extensometer

Averaging Extensometer 25 mm Axial Gauge Length providing a single averaged axial output.

Features:

  • Replaceable specimen contacts to suit a range of materials and specimens
  • Simple, single handed attachment and removal
  • Robust design for reliable operation under demanding conditions
  • Meets ASTM E83 B-1, ISO 9513 grade 0.5 and ISO 527 (annex C)

The extensometer provides a single averaged axial output. It has electrical calibration and is self-identifying with 3300, 3400, 4200, 4300, 4400, 4500, 5500, 5800, 5900, 6800, 8500, 8800 Tower, and 8800MT Series Systems.

Specifications
Gauge Length 25 mm
Axial Travel -0.5 to +1.25 mm
% Travel (Axial) -2 to +5 %
Specimen Thickness 0 to 34 mm (0 to 1.34 in)
Specimen Width 0.1 to 55 mm (0.004 to 2.17 in)
Temperature Rating -200 to 200 °C (-328 to 392 °F)
Accessory Height 40 mm (1.6 in)
Accessory Length 110 mm (4.3 in)
Accessory Width 120 mm (4.7 in)
Literature

Manual Gauge Point Punch, 8 in Gauge Length

Testing Accessories

Manual Gauge Point Punch, 8 in Gauge Length

Catalog no. W-6714

W-6714
W-6714

W-6714 | Manual Gauge Point Punch

8" gauge length.

Specification Table
Gauge Length 8.00 in

Pneumatic Action Tire Cord Grips. 10 kN

Testing Accessories

Pneumatic Action Tire Cord Grips. 10 kN

Catalog no. 2714-107

2714-107_P
2714-107_P

2714-107 | Pneumatic Action Tire Cord Grips

Capacity: 10 kN (2,000 lb, 1,000 kg).

Maximum specimen diameter: 5 mm (0.2 in).

Upper and lower fittings: Type Dm (1.25 in connection with ½ in clevis pin).

Requires a rigid coupling and an Automatic Air Control Kit or Pneumatic Foot Switch

Pneumatic Wire Tire Cord Grips (10 kN)

Testing Accessories

Pneumatic Wire Tire Cord Grips (10 kN)

Catalog no. CP110730

2714-107_P
2714-107_P

CP110730 | Pneumatic Action Tire Cord Grips

Capacity: 10 kN (2,000 lb, 1,000 kg).

Maximum specimen diameter: 5 mm (0.2 in).

Upper and lower fittings: Type Dm (1.25 in connection with ½ in clevis pin).

Requires a rigid coupling and an Automatic Air Control Kit or Pneumatic Foot Switch

(ref. 2714-107)

Specifications
Accessory Weight 10 kg (22 lb)
Accessory Width 245 mm (9.6 in)
Capacity 10 kN (2250 lbf)
Effective Length 230 mm (9.1 in)
Lower Fitting 1/2 in clevis pin (Type Dm)
Specimen Diameter 5 mm (.2 in)
Temperature Rating -10 to + 80 °C (+14 to +176 °F)
Upper Fitting 1/2 in clevis pin (Type Dm)

Transverse Extensometer, range +/- 0.5 mm

Testing Accessories

Transverse Extensometer, range +/- 0.5 mm

Catalog no. W-E404-E

W-E404-E | Transverse / Diametral Strain Gauge Extensometer

+/- 0.5 mm travel

For general purpose transverse or diametral strain measurement
on axially loaded specimens. Used for measurement of Poisson's ratio,
on anisotropic materials like many composites and similar applications.

Specifications:

  • Specimen Width or Diameter: 0 to 25 mm (0 to 1.0 in)
  • Travel: +/- 0.5 mm
  • Temperature Range: -40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 210°F)
  • Standard Instron 25 pin connector.
Literature

W-E404 Series Transverse Extensometers

W-E404 Series Transverse Extensometers are designed for measuring transverse displacements. They are self-supporting on the test specimen and will work on any width or diameter specimen from 0 to 25 mm(1 in).

  • Products
  • 12/10/2007
  • 452.3 KB

Specification Table

Caliper, Pointed Jaw, 0-150 mm (0-6 in) w/Data Cable

Testing Accessories

Caliper, Pointed Jaw, 0-150 mm (0-6 in) w/Data Cable

Catalog no. W-3275-Q

W-3275-Q | Caliper, Pointed Jaw; 0-6" (0-150 mm) with Data Cable

Digital caliper with carbide pointed jaws for measuring small holes, grooves, and outer diameters encountered in precision work. Resolution of 0.0005" (0.01mm). Accuracy of ±0.001" (±0.02mm). Repeatability of 0.0005" (0.01mm). 

Designed to be used in conjunction with Automatic Data Entry Interface listed separately. Qualifies as one (1) device. Includes case.

Note: This measuring device requires an Automatic Data Entry Interface listed separately for direct entry of measurements into software.

Biaxial Extensometer 50 mm Axial Gauge Length

Testing Accessories

Biaxial Extensometer 50 mm Gauge Length; 1 Axial and 1 Transverse

Catalog no. 2650-563

Biaxial Extensometer 50 mm Axial Gauge Length providing one average axial and one transverse strain measurement.

Features:

  • Replaceable specimen contacts to suit a range of materials and specimens
  • Simple, single handed attachment and removal
  • Robust design for reliable operation under demanding conditions
  • Meets ASTM E83 B-1, ISO 9513 grade 0.5 and ISO 527 (annex C)

Transverse Travel +/-0.5 (Strain range depends on specimen width)

The extensometer provides a single averaged axial output along with a single transverse output and requires 2 sensor channels. It has electrical calibration and is self-identifying with 3300, 3400, 4200, 4300, 4400, 4500, 5500, 5800, 5900, 6800, 8500, 8800 Tower, and 8800MT Series Systems.

    Specifications
    Axial Travel -0.5 to +1.25 mm ( in)
    Gauge Length 50 mm ( in)
    Maximum Crosstalk 0.5 % of FS ( )
    % Travel (Axial) -1 to 2.5 % ( )
    Specimen Diameter 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
    Specimen Thickness 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
    Specimen Width 0.1 to 55 mm (0.004 to 2.17 in)
    Temperature Rating -200 to +200 °C (-328 to +392 °F)
    Travel (Transverse) ±0.5 mm ( in)
    Literature

    Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips; Capacity: 200 kN

    Testing Accessories

    Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips; Capacity: 200 kN

    Catalog no. 2716-121

    2716-121 | Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips

    Capacity: 200 kN (40,000 lb, 20,000 kg)

    Upper and lower fittings: Type llm (M48 X 2 LH)

    Maximum specimen thickness: 40 mm (flat)

    Maximum specimen width: 75 mm (flat)

    Maximum specimen diameter: 50 mm (round)

    Clamping length: 70 mm.

    Temperature range: ambient only

    Requires faces

    Includes an air distribution kit with both, 1/4 NPTM (7/16-20), and 1/4 inch hose barb end connections

    An Automatic Air Control Kit or Footswitch is recommended

    Specifications
    Accessory Weight 52 kg (114 lb)
    Accessory Width 300 mm (11.8 in)
    Capacity 200 kN (45,000 lbf)
    Lower Fitting M48x2mLH (Type IImLH)
    Temperature Rating 5 to 65°C (40 to 150°F)
    Upper Effective Length Upper: 315 Lower: 315 mm (Upper: 12.4 Lower: 12.4 in)
    Upper Fitting M48x2mLH (Type IImLH)
    Add-Ons
    Literature

    Hydraulic Grip Pump

    Testing Accessories

    Hydraulic Grip Pump

    Catalog no. 2718-550

    2718-500 Hydraulic Grip Pump Angled
    2718-500 Hydraulic Grip Pump Angled 2718-500 Hydraulic Grip Pump 2718-500 Hydraulic Grip Pump Perspective 2718-500 Hydraulic Grip Pump Close Up 2718-500 Hydraulic Grip Pump Controller 2718-500 Hydraulic Grip Pump Rear 2718-500 Hydraulic Grip Pump Connections 2718-500 Hydraulic Grip Pump Power Connector

    2718-550 | Hydraulic Grip Pump

    The Instron 2718-550 hydraulic grip pump is designed for continuous 24/7 operation in manual and automated testing systems in industrial environments.

    It can be configured to provide a maximum pressure of 207 bar (3000 PSI for use with wedge grips), or alternatively 138 bar (1900 PSI) for use with side acting grips. The unit incorporates two analogue pressure gauges, that are easily visible to the operator from the front of the pump.

    The 2718-550 pump is configured to operate with a two stage flow speed, with a higher flow rate up to 69bar (1000psi) to increase productivity. Once clamping the specimen the pressure will then increase to the full pressure at the slower flow rate.

    Principle of Operation

    The 2718-550 hydraulic grip pump is activated by a footswitch, while a handset provides close/open functionality of each grip independently. The gripping pressure is easily configured by an electrical adjustment knob located on the front of the pump.

    Features and Benefits

    • Dual Stage gripping pressure - improving operator safety & preventing specimen damage while reducing closing time
    • Easy to use grip control handset
    • Meets CE, CSA & UL requirements
    • Long service life with minimal maintenance required
    • Hose whip restraint system - to ensure operator safety in cases of hose failure
    • Upper & Lower grips can be closed/opened independently
    • 2 Wheels make maneuvering simple
    • Quiet operation minimizes operator discomfort - Less than 65 dB at full pressure
    • 3um Filter - Preventing damage to pump or grip components from dirt/debris
    • Easily visible sight glass to check oil level & condition

     

    Compatible Grips

    Grip Type Static Load Capacity Catalog No.
    Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±130 kN 2743-401
    Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±312 kN 2742-501
    Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips ±600 kN 2742-601
    Hydraulic Dual Side Action Grips 250 kN W-5450
    Hydraulic Dual Side Action Grips 600 kN W-5420
    Specifications
    Compatible Frame Models Suitable for 2742-301, 501, 601, and 2743-401 hydraulic grips for tension applications only.
    Flow Rate 4.92 l/m (1.3 GPM) to 1000 psi | 0.98 l/m (0.26 GPM)to 3200 psi
    Maximum Gripping Pressure 207 bar (3000 PSI) for use with wedge grips | 138 bar (1900 PSI) for use with side acting grips
    Oil Capacity 30 L (8 gal)
    Oil Type Mineral or synthetic viscosity ISO grade 32
    Operating Weight 108 kg (237 lb)
    Overall Dimensions 448×575×1156 mm (17.6×22.6×45.5 in)
    Power Requirements 120 VAC 60 Hz 15A or 240 VAC 60 Hz 7A
    Pressure Readout (Upper and Lower Grip) 0 to 340 bar (0 to 5000 psi)
    Shipping Weight 142 kg (314 lb)
    Literature

    0.5 in Socket Drive Torsion Grips, English

    Testing Accessories

    0.5 in Socket Drive Torsion Grips, English

    Catalog no. W-MT03

    W-MT03-M_P
    W-MT03-M_P

    W-MT03 | Socket drive set (US)

    Includes:

    • Two complete 6 point US Customary socket sets with 11 pieces, each ranging from 3/8 inch to 1 inch in 1/16 inch increments.
    • Two 1/2 inch drive adapters for motor and torque cell mounting.
    • Adapting thread: M12 x 1.75m
    • Max Capacity: 57 Nm (500 lbf-in)
    Specifications
    Accessory Length 60.3 mm (2.375 in)
    Lower Fitting M12x1.75mRH
    Specimen Diameter (0.375 - 1.000 in)
    Torque Capacity 57 Nm (500 in-lb)
    Upper Effective Length 47.6 mm (1.875 in)
    Upper Fitting M12x1.75mRH

     

    Food Fixture Drip Tray

    Testing Accessories

    Food Fixture Drip Tray

    Catalog no. S5400A

    S5400A Food Fixture Drip Tray
    S5400A Food Fixture Drip Tray

    S5400A | Food Fixture Drip Tray

    Capacity: 2 kN

    Size: 180 x 180mm (7.1 X 7.1 in) Drip tray.

    Lower fitting: 1/2 in clevis, male.

    Upper fitting: Requires a food fixture.

    Provides a 6 mm clevis, female connection to directly mount other accessories

    Specifications
    Lower Fitting 0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Dm)
    Upper Fitting Requires Food Fixture
    Add-Ons

    Pitch Simulation Load Units

    Testing Accessories

    Pitching

    Catalog no. Pitching

    crash simulation pitching
    crash simulation pitching

    Active controlled pitch simulation

    The active controlled pitch simulation load unit offers a significant advantage through more realistic crash simulations and better reproduction of the dummy injury criteria. In a frontal impact, the deceleration and deformation of the vehicle body is almost always accompanied by a movement in the vertical plane. In most cases, this movement is a combination of a rotation around a point in the space in front of the vehicle with an additional vertical movement.

    Pitching in crash events directly influences the acceleration and the movement path of the occupant during an impact. These movements together with the strong frontal deceleration during the impact determine the severity of the injury in interaction with the seatbelt and airbag. One focus of security system development is the management of the Head Injury Criteria (HIC) value. Earlier analyzes have shown up to 40% difference between the HIC values of sled tests with and without the possibility of pitch motion simulation. Further influences are found for neck accelerations and belt forces.

    The Instron CSA systems with active pitch simulation are currently successfully used by 14 customers.

    Back to CSA

    2850-007

    Testing Accessories

    Micrometer Measurement System

    Catalog no. 2850-007

    2850-007
    2850-007

    2850-007 | Micrometer Measurement System with Stand

    Includes micrometer with ratchet, digital indicator, stand, foot switch, USB interface, and connecting cables.

    Range: 0 - 25.4 mm (0 - 1.0 in)

    Resolution: 0.001 mm (0.00005 in)

    Literature

    Specimen Measurement Devices Data Sheet

    Instron® testing systems provide an accurate measurement of force during a test, but in order to produce accurate stress results, you must measure the specimen and get the dimensional data into Bluehill® Universal Software. While digital instruments, such as micrometers, can provide accurate measurements, using them properly takes time and requires the operator to manually enter the dimensional data into the software.

    • Products
    • 12/11/2017
    • 620.02 KB

    Specifications

    Isolation Mounts for 8801 or 8516 (1 set); For Testing Frequencies Above 15Hz.

    Testing Accessories

    Isolation Mounts for 8801 or 8516 (1 set); For Testing Frequencies Above 15Hz.

    Catalog no. 1300-009

    No image available - Instron

    1300-009 | Isolation mounts for 8801 or 8516 (1 set)

    Suitable for testing frequencies above 15Hz

    Specification
    Compatible Frame Models Isolation mounts for 8801 or 8516 (1 set). For testing frequencies above 15Hz.

    Vertically Mounted Probe Automatic Measurement System

    Testing Accessories

    Vertically Mounted Probe Automatic Measurement System

    Catalog no. 2850-003

    2850-003
    2850-003

    2850-003 | Vertically Mounted Probe Measurement System

    Includes vertically mounted gage probe with indicator, stand, tip set, footswitch, USB interface, and connecting cables.

    Range: 0 - 25 mm (0 - 1.0 in)

    Resolution: 0.001 mm (0.00005 in)

    Literature

    Specimen Measurement Devices Data Sheet

    Instron® testing systems provide an accurate measurement of force during a test, but in order to produce accurate stress results, you must measure the specimen and get the dimensional data into Bluehill® Universal Software. While digital instruments, such as micrometers, can provide accurate measurements, using them properly takes time and requires the operator to manually enter the dimensional data into the software.

    • Products
    • 12/11/2017
    • 620.02 KB

    Specifications

    Air Compressor, Portable; Line Voltage: 240 VAC

    Biaxial Extensometer 50 mm Gauge Length

    Testing Accessories

    Biaxial Extensometer 50 mm Gauge Length; 2 Axial and 1 Transverse

    Catalog no. 2650-573

    Biaxial Clip on Extensometer
    Biaxial Clip on Extensometer

    Biaxial Extensometer 50 mm Axial Gauge Length providing 2 independent axial and one transverse strain measurement.

    Features:

    • Replaceable specimen contacts to suit a range of materials and specimens
    • Simple, single handed attachment and removal
    • Robust design for reliable operation under demanding conditions
    • Meets ASTM E83 B-1, ISO 9513 grade 0.5 and ISO 527 (annex C)

    Transverse travel +/- 0.5 mm (Strain range depends on specimen width)

    The extensometer provides 2 independent axial outputs along with a single transverse output and requires 3 sensor channels. It has electrical calibration and is self-identifying with 3300, 3400, 4200, 4300, 4400, 4500, 5500, 5800, 5900, 6800, 8500, 8800 Tower, and 8800MT Series Systems. The extensometer is supplied with a single set of conical point specimen contacts.

    Specifications
    Axial Travel -0.5 to +1.25 mm
    Gauge Length 50 mm
    Maximum Crosstalk 0.5% of FS
    % Travel (Axial) -1 to 2.5%
    Specimen Diameter 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
    Specimen Thickness 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
    Specimen Width 0.1 to 55 mm (0.004 to 2.17 in)
    Temperature Rating -200 to +200°C (-328 to +392°F)
    Travel (Transverse) ±0.5 mm
    Literature

    Pneumatic Lead Pull Grip. Rated capacity: 500 N

    Testing Accessories

    Pneumatic Lead Pull Grip. Rated capacity: 500 N

    Catalog no. 2712-212

    2712-212_P
    2712-212_P

    2712-212 | Pneumatic Lead Pull Grip

    Capacity: 500 N (100 lb, 50 kgf)

    Includes a single grip with lead pull jaw faces.

    Temperature range: 0°C to 60°C (32°F to 140°F).

    Fitting: Type Om (12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin). The pneumatic lead pull grip is a parallel action pneumatically operated vice action grip fitted with needle nose jaw faces for lead pull testing.

    Requires an automatic air kit.

    1 Grip Only.

    Specifications
    Capacity 0.5 kN (112 lbf)
    Temperature Rating 0 to +60°C (32 to +140°F)
    Upper Fitting 6 mm clevis pin (Type Om)
    Add-Ons

    SG-2 Cable Snubbing Grips

    Testing Accessories

    SG-2 Cable Snubbing Grips

    Catalog no. W-5075M

    W-5075_P
    W-5075_P W-5075M_D

    W-5075M | Cable Snubbing Grip

    Capacity 36 kN (8,000 lb, 3,600 kg).

    Minimum specimen diameter: 0.8 mm (0.031 in).

    Maximum specimen diameter: 6.35 mm (0.250 in).

    Upper and lower fittings: Type Dm (1.25 in connection with 0.5 in clevis pin).

    Specification Table
    Accessory Height 152 mm (6 in)
    Accessory Width 139 mm (5.5 in)
    Capacity 36 kN (8000 lbf)
    Effective Length 213 mm (8.375 in)
    Lower Fitting 1/2 in clevis pin (Type Dm)
    Specimen Diameter 0.8 - 6.5 mm (0.0312 - 0.25 in)
    Temperature Rating +10 to +40°C (+50 to +150°F)
    Upper Fitting 1/2 in clevis pin (Type Dm)

    1000°C Three-Zone Split Furnace for Low Cycle Fatigue Testing

    Testing Accessories

    1000°C Three-Zone Split Furnace for Low Cycle Fatigue Testing

    Catalog no. (Various)

    Three-zone Split Furnace
    Three-zone Split Furnace W8518HPjpg FurnaceAccessoriesPjpg Furnaces W754XXP2jpg

    1000°C Three-Zone Split Furnace for Low Cycle Fatigue Testing

    Features:

    90mm bore diameter, 358mm overall height (furnace only)

    Three-zone split furnace configuration with durable embedded heating elements

    1000 °C (1832 °F) nominal maximum specimen temperature (dependent on load string configuration)

    300 - 600 °C (572 - 1112 °F) nominal minimum specimen temperature (dependent on load string configuration and test conditions)

    High efficiency insulation (refractory ceramic fibre free)

    Extensometer cut-out, full width, 76 mm high

    Extensometer slot 40 mm high x 15 mm wide

    Nominal power rating 3kW

    Includes side port insulation plug for blanking extensometer slot.

    Requires temperature controller with thermocouples, support brackets, and top/bottom insulating port plugs (not included)

    For Use With

    • Axial Extensometer; 12.5mm Gauge Length +20% -10% Capacity
    • Axial Extensometer; 12.5mm Gauge Length, +20% / -10% Capacity
    • Strain Gauge Extensometer; 25mm Gauge Length, +10% -5% Capacity
    • High-Temp Extensometer; 25mm Gauge Length, +10% -5% Capacity
    • Leaf Spring Mounting for 2632-054, -055, 056 and -057 Extensometers
    Add-Ons
    Specifications

    TAPPI T541 Internal Bond Strength of Paperboard. Z-Direction Tensile.

    Testing Accessories

    TAPPI T541 Internal Bond Strength of Paperboard. Z-Direction Tensile.

    Catalog no. S1-11814

    noimage

    S1-11814 | TAPPI T541 Internal Bond Strength of Paperboard

    Z-Direction Tensile.

    Fixture includes two test blocks and tabs.

    Requires a set of grips, not included.

    Specifications

     

    Description TAPPI T541 Internal Bond Strength of Paperboard. Z-Direction Tensile.
    Lower Fitting Requires upper and lower grip
    Testing Standards TAPPI T541
    Upper Fitting Requires upper and lower grip

    Flexure Fixture, Fatigue 3 Point

    Testing Accessories

    Flexure Fixture, Fatigue 3 Point

    Catalog no. 2810-181

    2810-182_P
    2810-182_P

    Flexure Fixture, Fatigue 3 Point 2810-181

    Fatigue Rated 3 Point Bend Fixture, 100 kN (22 kip) Dynamic Capacity, With 25mm (1.0 in) Diameter Rollers

    • Adjustable lower span from 30 to 250mm (1.18 to 9.8 in)
    • Maximum specimen width is 50mm (2 in)
    • Mechanical interface: M30 x 2 right hand female threads
    • Anti-rotation is incorporated in the design

    Includes: One upper roller, 25 mm (0.97 in) Diameter

    Requires: fatigue rated adapters

     

     

    Specifications
    Accessory Height 270 mm (10.54 in)
    Accessory Weight 20 kg (44 lb)
    Accessory Width 352 mm (14 in)
    Anvil Diameter 25 mm (0.98 in)
    Capacity 100 kN (22,500 lbf)
    Loading Span 0 mm (0 in)
    Lower Fitting M30 RH (Type If)
    Specimen Width 0 - 50 mm (0 - 2 in)
    Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue
    Support Span 10 - 250 mm (0.39 - 10 in)
    Temperature Rating -100 to +350 °C (-148 to +660 °F)
    Upper Effective Length 90 mm (3.54 in)
    Upper Fitting M30 RH (Type If)
    Add-Ons
    Literature
    For Use With

    Side and Pole Impact Simulation

    Testing Accessories

    Side and Pole Impact Simulation

    Catalog no. Side and Pole Impact Simulation

    Crashtest
    Crashtest

    Side and Pole Impact Simulation

    Side crashes are the second most common type of accident. They cause the highest number of critical injuries relative to the accident rate. One reason for this is the spatial proximity of the occupant to the deformation zone. There are different test standards for the side impact. These are the side crash according to ECE-R95 (European standard) and FMVSS-214 (US standard) as well as the tests given in the consumer protection programs. In addition to the actual side impact test, there is also a Pole Side Impact test according to Euro NCAP. 

    Side-crash simulations on sled systems are carried out for the development of safety restraint systems. These tests begin in an early phase of the development of the whole vehicle. However, prototype parts are not always available at this time and the price of these parts is very high. For the non-destructive sled test, substantially fewer parts are needed than in a destructive test procedure. For example, a seat can be used multiple times, and the door structure with the door trim can last a whole series of tests. Since many of the test components can be re-used, a new test can be set-up in a short time. In addition to the standard side impact simulation unit, Instron can also offer additional sled options for intrusion simulation.  

    Instron have also successfully integrated proven structures from external partners for intrusion simulation

    Back to CSA.

    For Use With
    Specification Table

    0.375 in Keyed Drill-Type Chuck Assembly

    Testing Accessories

    0.375 in Keyed Drill-Type Chuck Assembly

    Catalog no. W-MT01-B

    No image available - Instron

    W-MT01-B | Universal Keyed Drill-Type Chucks for MT Systems

    Two chucks are provided

    • Specimen range from 0.5 mm to 9.5 mm (0.02 to 0.374 in.)
    • Drill Chuck adapting thread: M12-1.75m
    • Effective length each chuck: 75 mm (2.95 in)
    • Specimen insertion depth:
    • 35 mm (1.375 in) up to 6 mm (0.24 in) diameter
    • 31 mm (1.250 in) up to max diameter
    • Capacity: 22.5 Nm (200 lbf-in)

    NOTE: Capacity is dependant on specimen geometry. When testing smooth, round specimens, the fixture may not be able to reach full capacity without slippage.

      Specifications
      Accessory Length 96.5 mm (3.80 in)
      Lower Fitting M12x1.75mRH
      Specimen Diameter 9.5 mm (0.375 in)
      Torque Capacity 22.5 Nm (200 in-lb)
      Upper Effective Length 76.2 mm (3.00 in)
      Upper Fitting M12x1.75mRH

       

      250 kN Flexure Fixture, Fatigue 3 Point

      Testing Accessories

      250 kN Flexure Fixture, Fatigue 3 Point

      Catalog no. 2810-200

      2810-182_P
      2810-182_P

      2810-200 | Fatigue Rated 3 Point Bend Fixture

      250 kN (56 kip) Dynamic Capacity, With 100mm (4.0 in) Diameter Upper Roller and 50mm (1.97 in) Diameter Lower Rollers

      • Adjustable lower span from 100 to 600mm
        (3.94 to 23.6 in)
      • Maximum specimen width is 100mm (3.94 in)
      • Mechanical interface: M48 x 2 right hand female
        threads
      • Anti-rotation is incorporated in the design

      Requires: fatigue rated adapters

      Specification
      Accessory Height 480 mm (18.9 in)
      Accessory Weight 130 kg (286 lb)
      Accessory Width 900 mm (35.43 in)
      Capacity 250 kN (56,250 lbf)
      Loading Span 0 mm (0 in)
      Lower Fitting M48 RH (Type IIf)
      Specimen Width 0 - 100 mm (0 - 4 in)
      Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue
      Support Span 100 - 600 mm (3.94 - 23.6 in)
      Temperature Rating +10 to +40°C (+50 to +150°F)
      Upper Effective Length 190 mm (7.4 in)
      Upper Fitting M48 RH (Type IIf)
      Add-Ons
      Literature

      150 kN Lever Action Mechanical Wedge Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Lever Action Mechanical Wedge Grips Capacity 150 kN

      Catalog no. W-5057-A

      150 kN (15,000 kg, 33,750 lbs) capacity T-Grip Bodies

      • Set of 2
      • Open front bodies
      • Spring/lever actuated wedge grip jaws
      • Specimen sizes; flats 0.016"-1.0" thick x up to 2" wide and rounds 0.375" up to 1.0" diameter
      • Bodies are tapped 1-1/2" - 6 UNC for easy attachment
      • Nominal weight per grip body is 35 lbs
      • Approx. size: 6-1/2"H x 11"W x 4-1/2"D
      • Jaws are listed as separate items
      Specifications
      Accessory Height 177.8 mm (6.5 in)
      Accessory Width 279.4 mm (11 in)
      Capacity 150 kN (33,750 lbf)
      Add Ons

      Low Speed Rear Impact Simulation

      Testing Accessories

      Low Speed Rear Impact Simulation

      Catalog no. Low Speed Rear Impact Simulation

      csa
      csa whiplash

      Low Speed Rear Impact Simulation

      The most common complication after a rear impact and a feared cause of chronic disorders is the whiplash injury. Preventive measures such as the optimization of the seat structure and head rest are proven measures to protect the occupant.

      For the development and testing of the interaction between the occupant, the seat and the head rest, appropriate test methods have been developed. The current pulse requirements for rear-end impact tests at low speed are defined in the consumer protection programs (EuroNCAP) or in the USA by third party and legal regulations (IIHS Highway Insurance Institute and FMVSS202a) and other agencies worldwide.

      In order to meet the high accuracy requirements of these tests, Instron has developed an expansion package that allows the highly dynamic CSA to be operated extremely precisely at a lower acceleration range. Special low - pressure supplementary equipment reduces the operating pressure of the sled system and thereby optimizes its dynamics according to the requirements of the Whiplash test specifications.

      Back to CSA.

      Pneumatic Wire Tire Cord Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Pneumatic Wire Tire Cord Grips

      Catalog no. 2714-010

      Instron Pneumatic Cord grips
      Instron Pneumatic Cord grips

      2714-010 | Pneumatic Tire Cord and Yarn Grips

      Capacity: 5.0 kN (1,000 lb, 500 kg).

      Temperature range: -10 °C to 80 °C (14 °F to 176 °F).

      Maximum specimen diameter: 2 mm (0.08 in).

      Upper and lower fittings: Type Dm (1.25 in connection with ½ in clevis pin).

      Requires a rigid coupling and an Automatic Air Control Kit or Pneumatic Foot Switch

      Literature

      2714 Series Pneumatic Tire Cord Grips 2714010CP108524

      The Instron® pneumatic tire cord grips provide a convenient method for clamping tire cord and braided wire during testing. A guide pin allows for easy loading onto a graduated radius cam, which provides a stress-reduced clamping area on the specimen. The clamping mechanism can be activated either automatically or through a footswitch, which allows for hands-free grip operation enabling the specimen to be held with both hands for easy loading. Pneumatic cord and yarn grips provide selectable clamping force to accommodate different materials and excellent follow-up action that compensates for decay of the holding force due to specimen creep.

      • Products
      • 08/14/2013

      Specifications

      3-Jaw Chuck

      Testing Accessories

      3-Jaw Chuck

      Catalog no. 2830-036

      2830-036_P
      2830-036_P

      2830-036 | 3-Jaw Chuck

      Maximum specimen diameter: 13 mm (0.5 in). Capacity: 500 N (100 lb, 50 kg).

      Temperature range: 0 °C to 100 °C (32 °F to 212 °F).

      Fitting: 6 mm clevis, male.

      Minimum specimen diameter: 1.5 mm (.06 in).

      Weight: 340 g (.75 lb). Includes one chuck.

      Literature

      Food Texture Fixtures Probes and Chucks

      Flat-end puncture probes produce a shear stress in the specimen. The force required to cause shearing as the probe penetrates the specimen relates to texture properties such as firmness and hardness.

      • Products
      • 11/06/2018
      • 686.36 KB

      2830-036 Miniature Grips for Low-Force Testing – Reference Manual

      This guide provides instructions on how to use your components and other frequently performed operating tasks. This manual covers four types of grips: a set of mechanical action wedge grips, manually operated screw grips, a set of chuck grips similar to the chuck on an electric drill, and a set of pincer-action fiber grips. The four types of grips described are covered throughout this manual. The manual is divided into chapters covering description, specifications, installation, operation, maintenance, and parts breakdown. The chapters are subdivided into information about each type of grip.

      • Manual
      • 08/04/2020
      • 780.73 KB

      Specifications

      Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E3000 Test Instrument

      Testing Accessories

      Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E3000 Test Instrument

      Catalog no. 1300-304

      Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E3000 Test Instrument
      Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E3000 Test Instrument

      1300-304 | Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E3000 Test Instrument

      Provides an integrated polycarbonate based guard with a hinged door to prevent operator access to test space when the E3000 is at high power. The guard is also designed to minimize hazards associated with specimen failure.

      Includes interlock with ElectroPuls controller to prevent the instrument being switched into high power mode whilst the door is open. Also includes key-switch to over-ride the interlock in extreme cases allowing the machine to operated at high power with the guard door open.

      NOTE: Only compatible with 8800 Tower controller

      Specification Table
      Accessory Depth - Door Closed 542 mm (21.3 in)
      Accessory Depth - Door Open 1086 mm (42.8 in)
      Accessory Height - Door Closed 1283 mm (50.5 in)
      Accessory Height - Door Open 1283 mm (50.5 in)
      Accessory Width - Door Closed 948 mm (37.3 in)
      Accessory Width - Door Open 1234 mm (48.6 in)

      Small Collet Grip Assembly, Range 0.8 – 6.3 mm (0.03125 – 0.25 in)

      Testing Accessories

      Small Collet Grip Assembly, Range 0.8 - 6.3 mm (0.03125 - 0.25 in)

      Catalog no. W-MT02

      W-MT02 | Small Collet Grip Set for MT Systems

      Set includes:

      • Two collet chucks with M12 x 1.75m adapting threads
      • Two complete sets of collets ranging from 1.19 mm to 6.3 mm (0.046 in to 0.25 in) with 0.4 mm (0.0156 in) increments.
      • Effective length each collet chuck: 83 mm (3.27 in)
      • Capacity: 57 Nm (500 lbf-in)
      Specifications
      Accessory Length 111.1 mm (4.375 in)
      Lower Fitting M12x1.75mRH
      Specimen Diameter 0.80 - 6.30 mm (0.0313 - 0.2500 in)
      Torque Capacity 225 Nm (2000 in-lb)
      Upper Effective Length 85.7 mm (3.375 in)
      Upper Fitting M12x1.75mRH

      Ethernet Frame Interface

      Testing Accessories

      Ethernet Frame Interface

      Catalog no. 2424-500

      2424-500 | Ethernet Frame Interface (EFI)

      Overview:

      • Includes: ethernet frame interface, ethernet card, and cables
      • For all 3300 and 5500 Series systems
      • Connects to PC ethernet port

       

      EFI software compatibility:

      • Bluehill® Universal
      • Bluehill 3 (all versions)
      • Bluehill 2 version 2.15 or above
      • Bluehill Lite version 2.15 or above
      • Partner version 8.2a or above

       

      Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E20000 Test Instrument

      Testing Accessories

      Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E20000 Test Instrument

      Catalog no. 1300-305

      1300-305 | Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E20000 Test Instrument

      Provides an integrated polycarbonate based guard with a hinged door to prevent operator access to test space when the E20000 is at high power. The guard is also designed to minimize hazards associated with specimen failure.

      Includes interlock with ElectroPuls controller to prevent the instrument being switched into high power mode whilst the door is open. Also includes key-switch to over-ride the interlock in extreme cases allowing the machine to operated at high power with the guard door open.

      NOTE: Only compatible with 8800MT controller

      Specifications
      Accessory Depth - Door Closed 601 mm (23.7 in)
      Accessory Depth - Door Open 1427 mm (56.18 in)
      Accessory Height - Door Closed 1295 mm (50.98 in)
      Accessory Height - Door Open 1295 mm (50.98 in)
      Accessory Width - Door Closed 1072 mm (42.20 in)
      Accessory Width - Door Open 1872 mm (73.70 in)

      Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E10000 Test Instrument

      Testing Accessories

      Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E10000 Test Instrument

      Catalog no. 1300-303

      1300-303 | Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E10000 Test Instrument

      Provides an integrated polycarbonate based guard with a hinged door to prevent operator access to test space when the E10000 is at high power. The guard is also designed to minimize hazards associated with specimen failure.

      Includes interlock with ElectroPuls controller to prevent the instrument being switched into high power mode whilst the door is open. Also includes key-switch to over-ride the interlock in extreme cases allowing the machine to operated at high power with the guard door open.

      NOTE: Only compatible with 8800MT controller

      Specifications
      Accessory Depth - Door Closed 496 mm (19.5in)
      Accessory Depth - Door Open 1286 mm (50.65in)
      Accessory Height - Door Closed 1304 mm (51.34in)
      Accessory Height - Door Open 1304 mm (51.34in)
      Accessory Width - Door Closed 1054 mm (41.5in)
      Accessory Width - Door Open 1296 mm (51.02in)

      Smart-Close Air Kit

      Testing Accessories

      Smart-Close Air Kit

      Catalog no. 2701-095

      The Smart-Close Air Kit (catalog no. 2701-095), compatible with all 3400 and 6800 Series frames, is a system integrated option that allows for monitoring and control of pneumatic pressure to Instron’s pneumatic grips. 

      SIMPLER

      • Test pressure is saved within the test method, increasing repeatability by ensuring gripping pressure is consistent for each test.
      • Activate the grip closure using the ergonomic IP-65 rated dual pedal footswitch.

      SMARTER

      • For non-rigid specimens such as thin films and elastomers, automatically open the grips at the end of the test, reducing the number of steps required to run a test.
      • Automatically close the second grip when the correct pre-tension force is achieved by tugging on the free end of cord and yarn specimens.

      SAFER

      • When setting up for a test, the pneumatic pressure is limited and the speed of closing is slowed to minimize pinch hazards. Activate full test pressure with the Virtual Interlock after specimens are safely inserted into the grips.
      • The air kit is fully integrated into the system’s emergency stop, ensuring the grips will release when the E-stop is engaged.
      Specifications
      Compatible Frame Models 3400 Series, 6800 Series
      Inlet Connection Type ¼” OD hose
      Maximum Input Pressure 8.3 bar (120psi)
      Maximum Output Pressure 6.9bar (100psi)

       

      High Temperature Pneumatic Cord and Yarn Grips

      Testing Accessories

      High Temperature Pneumatic Cord and Yarn Grips

      Catalog no. 2734-007

      2734-007 | Pneumatic Cord and Yarn Grips

      Capacity: 1.0 kN (225 lb, 100 kg).

      Temperature range: -70 °C to 260 °C (-100 °F to 500 °F).

      Maximum specimen diameter: 3.175 mm (0.125 in).

      Upper and lower fittings: pneumatic connection.

      Requires pneumatic pullrods and an Automatic Air Control Kit or Pneumatic Foot Switch

      Specification Table
      Accessory Weight 2.8 kg (6.2 lb)
      Capacity 1 kN (225 lbf)
      Lower Fitting Pneumatic connection
      Specimen Diameter 0 - 3.2 mm (0 - 0.125 in)
      Temperature Rating -70 to +260 °C (-100 to +500 °F)
      Upper Effective Length 154 mm (6.1 in)
      Upper Fitting Pneumatic connection
      Add Ons

      Guided-Bend/Weld Bend Test Fixture

      Testing Accessories

      Guided-Bend/Weld Bend Test Fixture

      Catalog no. W-6810

      Two types of bend fixtures are available for evaluating the ductility of plate specimens and welded ferrous and non-ferrous materials. The main difference between the two fixtures is in the base, the guided bend test fixture has a fixed span base, while the weld bend test fixture has an adjustable span base.

      Both fixtures use plungers or loading struts with a fixed diameter nose for testing a particular specimen thickness. The plungers are attached to the adjustable crosshead using the grip bumper plate or a threaded adapter. 

      The base is equipped with a dowel hole in the center so that it can be doweled to the compression table and kept from sliding during a test. This also will maintain the alignment of the plunger in relation to base so that the force is applied in the center of the span. 

      The hardened rollers in the base are captured but free to rotate to allow the specimen to slide as the plunger moves between the rollers. The depth of the base will typically allow up to a full 180 degree bend in the specimen.

      Principle of Operation

      The bending force is applied as the specimen is forced against the plunger, either as the base is raised with the table or as the crosshead moves down depending on the frame being used. The plunger forces the specimen into a 180 degree bend against the rollers on the base.

      On the weld bend test fixture, one half of the base can be adjusted to one of four different positions to allow for testing different thickness specimens. A separate plunger or strut is required for each thickness specimen, several struts are available depending on the fixture.

      Guided bend fixtures have a fixed span base and a single diameter loading strut or plunger to form a complete assembly. Specimen loading is carried the same as with the weld bend fixture though a separate assembly must be purchased for each specimen thickness.

      Application Range

      • Type of Loading: compression bend 
      • Specimen Material: wrought or cast steel, non-ferrous materials 
      • Specimen Types: flat, flat welded

      W-6810 | Guided-Bend/Weld Bend Test Fixture

      Guided-Bend / Weld Bend Test Fixture, Adjustable Span for "U" bend tests of plane plate or welded flat specimens. 

      Fixture consists of a t-slot base with adjustable span supports supported by two tie rods.

      Fixture specifications:

      • Span - 0 to 254 mm (10.0 in)
      • Specimen width - up to 76 mm (3.0 in)
      • Support diameter - 38.1 mm (1.5 in) roller
      • Support depth - 135 mm (5.3 in)
      • Maximum Capacity - 100 kN (22,500 lbf)
      • Fixture Capacity

      100kN (22,500 lbf) if installed fully supported

      If installed with overhang, capacity is rated per below

      Capacity = 100kN (22,500 lbf) where x < 125mm (5 in)

      Capacity (kN) = 12,600/x when x > 125 mm

      Capacity (lbf) = 111,900/x when x > 5 in

      Where x = distance from end of machine loading table
      to lower flexure support

      • Lower connection - 12.7 mm (0.5 in) centering pin
      • Weight: 59 kg (130 lb) not including loading noses
      • Effective height with loading nose - 357 mm (14.06 in)
        not including specimen thickness.

      Fixture meets the following US and International standards:

      ASTM A370-07a, ASTM E190-92, ASTM E290-97a, ANSI/AWS B4.0-98, API 1104, API 5L, AS 2205.3.1, ASME IX 2004, JIS Z2248, GOST 14019 (for specimens 19 to 38.1 mm thick), ISO 5173, ISO 7438, EN ISO 15630-1, EN 910.

      Notes:

      1. Fixture requires loading noses (sold separately) of appropriate size for material being tested and standard being used.
      2. The bend fixture cannot bend the specimen to a complete 180 degrees due to necessary clearances between the loading nose and supports.

      W-6810-A | US Customary Loading Nose Set for Guided/Weld Bend Test Fixture

      Includes 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch diameter loading noses.

      • Loading nose width: 51 mm (2 in)
      • Loading nose height: 171 mm (6.75 in)
      • Attachment: Type R1m (1.0 in holding button)

      CAUTION:
      Most standards require loading nose diameters of 4 x specimen thickness. However, some standards allow for other diameter loading noses to be specified locally or as agreed between vendor and customer. It is the customer's responsibility to ensure the proper size loading noses are ordered.

      Note: Other size loading noses available individually or in sets as special order.

      W-6810-B | Loading Nose Set for Guided-Bend/Weld-Bend Test Fixture

      Metric Loading Nose Set for Guided Bend / Weld Bend Test Fixture. Includes 12, 16, 20, 24, 32, 40, 48 mm diameter loading noses.

      • Loading nose width: 51 mm (2 in)
      • Loading nose length: 171 mm (6.75 in)
      • Attachment: Type R1m (1.0 in holding button)

      CAUTION:
      Most standards require loading nose diameters of 4 x specimen thickness. However, some standards allow for other diameter loading noses to be specified locally or as agreed between vendor and customer. It is the customer's responsibility to ensure the proper size loading noses are ordered.

      Note: Other size loading noses available individually or in sets as special order.

      Specification
      Anvil Diameter 38.1 mm (1.5 in)
      Capacity 100 kN (22,500 lbf)
      Lower Fitting 12.7 mm (0.5 in)
      Specimen Width up to 76 mm (up to 3.0 in)
      Support Span 0-250 mm (0-10 in)
      Upper Fitting Refer to W-6810-A/-B

      Compact Tension Fixtures for 12.5mm Thick Compact Tension Specimens

      Testing Accessories

      Compact Tension Fixtures for 12.5mm Thick Compact Tension Specimens

      Catalog no. 2780-118

      2780-118 | Compact Tension Fixtures for 12.5mm Thick Compact Tension Specimens

      Designed in accordance with international standards such as ASTM E399, E647 & E1820

      Rated Capacity: ±10kN Dynamic, 20kN Static

      Temperature Range: -50 to 315°C

      Includes:

      • Piston rod extender to reduce the minimum daylight between Loadcell and ±75mm actuator at mid-stroke to allow compact tension fixtures to touch (Quantity 1).
      • Fatigue Rated Adaptors. M30 x2 right hand male to male stud with preloading wedge washers (Quantity 2)

      Note: Requires 2780-120 for use with a standard 3119-600 Series Chamber

      Specifications
      Capacity ±10 dynamic, 20 static kN ( ±2200 dynamic, 4500 static lbf)
      Specimen Width 12.5 mm (0.49 in)
      Testing Standards ASTM E399, ASTM E647, ASTM E1820

      25kN / 100Nm Fatigue Rated Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips for 8874 Machine

      Testing Accessories

      25kN / 100Nm Fatigue Rated Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips for 8874 Machine

      Catalog no. 8260C

      8260C | Fatigue Rated Hydraulic Wedge Grips

      ±25kN / ±100Nm Fatigue Rated Hydraulic Wedge Grips for 8874 System

      • Feature side-entry design with full access for easy specimen insertion from the side
      • Adjustable specimen stops on flat faces provide accurate specimen centering
      • Suitable for tension and compression (including full reverse-stress dynamic testing) combined with torsional capability
      • Temperature Range: +4C to +65C
      • Mounts directly to 8874 actuator and load cell without additional fatigue rated adapters
      • Mechanical interface: 6 x M8 on 75 PCD
      • Dimensions: 260mm high x 130mm diameter
      • Grip mass: 16.8 kg (37lbs) approximately per grip

      8874 machine requires 8000-049 attachment kit if load cell is fitted to actuator

      Requires: Jaw faces (select from 2703-801 to 804 as required) and 207 Bar (3000psi) grip controller

      Quantity: 2 grips

      Literature

      ±25 kN/100 Nm (5.6 kip/0.6 kip-in) Axial/Torsional Hydraulic Grips (8260C)

      ±25 kN/100 Nm (5.6 kip/0.6 kip-in) Axial/Torsional Hydraulic Grips catalog number 8260C

      • Products
      • 08/24/2020
      • 211.49 KB

      Add-Ons
      Specifications

      Base/Extension for Floor Models 4400, 5800 and 5900

      Testing Accessories

      Load Frame Support Base/Extension

      Catalog no. 2910-064

      2910-064 | Load Frame Support Base/Extension

      Load Frame Support Base/Extension for Models 4481, 4482, 4484, 4485, 5881, 5882, 5884, 5885, 5885H, 5982, 5984, 5985 load frames. Adds approximately 295 mm (11.6 in) to overall load frame height. An accessory storage drawer is included. For use with single test space, standard height and width load frames only.

      Requires stabilizers if ordered with second test space and/or extra height.

      Beyond extra height, stabilizers must be bolted to floor.

      Specifications
      Accessory Depth 757 mm (29.8 in)
      Accessory Height 300 mm (12 in)
      Accessory Width 1130 mm (44.5 in)
      Compatible Frame Models Models 44481, 4482, 4484, 4485, 5881, 5882, 5884, 5885, 5885H, 5982, 5984, 5985 load frames

      Hand Held Automatic Caliper Measurement System with Carbide Tips

      Testing Accessories

      Hand Held Automatic Caliper Measurement System with Carbide Tips

      Catalog no. 2850-005

      Hand Held Automatic Caliper Measurement System with Carbide Tips. Includes a hand held caliper with digital indicator, carbide tips, footswitch, USB interface and connecting cables.

      Range: 0 - 150 mm (0 - 6 in)

      Resolution: 0.01 mm (0 .0005 in)

      Literature

      Specimen Measurement Devices Data Sheet

      Instron® testing systems provide an accurate measurement of force during a test, but in order to produce accurate stress results, you must measure the specimen and get the dimensional data into Bluehill® Universal Software. While digital instruments, such as micrometers, can provide accurate measurements, using them properly takes time and requires the operator to manually enter the dimensional data into the software.

      • Products
      • 12/11/2017
      • 620.02 KB

      Specifications

      Hydraulic Grip Controls for Servohydraulic Test Systems

      Testing Accessories

      Hydraulic Grip Controls for Servohydraulic Test Systems

      Catalog no. 2718-111

      2718-111 | Hydraulic Grip Controls for Servohydraulic Test Systems

      207 Bar (3000psi) Hydraulic Grip Controller And Manifold

      Suitable for use on 8801/2/3/4 and 8871/2/4 machines. Provides opening and closing control of the grips with adjustable gripping pressure and handset controls. Includes hoses for connection to the grips and to the system's hydraulic supply. 

      Designed to be bolted to the table of the testing machine (may require addition of tapped holes).

      Specifications
      Compatible Frame Models 8801/2/3/4, 8871/2/4, 8511, 8516, and 8502/3/4/5/6.
      Description Hydraulic Grip Controls for Servohydraulic Test Systems

      Lever Action, Mechanical Wedge Grips; Capacity: 100 kN

      Testing Accessories

      Lever Action, Mechanical Wedge Grips; Capacity: 100 kN

      Catalog no. W-5057-A

      W-5021 | Lever Action, Mechanical Wedge Grips; Capacity: 100 kN

      100 kN (10,000 kg, 22,500 lbs) capacity T-Grip Bodies.

      • Set of two (2)
      • Spring/lever actuated wedge jaw
      • Open front
      • Flat specimens up to 1" wide x 1/2" thick
      • Round specimens up to 1" diameter
      • Approximate weight per body is 15 lbs.
      • Approximate size 6-1/2" H x 10" W x 3-1/2" D
      • Jaws are listed as separate items
      • Bodies are tapped 3/4"-10 NC
      Specifications
      Accessory Height 177.8 mm (7 in)
      Accessory Width 152.4 mm (6 in)
      Capacity 100 kN (22,500 lbf)
      Lower Fitting 0.75 in-10mRH
      Specimen Diameter 0 - 12.7 mm (0 - 1.000 in)
      Specimen Thickness 0 - 12.7 mm (0 - 0.500 in)
      Specimen Width 25.4 mm (1.000 in)
      Upper Effective Length 177.8 mm (7 in)
      Upper Fitting 0.75 in-10mRH
      Add-Ons

      Pneumatic Cord and Yarn Grips. Grooved, 5 kN

      Testing Accessories

      Pneumatic Cord and Yarn Grips. Grooved, 5 kN

      Catalog no. CP105953

      CP105953 | Pneumatic Cord and Yarn Grips

      Capacity: 5.0 kN (1,000 lb, 500 kg).

      Incorporates a grooved channel for specimen guidance.

      Temperature range: -10 °C to 80 °C (14 °F to 176 °F).

      Maximum specimen diameter: 2 mm (0.08 in).

      Upper and lower fittings: Type Dm (1.25 in connection with ½ in clevis pin).

      Requires a rigid coupling and an Automatic Air Control Kit or Pneumatic Foot Switch

      Literature

      Pneumatic Tire Cord Grips (CP105953)

      The Instron® pneumatic tire cord grips provide a convenient method for clamping tire cord and braided wire during testing.

      • Products
      • 08/14/2013
      • 599.82 KB

      Specifications

      Cold Bend Testing Fixture for Steel Reinforcement Bar

      Testing Accessories

      Cold Bend Testing Fixture for Steel Reinforcement Bar

      Catalog no. W-6812

      The cold bend fixture consists of a base with two infinitely adjustable supports and a plunger (loading strut). Different size bending pins can be ordered to mount on the loading strut to change the radius of the bend. The fixture is designed to bend steel into a "U" shape bend. The finished bend can be near (but never more than) 180 degrees.

      Conforms to ASTM A615, A706, A966A and BS4449. The heavy duty base with adjustable span is designed to perform a nominal 90 / 180 degree bend test on # 3 through # 18 (M8-M50) reinforcement bar (rebar), when used with the appropriate bending pins.

      Principle of Operation

      The loading strut is mounted in the compression space of a testing machine. The fixture base rests on the machine table and is aligned with the loading strut using a centering pin.

      The supports are adjustable to any desired span using a scale that has an origin at the center of the base. Both English and Metric scales are located on the base. The supports clamp to the base by T-slots and use threaded rods to resist deflection during loading. The base is designed to be supported by the machine table or base and can only achieve full capacity when supported with an overhang of 64 mm (2.5 in) or less on each side.

      Application Range

      • Type of Loading: compression cold bend
      • Specimen Material: steel
      • Specimen Types: round, rebar

       

      W-6812 | Cold Bend Testing Fixture for Steel Reinforcement Bar

      Cold Bend Testing Fixture for bend testing of steel reinforcement bars in general accordance with Specifications; ASTM A615, A706, A996A, & BS4449

      A heavy duty table mounted base fixture with an adjustable span is designed for performing the nominal 90 / 180 degree bend tests on #3 through #18 (M8-M50) rebar, when used with the appropriate loading pins. A loading strut, capable of accepting various diameter bending pins, is provided and must be adapted to the adjustable crosshead.

      Specifications:

      • Rated for 200kN (45,000 lbf) capacity when installed
        fully supported.
      • If installed with overhang, capacity is rated per below:

      Capacity = 200kN (45,000 lbf) where x < 64mm (2.5 in)

      Capacity (kN) = 12,600/x when x > 64 mm

      Capacity (lbf) = 111,900/x when x > 2.5 in

      • Power Stroke Needed - test stoke requirements will vary
        based on degree of bend and diameters being tested,
        see pin sets for information regarding test stroke
        required.
      • Maximum Support Span (between inside of rollers):
        480 mm (19.0 in)
      • Minimum Support Span (between inside of rollers):
        0 mm (0 in)
      • Support Plunge Height: 206 mm (8.125 in)
      • Max Specimen Diameter: 76 mm (3 in)
      • Loading Nose Height (to pin center): 165 mm (6.50 in)
      • Upper Attachment: Type R1 (1.0 in holding button)
      • Lower Attachment: Centering Pin (1/2 in set screw)
      • Tool kit included: 19 mm Combination wrench
      • Loading Nose assembly includes a 33.4mm (1.313 in)
        diameter pin which serves as a centering pin for most
        other larger bending pins.

      (Pin sets based on specification standards and specimen sizes offered separately)

      Combined Weight (without bending pins): 83 kg (183 lbs)

      Specifications
      Capacity

      200 kN (45000 lbf)

      Lower Fitting Centering Pin (1/2 in set screw)
      Specimen Width

      76 mm (3 in)

      Support Span

      0-480 mm (0-19 in)

      Upper Fitting Type R1 (1.0 in holding button)
      • Bending Pins (Set of 6) for Cold Bend Fixture - ASTM A615 & ASTM A996
      • Bending Pins (Set of 3) for Cold Bend Fixture - ASTM A615 & ASTM A996
      • Bending Pin for Cold Bend Fixture #14 Rebar - ASTM A615 & ASTM A996
      • Bending Pin for Cold Bend Fixture #18 Rebar - ASTM A615 & ASTM A996
      • Bending Pins (Set of 6) for Cold Bend Fixture - ASTM A706
      • Bending Pins (Set of 3) for Cold Bend Fixture - ASTM A706
      • Bending Pin for Cold Bend Fixture #14 Rebar - ASTM A706
      • Bending Pin for Cold Bend Fixture #18 Rebar - ASTM A706
      • Bending Pins (Set of 6) for Cold Bend Fixture - BS 4449
      • Bending Pins (Set of 3) for Cold Bend Fixture - BS 4449
      • Bending Pins (Set of 6) for Cold Bend Fixture - BS 4449
      • Bending Pins (set of 3) for Cold Bend Fixture (W-6812)





      Your Email Address



      Please enter your email address.
      Email addresses must contain the @ symbol.
      Email addresses can only contain letters, numbers and the following special characters: . ! # $ % & ' * + - / = ? ^ _ ` { | } ~
      Email address domains can only contain letters, numbers, dots (.) and hyphens (-).

      Your Message



      750 Character Max
      Please enter your message.
      Email addresses can only contain letters, numbers and the following special characters: . ! # $ % & ' * + - / = ? ^ _ ` { | } ~
      Next
      Checking to see if you are a returning visitor…

      Welcome back!



      Your Contact Information


      Please enter your first name.
      Please use letters and numbers only.

      Please enter your last name.
      Please use letters and numbers only.

      Please select your country.


      Please enter your company.
      Please use letters and numbers only.

      Please enter your address.
      Please use letters and numbers only.

      Please enter your address line 2.
      Please use letters and numbers only.

      Please enter your address line 3.
      Please use letters and numbers only.

      Please enter your county.
      Please use letters and numbers only.

      Please enter your city.
      Please use letters and numbers only.

      Please select your state/province.

      Please enter your ZIP/Postal Code.
      Please use numbers only

      Please enter your telephone number.
      Please use numbers only

      Please confirm that you agree with our privacy and cookies policy to submit this form.

      I agree to the terms & conditions of Instron's Privacy and Cookies Policy.



      Subscribe to Instron News!
      Check this box to receive pertinent commercial email from Instron focusing on products, upcoming events, and more!

      Please choose a subscription option
      One or more required fields are empty, complete the form to continue.
      One or more fields contain formatting errors, fix the errors to continue.
      You must agree to Instron's Privacy Policy in order to continue.





      Add-Ons

      Fabric Loop Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Fabric Loop Grips

      Catalog no. 2717-080

      2717-080 | Fabric Loop Grips

      Anvil diameter: 6.4 mm (0.25 in).

      For fabric specimens up to 76 mm (3 in) wide.

      Per ASTM D-4964.

      Specifications
      Accessory Weight 0.5 kg (1.1 lb)
      Accessory Width 108 mm (4.3 in)
      Anvil Diameter 6.4 mm (0.25 in)
      Capacity 2.5 kN (560 lbf)
      Lower Fitting 6 mm Clevis Pin (Type Om)
      Specimen Width 76 mm (3 in)
      Temperature Rating +10 to +40 °C (+50 to +100 °F)
      Testing Standards ASTM D 4964
      Upper Effective Length 97 mm (3.8 in)
      Upper Fitting 6 mm Clevis Pin (Type Om)

      Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 600kN (135,000 lbf)

      Testing Accessories

      Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 600kN (135,000 lbf)

      Catalog no. W-5360

      300 kN Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips
      300 kN Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips

      W-5360 | Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips

      Capacity 600 kN (135,000 lbf, 60,000 kgf)

      Specimen Range:

      • Flats: 0 - 60 mm thick (0 - 2.36 in) x 100 mm (4 in) wide
      • Rounds: 3 - 57 mm (0.118 - 2.25 in) diameter

      Minimum Specimen Length without the use of an extensometer is 300 mm (11.8 in)

      Ambient temperature use only.

      Upper and Lower Fittings: Type IIAf RH (M72x3p RH)

      Weight Per Grip Body: 327 kg (720 lb)

      Grip Body Dimensions W x L x D: 546 x 451 x 203 mm (21.5 x 17.75 x 8 in)

      Grip faces sold separately use: W-5197 & W-5198 series grip faces

      Configuration Notes:

      • Select the proper mounting option corresponding to load frame and test space option being supplied. Hydraulic hoses, manifolds and mounting hardware are included when purchased with a 600LX or 600KPX testing system. (Consult IPG Business team for all other frame models.)
      • When supplied on a 600LX system, the frame must be configured as a -J1B/J3B frame or taller in order to accomodate calibration fixtures.
      Specifications
      Accessory Weight 327 kg (720 lb)
      Accessory Width 546 mm (21.5 in)
      Capacity 600 kN (135,000 lbf)
      Lower Fitting Type IIAf RH (M72x3P RH) ( )
      Temperature Rating 10-38 °C (50-100 °F)
      Upper Effective Length 499 mm (19.625 in)
      Upper Fitting Type IIAf RH (M72x3P RH) ( )

      Food Fixture Support Frame

      Testing Accessories

      Food Fixture Support Frame

      Catalog no. S4427A

      No image available - Instron

      S4427A | Food Fixture Support Frame

      Capacity: 2 kN

      For use with food testing Drip Tray S5400A.

      Dimensions: 95 x 95 x 80 mm (3.7 x 3.7 x 3.1 in) height.

      Lower fitting: Drip Tray S5400A.

      Upper fitting: Requires a food fixture.

      Specifications
      Lower Fitting Drip Tray S5400A
      Upper Fitting Requires Food Fixture
      For Use With
      Related Items

      Dynamic Extensometer 25mm GL +12.5mm -2.5mm Travel

      Testing Accessories

      Dynamic Extensometer 25mm GL +12.5mm -2.5mm Travel

      Catalog no. 2620-604

      2620-Series_P
      2620-Series_P

      2620-604 | Dynamic Extensometer 25mm GL +12.5mm -2.5mm Travel

      Dynamic Extensometer for direct strain measurement and closed loop strain control. Suitable for tensile, compressive & fatigue testing, the extensometer has a 25mm gauge length with a travel of +12.5mm to -2.5mm giving +50% to -10% strains. 

      It includes an extender to give a gauge length of 50mm and strain of +25% to -5% strain. 

      Temperature range: -80C to +200C. Compatible with 8800 and 8500Plus controllers.

      May be immersed in acetone, silicone or alcohol.

      Specifications
      Accessory Height 69 mm (2,72 in)
      Accessory Weight 0,02 kg (0,044 lb)
      Accessory Width 21 mm (0,83 in)
      Gauge Length 25 et 50 mm (0,98 et 1,97 in))
      Specimen Diameter 3 - 25 mm (0.12 à 1 in)
      Specimen Thickness 3 - 12,5 mm (0,12 - 0,5 in)
      Specimen Width 0 - 25 mm (0 - 1 in)
      Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue
      Temperature Rating -80 à +200°C (-112 à +392°F)
      % Travel (Axial) +50 à -10 et +25 à -5%
      Literature

      Miniature Variable Angle Peel Fixture

      Testing Accessories

      Miniature Variable Angle Peel Fixture

      Catalog no. 2820-033

      2820-033_P
      2820-033_P

      2820-033 | Miniature Variable Angle Peel Fixture

      Peel angle: Settable at 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 135 or 150 degrees.

      Fitting: Type Om (12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin). Maximum operating temperature : 60°C (140°F).

      The miniature variable angle peel fixture is designed for determining the bond and peel strength of microelectronics components like copper runners, films, tapes etc. when peeled from circuit board, substrates or components.

      Through the use of a special linkage system, the peel angle is maintained constant during the test.The substrate or component is clamped to the table of the fixture via an "up-down" clamping system.

      The moving table is then attached to the actuator or crosshead of the test system. The motion of the actuator or crosshead creates movement on the clamp base but only peel forces are sensed and recorded.

      Specifications
      Capacity 1 kN (225 lbf)
      Lower Fitting 6mm clevis pin (Type Om)
      Notes Peel angles of 30,45,60,90,120,135 and 150 deg.
      Temperature Rating 10 - 60 °C (50 - 140 °F)
      Upper Fitting Requires upper grip

      Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips; Capacity: 100 kN

      Testing Accessories

      Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips; Capacity: 100 kN

      Catalog no. 2716-111

      2716-111 | Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips

      Capacity: 100 kN (20,000 lb, 10,000 kg)

      Upper and lower fittings: Type Dm (1.25 in connection with 1/2 in clevis pin)

      Maximum specimen thickness: 40 mm (flat)

      Maximum specimen width: 75 mm (flat)

      Maximum specimen diameter: 50 mm (round)

      Clamping length: 70 mm

      Temperature range: ambient only

      Requires faces

      Includes an air distribution kit with both, 1/4 NPTM (7/16-20), and 1/4 inch hose barb end connections

      An Automatic Air Control Kit or Footswitch is recommended

      Specifications
      Accessory Weight 52 kg (114 lb)
      Accessory Width 300 mm (11.8 in)
      Capacity 100 kN (22,500 lbf)
      Lower Fitting 0.5 in clevis pin (Type Dm) ( )
      Temperature Rating 5 to 65°C (40 to 150°F)
      Upper Effective Length Upper: 323 Lower: 323 mm (Upper: 12.7 Lower: 12.7 in)
      Upper Fitting 0.5 in clevis pin (Type Dm)
      Add-Ons
      Literature

      Biaxial Extensometer 25 mm Axial Gauge Length 2 Axial 1 Transverse

      Testing Accessories

      Biaxial Extensometer 25 mm Gauge Length; 2 Axial and 1 Transverse

      Catalog no. 2650-571

      Biaxial Extensometer 25 mm Axial Gauge Length providing two independent axial and one transverse strain measurement.

      Features:

      • Replaceable specimen contacts to suit a range of materials and specimens
      • Simple, single handed attachment and removal
      • Robust design for reliable operation under demanding conditions
      • Meets ASTM E83 B-1, ISO 9513 grade 0.5 and ISO 527 (annex C)

      Transverse Travel +/- 0.5 mm (Strain range depends on specimen width)

      The extensometer provides 2 independent axial outputs along with a single transverse output and requires 3 sensor channels. It has electrical calibration and is self-identifying with 3300, 3400, 4200, 4300, 4400, 4500, 5500, 5800, 5900, 6800, 8500, 8800 Tower, and 8800MT Series Systems.

      Specifications
      Axial Travel -0.5 to +1.25 mm
      Gauge Length 25 mm
      Maximum Crosstalk 0.5% of FS
      % Travel (Axial) -2 to +5%
      Specimen Diameter 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
      Specimen Thickness 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
      Specimen Width 0.1 to 55 mm (0.004 to 2.17 in)
      Temperature Rating -200 to +200°C (-328 to +392°F)
      Travel (Transverse) ±0.5 mm
      Literature

      Custom Thermal Testing

      Testing Accessories

      Custom Thermal Testing

      The Custom Solutions group at Instron has been developing accessories for unique thermal applications to meet our customers’ unique needs for decades.  Your specimen acts differently in different environments and your testing should match, that's why we will develop thermal testing accessories that allow the ultimate flexibility in testing.  Whether your testing in super cooled or extremely heated environments using a new frame or using your current set-up, we will work diligently to understand your goals and ensure they are met or exceeded.  Please browse the gallery above to see some of our recent projects.

       

      See our existing customized thermal solutions specific applications.

      Biaxial Extensometer 25 mm Axial Gauge Length 1 Axial 1 Transverse

      Testing Accessories

      Biaxial Extensometer 25 mm Axial Gauge Length 1 Axial 1 Transverse

      Catalog no. 2650-561

      Biaxial Extensometer 25 mm Axial Gauge Length providing one averaged axial and one transverse strain measurement.

      Features:

      • Replaceable specimen contacts to suit a range of materials and specimens
      • Simple, single handed, attachment and removal
      • Robust design for reliable operation under demanding conditions

      Meets ASTM E82 B-1, ISO 9513 grade 0.5 and ISO 527 (annex C)

      Transverse Travel: +/-0.5 mm (Strain range depends on specimen width)

      The extensometer provides a single averaged axial output along with a single transverse output and requires 2 sensor channels. It has electrical calibration and is self-identifying with 3300, 3400, 4200, 4300, 4400, 4500, 5500, 5800, 5900, 6800, 8500, 8800 Tower, and 8800MT Series Systems.

      Specifications
      Axial Travel -0.5 to +1.25 mm ( in)
      Gauge Length 25 mm ( in)
      Maximum Crosstalk 0.5 % of FS ( )
      % Travel (Axial) -2 to +5 % ( )
      Specimen Diameter 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
      Specimen Thickness 0.1 to 34 mm (0.004 to 1.34 in)
      Specimen Width 0.1 to 55 mm (0.004 to 2.17 in)
      Temperature Rating -200 to +200 °C (-328 to +392 °F)
      Travel (Transverse) ±0.5 mm ( in)
      Literature

      0.375 in Keyless Drill-Type Chuck Assembly

      Testing Accessories

      0.375 in Keyless Drill-Type Chuck Assembly

      Catalog no. W-MT01

      W-MT01 | Universal Key-Less Drill-Type Chucks for MT Systems

      Two chucks are provided.

      • Specimen range from 1.6 mm to 12.7 mm (0.063 in to 0.5 in.)
      • Chuck to drive and torque cell adapting thread: M12-1.75m
      • Effective length each chuck: 89 mm (3.5 in)
      • Specimen insertion depth:
      • 47 mm (1.875 in) up to 6 mm (0.24 in) diameter
      • 36 mm (1.438 in) up to max diameter
      • Capacity: 22.5 Nm (200 lbf-in)

      NOTE: Capacity is dependant on specimen geometry. When testing smooth, round specimens, the fixture may not be able to reach full capacity without slippage.

      Specifications
      Accessory Length 96.5 mm (3.80 in)
      Lower Fitting M12x1.75mRH
      Specimen Diameter 9.5 mm (0.375 in)
      Torque Capacity 22.5 Nm (200 in-lb)
      Upper Effective Length 76.2 mm (3.00 in)
      Upper Fitting M12x1.75mRH

       

      Camera Outriggers

      Testing Accessories

      Camera Outriggers

      Catalog no. camera outrigger

      Designed for low mass and high stiffness, the Instron camera outriggers provide a stable mounting point for high speed cameras whilst preserving the performance of the test system.

      Includes 4 individual support fixtures for mounting and adjusting cameras on the sled. Proven design maintains access to the test object from both sides of the sled to facilitate test set up and exchange of test components.

      Allows installation of up to 4 cameras with 5kg mass each.

      Crack Opening Displacement (COD) Gauge 10/4

      Testing Accessories

      Crack Opening Displacement (COD) Gauge 10/4

      Catalog no. 2670-132

      2670-132 | Crack Opening Displacement (COD) Gauge 10/4

      • Gauge Length: 10mm (0.394inches)
      • Travel: 4mm (0.157inches)
      • Temperature range: -200°C to +200°C (-328°F to +392°F)
      • Complies to the requirements of ASTM E399-09
      Specifications
      Accessory Height 30 mm (1.2 in)
      Accessory Weight 0.015 kg (0.033 lb)
      Accessory Width 18 mm (0.7 in)
      Gauge Length 10 mm
      Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue
      Temperature Rating -200 to +200°C (-328 to +392°F)
      Literature

      Puncture Fixture per ASTM D5748, D4649

      Testing Accessories

      Puncture Fixture per ASTM D5748, D4649

      Catalog no. 2810-501

      2810-501

      Puncture Fixture per ASTM D5748-95, D4649

      Capacity: 4.4 kN (1,000 lbf)

      Probe: Tip with 0.75 in pear shaped, Teflon coated with 11 in shaft

      Clamping ring inner diameter: 4 in

      Lower fitting: Type Dm (1.25 in connection with 1/2 in clevis pin)

      Upper fitting: Type Om (12 mm connection with 6 mm clevis pin)

      Includes a 6 in square specimen cutting template

      3-Point and 4-Point Bend Fixture

      Testing Accessories

      3 kN Flexure Fixture, Fatigue 3 Point

      Catalog no. 2810-600/605

      Instron 2810-600 dynamic flexure fixture
      Instron 2810-600 dynamic flexure fixture 3-Point and 4-Point Bend Fixture

      Suitable for both low force dynamic and static testing along with dental standards ISO 9917, ISO 6872, ISO 4049 or ISO 20795 the low-force 3-Point bend fixture is designed to be compatible with ElectroPuls E1000. The specimen is supported on two lower anvils and the load is applied in the center of the specimen by a single upper anvil.  The t-slot base allows adjustment of the lower span from 15 - 80mm (0.59 - 3.15in) allowing for variable specimen lengths and is submersible to be compatible with an optional fluid bath and recirculator.

      Optional Accessories

      4-Point Bend Fixture Conversion Kit (2810-605): Used to convert 2810-600 from a 3-point to a 4-point bend fixture, the 4-point bend conversion kit has a variable span of 5 - 40mm (0.19-1.57in) and is suitable for both static and dynamic testing. The test specimen is supported on two lower anvils while the load is evenly applied by two upper anvils.

      Features

      • 3 kN (675 lbf) capacity
      • Support span 15 – 80 mm (0.59 – 3.15 in)

      Application Range

      • Bend testing of small components, plastics, wood, and composites
      • Specimen shapes: Flat and round
      • Suitable for both static & fatigue testing
      • Compatible with ElectroPuls E1000

      Literature

      3 Point 4 Point Bend Fixture 2810-600

      The 3-Point bend fixture is designed to easily provide the capability of a 3-point flexure test; it is suitable for both Dynamic & Static testing. The specimen is supported on two lower anvils and the load is applied in the centre of the specimen by a single upper anvil. The fixture has a variable span from 15 – 80 mm (0.59 – 3.15 in).

      • Products
      • 07/26/2016
      • 290.91 KB

      Related Items
      Specifications

      Manual Gauge Point Punch, 1.4 in Gauge Length

      Testing Accessories

      Manual Gauge Point Punch, 1.4 in Gauge Length

      Catalog no. W-6719

      W-6711_P
      W-6711_P

      W-6719 | Manual Gauge Point Punch

      1.4" gauge length.

      Specification Table
      Gauge Length mm (1.40 in)

      Caliper, Standard Jaw, 0-300 mm (0-12 in) w/Data Cable

      Testing Accessories

      Caliper, Standard Jaw, 0-300 mm (0-12 in) w/Data Cable

      Catalog no. W-3275-O

      W-3275-O | Caliper, Standard Jaw, 0-12" (0-300 mm) with Data Cable

      Digital caliper with carbide standard jaws. Resolution of 0.0005" (0.01mm). Accuracy of ±0.001" (±0.02mm). Repeatability of 0.0005" (0.01mm). 

      Designed to be used in conjunction with Automatic Data Entry Interface listed separately. Qualifies as one (1) device. Includes case.

      Note: This measuring device requires an Automatic Data Entry Interface listed separately for direct entry of measurements into software.

      Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 1000 kN (225,000 lbf)

      Testing Accessories

      Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 1000 kN (225,000 lbf)

      Catalog no. W-5340

      1000 kN Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips
      1000 kN Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips

      W-5340 | Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips, 1000 kN

      Hydraulic Wedge Grips for 1000KPX/KX Frames

      Capacity 1000 kN (225,000 lbf, 100,000 kgf)

      Includes:

      • Open front design
      • Controls for clamp, un-clamp, and neutral
      • Adjustable clamp speed and initial clamp pressure
      • Effective grip heights including mounting:

      Upper grip: 648 mm (25.5 in)

      Lower grip: 457 mm (18 in)

      • Grip Width: 660 mm (26 in)

      Manual Gauge Point Punch, Combination 1 in and 2 in Gauge Length

      Testing Accessories

      Manual Gauge Point Punch, Combination 1 in and 2 in Gauge Length

      Catalog no. W-6771

      W-6711
      W-6711

      W-6771 | Manual Gauge Point Punch

      Combination 1" and 2" Manual Gauge Point Punch.

      Specification Table
      Gauge Length mm (1.00/2.00 in)

      Puncture Probe Set, Magness-Taylor

      Testing Accessories

      Puncture Probe Set, Magness-Taylor

      Catalog no. 2830-015

      Magness-Taylor Puncture Probe
      Magness-Taylor Puncture Probe

      2830-015 | Puncture Probe Set, Magness-Taylor

      Includes probes of 7.9 mm (0.31 in) and 11.1 mm (0.44 in) diameter.

      Upper fitting: Requires Chuck 2830-036.

      Lower fitting: Requires optional support plates with Drip tray S5400A and Support Frame S4427A.

      Literature

      Food Texture Fixtures Probes and Chucks

      Flat-end puncture probes produce a shear stress in the specimen. The force required to cause shearing as the probe penetrates the specimen relates to texture properties such as firmness and hardness.

      • Products
      • 11/06/2018
      • 686.36 KB

      Related Items
      Specifications

      Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 1500kN (337,500 lbf)

      Testing Accessories

      Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 1500kN (337,500 lbf)

      Catalog no. W-5330

      1500 kN Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips
      1500 kN Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips 1500 kN Hydraulic Wedge Grips testing stranded cable

      W-5330 | Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips, 1500 kN

      Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips for 1500KX/KPX frames. Capacity 1500 kN (337,500 lbf, 150,000 kgf)

      Includes:

      • Open front design
      • Controls for clamp, un-clamp, and neutral
      • Adjustable clamp speed and initial clamp pressure
      • Effective grip heights including mounting:

      Upper grip: 743 mm (29.25 in)
      Lower grip: 648 mm (25.5 in)

      • Grip width: 813 mm (32 in)

      Sample Support Plate Set

      Testing Accessories

      Sample Support Plate Set

      Catalog no. S5401A

      No image available - Instron

      S5401A | Sample Support Plate Set

      Capacity: 2 kN

      Dimensions: 100 mm x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in) plates.

      Four geometries:

      1. Plate with no hole
      2. Plate with a 15.9 mm (0.625 in) diameter thru hole with a
        12.7 mm (0.5 in) radius bowl shape countersunk.
      3. Plate with 22.0 mm (0.866) diameter tapering to a
        15.9 mm (0.625 in) hole
      4. Plate with 70 mm (2.8 in) diameter tapering to a
        15.9 mm (0.625 in) hole.

      Upper fitting: Requires optional probe sets.

      Lower fitting: Requires Support Frame S4427A, and Drip Tray S5400A

      Specifications
      Lower Fitting Requires Drip Tray S5400A and Support Frame S4472A
      Upper Fitting Requires optional food probes
      For Use With
      Related Items

      Compact Tension Fixtures for 25 mm Thick Compact Tension Specimens

      Testing Accessories

      Compact Tension Fixtures for 25 mm Thick Compact Tension Specimens

      Catalog no. 2780-119

      2780-119 | Compact Tension Fixtures for 25mm Thick Compact Tension Specimens

      Designed in accordance with international standards such as ASTM E399, E647 & E1820

      Rated Capacity: ±50kN Dynamic, 100kN Static

      Temperature Range: -50 to 315°C

      Includes:

      • Piston rod extender to reduce the minimum daylight between Loadcell and ±75mm actuator at mid-stroke to allow compact tension fixtures to touch (Quantity 1).
      • Fatigue Rated Adaptors. M30 x2 right hand male to male stud with preloading wedge washers (Quantity 2)

      Note: Requires 2780-120 for use with a standard 3119-600 Series Chamber

      Specifications
      Capacity ±50 dynamic, 100 static kN (±11,500 dynamic, 22,500 static lbf)
      Specimen Width 25 mm (0.98 in)
      Testing Standards ASTM E399, ASTM E647, ASTM E1820
      Literature

      Hydraulic Wedge (+/- 500 kN)

      Testing Accessories

      Fatigue Rated Hydraulic Wedge Grips (+/- 500 kN)

      Catalog no. 2742-601

      2742-601 | ±500kN (112kip) Fatigue Rated Hydraulic Wedge Grips

      • Suitable for gripping flat or round specimens
      • Features side-entry design with full access for easy specimen insertion from the side without actuator movement
      • Adjustable specimen stops on flat faces provide accurate specimen centering
      • Suitable for tension and compression including full reverse-stress dynamic testing capability
      • Static load capacity ±600kN
      • Temperature Range: +4 to +65 °C
      • Mechanical Interface: M72 x 3 right hand female threads
      • Grip mass: 255 kg (562 lbs) approximately per grip

      Requires Jaw Faces, 207 bar (3000psi) grip controller and fatigue rated adapters. Quantity: 2 grips

      Specifications
      Capacity ±500 kN (±112000 lbf)
      Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue
      Accessory Height 360 mm (14.17 in)
      Accessory Width 400 mm (15.7 in)
      Accessory Weight 255 kg (561 lb)
      Upper Fitting M72 x 3 RH (Type IIaf)
      Lower Fitting M72 x 3 RH (Type IIaf)
      Temperature Rating +4 to +65°C (+39 to +150°F)
      Add-Ons
      For Use With
      Related Items

      0.5 in Socket Drive Torsion Grips, Metric

      Testing Accessories

      0.5 in Socket Drive Torsion Grips, Metric

      Catalog no. W-MT03-M

      W-MT03-M_P
      W-MT03-M_P

      W-MT03-M | Socket drive set (Metric)

      Includes:

      • Two complete 12 point metric socket sets with 15 pieces each ranging from 10 mm to 24 mm in 1 mm increments.
      • Two 1/2 inch drive adapters for motor and torque cell mounting.
      • Adapting thread: M12 x 1.75m
      • Max Capacity: 57 Nm (500 lbf-in)
      Specifications
      Accessory Length 60.3 mm (2.375 in)
      Lower Fitting M12x1.75mRH
      Specimen Diameter 10 - 24 mm
      Torque Capacity 57 Nm (500 in-lb)
      Upper Effective Length 47.6 mm (1.875 in)
      Upper Fitting M12x1.75mRH

      Support Table, Heavy Duty; For use with all Dual Column Table Top Models

      Testing Accessories

      Heavy Duty Support Table

      Catalog no. 2910-056

      No image available - Instron

      2910-056 | Heavy Duty Support Table

      Heavy Duty Load Frame Support Table for All Dual Column Table Top Models, including extra high, extra wide versions.

      Provides convenient working height and leg room for operation while seated. Capacity: 679 kg (1500lb) evenly distributed load. Table top dimension: 762 x 1524 mm (30 x 60 in). Height adjustable from 635 to 813 mm (25 to 32 in).

      Literature

      Heavy-Duty Load Frame Support Table

      The 2910-056 heavy-duty load frame support table optimizes the performance of tabletop testing systems by providing stability and increased safety. The support table maintains a level working surface, distributes the weight of a dual column electromechanical tabletop load frame, and establishes improved ergonomic conditions for users.

      • Products
      • 10/25/2010
      • 255.16 KB

      Specifications

      Large Collet Grip Assembly, Range 6.3 – 14.25 mm (0.25 in – 0.5625 in)

      Testing Accessories

      Large Collet Grip Assembly, Range 6.3 - 14.25 mm (0.25 in - 0.5625 in)

      Catalog no. W-MT02-B

      W-MT02-B | Large Collet Grip Set for MT Systems

      Set includes:

      • Two collet chucks with M12 x 1.75m adapting threads
      • Two complete sets of collets ranging from 6.3 mm to 14.25 mm (0.25 in to 0.5625 in) with 0.8 mm (0.03125 in) increments.
      • Effective length each collet chuck: 83 mm (3.27 in)
      • Capacity: 57 Nm (500 lbf-in)
      Specifications
      Accessory Length 94.6 mm (3.725 in)
      Lower Fitting M12x1.75mRH
      Specimen Diameter 6.30 - 14.25 mm (0.2500 - 0.5625 in)
      Torque Capacity 225 Nm (2000 in-lb)
      Upper Effective Length 82.6 mm (3.250 in)
      Upper Fitting M12x1.75mRH

      Averaging Extensometer

      Testing Accessories

      Averaging Extensometer, 1 in Gauge Length, +5 / -2% Strain, Single Output

      Ref. Catalog no. 2650-564

      Averaging Axial Clipon Extensometer
      Averaging Axial Clipon Extensometer

      Averaging Extensometer 1 in Axial Gauge Length providing a single averaged axial output.

      Features:

      • Replaceable specimen contacts to suit a range of materials and specimens
      • Simple, single handed attachment and removal
      • Robust design for reliable operation under demanding conditions
      • Meets ASTM E83 B-1, ISO 9513 grade 0.5 and ISO 527 (annex C)

      The extensometer provides a single averaged axial output. It has electrical calibration and is self-identifying with 3300, 3400, 4200, 4300, 4400, 4500, 5500, 5800, 5900, 6800, 8500, 8800 Tower, and 8800MT Series Systems.

      Specifications
      Gauge Length mm (1 in)
      Axial Travel mm (-0.02 to +0.05 in)
      % Travel (Axial) -2 to +5 % ( )
      Specimen Thickness 0 - 34 mm (0 - 1.34 in)
      Specimen Width 0.1 to 55 mm (0.004 to 2.17 in)
      Temperature Rating -200 to 200 °C (-328 to 392 °F)
      Accessory Height 40 mm (1.6 in)
      Accessory Length 110 mm (4.3 in)
      Accessory Width 120 mm (4.7 in)
      Literature

      Transverse Extensometer, range +/- 2.5 mm

      Testing Accessories

      Transverse Extensometer, range +/- 2.5 mm

      Catalog no. W-E404-F

      W-E404-F | Transverse / Diametral Strain Gauge Extensometer

      +/- 2.5 mm travel

      For general purpose transverse or diametral strain measurement
      on axially loaded specimens. Used for measurement of Poisson's ratio
      on anisotropic materials like many composites and similar applications.

      Specifications:

      • Specimen Width or Diameter: 0 to 25 mm (0 to 1.0 in)
      • Travel: +/- 2.5 mm
      • Temperature Range: -40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 210°F)
      • Standard Instron 25 pin connector.
      Literature

      W-E404 Series Transverse Extensometers

      W-E404 Series Transverse Extensometers are designed for measuring transverse displacements. They are self-supporting on the test specimen and will work on any width or diameter specimen from 0 to 25 mm(1 in).

      • Products
      • 12/10/2007
      • 452.3 KB

      Specification Table

      Micro Pneumatic Grips, Side Action. Rated capacity: 10 N

      Testing Accessories

      Micro Pneumatic Grips, Side Action. Rated capacity: 10 N

      Catalog no. 2712-101

      2712-101 | Micro Pneumatic Grips, Side Action

      Capacity: 10 N (2 lb, 1 kgf).

      Temperature range: -10 °C to 80 °C (14 °F to 176 °F). Maximum specimen width: 3 mm (0.12 in).

      Maximum specimen thickness: 0.8 mm (0.03 in).

      Weight without lock ring: 45 g.

      Weight with lock ring: 80 g.

      Upper and Lower fitting: Type Om (12mm connection with 6mm clevis pin).

      Grips have one fixed and one moving face and provide a convenient method for clamping miniature specimens.

      A large access area for repeatable and accurate specimen alignment is provided, making the grips suitable for testing of miniature specimens like fine wires, thin films or single filaments.

      Foot switch actuation means the operator´s hands are free for accurate specimen placement in the grip. The grip is made of lightweight material and is suitable for both monotonic and low cyclic fatigue testing.

      Requires an automatic air control kit.

      Specifications
      Capacity 0.01 kN (2 lbf)
      Lower Fitting 6 mm clevis pin (Type Om)
      Temperature Rating -10 to +80°C (14 to +176°F)
      Upper Fitting 6 mm clevis pin (Type Om)

      Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E1000 Test Instrument

      Testing Accessories

      Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E1000 Test Instrument

      Catalog no. 1300-301

      1300-301 | Safety Guard for ElectroPuls E1000 Test Instrument

      Provides an integrated polycarbonate based guard with a hinged door to prevent operator access to test space when the E1000 is at high power. The guard is also designed to minimize hazards associated with specimen failure.

      Includes interlock with ElectroPuls controller to prevent the instrument being switched into high power mode whilst the door is open. Also includes key-switch to over-ride the interlock in extreme cases allowing the machine to operate at high power with the guard door open.

      NOTE: Only compatible with 8800 Tower controller

      Specifications
      Accessory Depth - Door Closed 481 mm (18.9 in)
      Accessory Depth - Door Open 886 mm (34.9 in)
      Accessory Height - Door Closed 876 mm (34.5 in)
      Accessory Height - Door Open 876 mm (34.5 in)
      Accessory Width - Door Closed 835 mm (32.9 in)
      Accessory Width - Door Open 932 mm (36.7 in)

      Quick Clamping System for Test-Setup-Pallets

      Testing Accessories

      Quick Clamping System for Test-Setup-Pallets

      Catalog no. Quick Clamping System for Test-Setup-Pallets

      Quick Clamping System for Test-Setup-Pallets

      The quick clamping mechanism allows standardized mounting of any type of structures to the sled. The installation and set-up of the test object can be carried out in preparatory rooms on pallets. The configured pallets are transported to the test sled by a crane and clamped on the sled in just a few minutes.

      The pallets can be standardized universal pallets for component tests or pallet frames for the construction of reinforced body shells. Standardized pallets may be used or customers may adapt their own fixtures and test bucks to the Instron quick-clamp system.

      Furthermore, the pallet design with the necessary interfaces to the INSTRON quick clamping mechanism can be developed by the test laboratory.


      Back to CSA.

      Dynamic Extensometer 10mm GL ±1mm Travel

      Testing Accessories

      Dynamic Extensometer 10mm GL ±1mm Travel

      Catalog no. 2620-603

      2620-603 | Dynamic Extensometer 10mm GL ±1mm Travel

      Dynamic Extensometer for direct strain measurement and closed loop strain control. Suitable for tensile, compressive & fatigue testing, the extensometer has a 10mm gauge length with a travel of ±1mm giving ±10% strain. 

      It includes a 15mm extender to give a gauge length of 25mm and ±4% strain and a 40mm extender to give a gauge length of 50mm and strain of ±2%. 

      Temperature range: -80C to +200C. Compatible with 8800 and 8500Plus controllers. May be immersed in acetone, silicone or alcohol.

      Specifications
      Accessory Height 59 mm (2,32 in)
      Accessory Weight 0,02 kg (0,044 lb)
      Accessory Width 21 mm (0,83 in)
      Gauge Length 10, 25 et 50 mm (0.49, 0.98 et 1.97 in)
      Specimen Diameter 3 - 25 mm (0.12 à 1 in)
      Specimen Thickness 3 - 12,5 mm (0,12 - 0,5 in)
      Specimen Width 0 - 25 mm (0 - 1 in)
      Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue
      Temperature Rating -80 à +200°C (-112 à +392°F)
      % Travel (Axial) ±10, ±4 et ±2%
      Literature

      Transverse Extensometer, range +/- 0.1 in

      Testing Accessories

      Transverse Extensometer, range +/- 0.1 in

      Catalog no. W-E404-C

      W-E404-C | Transverse / Diametral Strain Gauge Extensometer

      +/- 0.10 in travel

      For general purpose transverse or diametral strain measurement
      on axially loaded specimens. Used for measurement of Poisson's ratio,
      on anisotropic materials like many composites and similar applications.

      Specifications:

      • Specimen Width or Diameter: 0 to 25 mm (0 to 1.0 in)
      • Travel: +/- 0.10 in.
      • Temperature Range: -40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 210°F)
      • Standard Instron 25 pin connector.
      Literature

      W-E404 Series Transverse Extensometers

      W-E404 Series Transverse Extensometers are designed for measuring transverse displacements. They are self-supporting on the test specimen and will work on any width or diameter specimen from 0 to 25 mm(1 in).

      • Products
      • 12/10/2007
      • 452.3 KB

      Specifications

      Dynamic Extensometer 12.5mm GL ±2.5mm Travel

      Testing Accessories

      Dynamic Extensometer 12.5mm GL ±2.5mm Travel

      Catalog no. 2620-602

      2620-602 | Dynamic Extensometer 12.5mm GL ±2.5mm Travel

      Dynamic Extensometer for direct strain measurement and closed loop strain control. suitable for tensile, compressive & fatigue testing, the extensometer has a 12.5mm gauge length with a travel of ±2.5mm giving ±20% strain.

      It includes a 12.5mm extender to give a gauge length of 25mm and ±10% strain and a 37.5mm extender to give a gauge length of 50mm and strain of ±5% strain.

      Temperature range: -80C to +200C. Compatible with 8800 and 8500Plus controllers. May be immersed in acetone, silicone or alcohol.

      Specifications
      Accessory Height 56 mm (2,21 in)
      Accessory Weight 0,02 kg (0,044 lb)
      Accessory Width 21 mm (0,83 in)
      Gauge Length 12,5 ; 25 et 50 mm (0.49, 0.98 et 1.97 in)
      Specimen Diameter 3 - 25 mm (0,12 à 1 in)
      Specimen Thickness 3 - 12,5 mm (0,12 - 0,5 in)
      Specimen Width 0 - 25 mm (0 - 1 in)
      Static or Fatigue Rated Fatigue ( )
      Temperature Rating -80 à +200 °C (-112 à +392 °F)
      % Travel (Axial) ±20, ±10 et ±5 % ( )
      Literature

      Compression Anvil, 2580 mm (4 in) Square Area

      Testing Accessories

      Compression Anvil, 2580 mm (4 in) Square Area

      Catalog no. S5402A

      S5402A | Compression Anvil, 2580 mm (4 in) Square Area

      Capacity: 2 kN

      Dimensions: 57.32 mm (2.26 in) diameter x 86 mm (3.39 in) long.

      Fitting: 6 mm clevis, male.

      Specifications
      Lower Fitting Requires suitable lower anvil or support plate
      Upper Fitting 6 mm Clevis Pin (Type Om)

      Strain Conditioner for 8800MT Series (Data aquisition only)

      Testing Accessories

      Strain Conditioner for 8800MT Series (Data Acquisition only)

      Catalog no. 8800-622

      8800-622 | Strain Data Acquisition Channel For 8800MT Controller

      Supports data acquisition for only one transducer (strain gage bridge, LVDT, or +/-10V BNC input).

      Includes:

      • Transducer excitation.
      • Data resolution up to 24 bits across the entire span of the transducer.
      • Automatic transducer recognition and calibration for transducers fitted with Instron connector.
      • Data acquisition rates up to 10kHz for AC Conditioned transducers and up to 40kHz for DC transducers.
      • User selectable signal filters from 100Hz to 1kHz in increments of 1/1000Hz.

      Note: Not recommended for customer installation to an existing tower. Always include service time when quoting as an accessory.

      Lever Action, Mechanical Wedge Grips; Capacity: 150 kN

      Testing Accessories

      Lever Action, Mechanical Wedge Grips; Capacity: 150 kN

      Catalog no. W-5151

      W-5151 | Lever Action, Mechanical Wedge Grips; Capacity: 150 kN

      150 kN (15,000 kg, 33,750 lb) capacity T-Grip Bodies

      • Set of 2
      • Open front bodies
      • Spring/lever actuated wedge grip jaws
      • Specimen sizes; flats 0.016"- 1.0" thick x up to 2" wide
        and rounds 0.375" up to 1.0" diameter
      • Bodies are tapped M36x4 female Right Hand thread
      • Nominal weight per grip body is 35 lbs
      • Approx. size : 6-1/2"H x 11"W x 4-1/2"D
      • Jaws are listed as separate items
      Specifications
      Accessory Height 165.1 mm (6.5 in)
      Accessory Width 279.4 mm (11 in)
      Capacity 150 kN (33,750 lbf)
      Lower Fitting M36x4fRH
      Specimen Diameter 9.5 - 25.4 mm (0.375 - 1.000 in)
      Specimen Thickness 0.4 - 25.4 mm (0.016 - 1.000 in)
      Specimen Width 50.8 mm (2.000 in)
      Upper Effective Length 129.1 mm (5.1 in)
      Upper Fitting M36x4fRH
      Add-Ons

      Micrometer, Outside, 0-25 mm (0-1 in) with Data Cable

      Testing Accessories

      Micrometer, Outside, 0-25 mm (0-1 in) with Data Cable

      Catalog no. W-3275-A

      W-3275-A | Micrometer, Outside, 0-1" (0-25 mm) with Data Cable

      Digital micrometer with flat anvils for measuring outside diameter and thickness. Resolution of 0.00005" (0.001mm). Accuracy of ±0.0001" (±0.002mm). Designed to be used in conjunction with Automatic Data Entry Interface listed separately. Qualifies as one (1) device. Includes case.

      Note: This measuring device requires an Automatic Data Entry Interface listed separately for direct entry of measurements into software.

      2527 Series Dynacell

      Testing Accessories

      2527 Series Dynacell

      2527 Series Dynacell

      During tests carried out on servohydraulic machines, elements of the system are subject to acceleration. As a result, in addition to the force applied to the specimen, the load cell also reads forces resulting from its own movement and the mass of the grips and fixtures attached to it.

      Dynacell is the world's first truly dynamic load cell, designed from the outset for measuring dynamic loads. Dynacell introduces the following advantages:

      • Reduces dynamic load errors which can be a significant percentage of reading
      • Increases productivity by allowing higher frequency operation while maintaining test validity
      • Improvements such as doubling the frequency are common

      Dynacell utilises an accelerometer right at the heart of the load cell, directly on the load axis. This removes the risk of errors in the acceleration reading resulting from off-center loading.

      This has the following advantages:

      • The accelerometer is on the load line eliminating both amplitude and phase errors
      • Automatic set-up takes less than one minute
      • Set-up is consistent and reliable between operators

      The conditioning of the acceleration signal from the Dynacell is handled as standard in the FastTrack 8800 electronics, and is set-up automatically when the system is autotuned. This means that time is saved and operator errors reduced.

      For users who wish to do this themselves, they have the option to switch this feature on or off and set the correction factor manually. The resulting signal is then subtracted from the load cell signal to produce the true force on the specimen.

      Application Range

      • All Instron 2527 Series Dynacell dynamic load cells, when used with FastTrack 8800 Series, will meet the requirements of ISO 75001/1 Class 0.5, ASTM E4, EN10002 Part 2, JIS (B7721, B7733) and ISO 10002 Part 2.

      Products

      Item Name Cat #
      Dynacell - Dynamic Load Cell ±250 N (±56 lbf) 2527-131
      Dynacell - Dynamic Load Cell ± 2000 N (± 450 lbf) 2527-129
      Dynacell - Dynamic Load Cell ± 5000 N (± 1125 lbf) 2527-153
      Dynacell - Dynamic Load Cell ±1 kN (±225 lbf) 2527-130
      Dynacell - Dynamic Load Cell ±10 kN (±2250 lbf) 2527-102
      Dynacell, Dynamic Load Cell; +/-25 kN (5620 lbf) 2527-101
      Dynacell, Dynamic Load Cell; +/- 50 kN (11250 lbf) 2527-100
      Dynacell, Dynamic Load Cell; +/-100 kN. (22500 lbf) 2527-111
      Dynacell, Dynamic Load Cell; +/- 250 kN (56250 lbf) 2527-115
      Dynacell, Dynamic Load Cell; +/- 500kN (110 kips) 2527-125
      Dynacell, Dynamic Load Cell; +/- 1MN (220 kips) 2527-120
      Dynacell, Dynamic Load Cell +/-2.5MN (550 kips) 2527-140

      Axial Clip-on

      Testing Accessories

      Axial Clip-on

      Accessories

      8800 Series Servohydraulic Test Systems

      Testing Accessories

      8800 Series Servohydraulic Test Systems

      Accessories

      Pneumatic/Hydraulic Power Supplies

      Testing Accessories

      Pneumatic/Hydraulic Power Supplies

      Pneumatic grips require a supply of clean and dry compressed air for operation. These portable free-standing compressors can be used where an alternative source of compressed air is not available.

      Principle Of Operation

      An electric pump charges the integral storage tank with compressed air. Grips are connected to the compressor via an optional airkit which may also include a footswitch for opening and closing the grips.

      Pneumatic pressure to the grips is adjusted with the pressure regulator included with the compressor. A filter ensures clean air is supplied to the grips.

      Accessories

      Socket Style Adapters

      Testing Accessories

      Socket Style

      These socket style adapters allow the connection of any 0.5 inch drive socket or accessory directly to the torque cell and/or output shaft on the MT series frames. Smaller drive sockets can be connected through the use of reducing adapters.

      English and Metric sockets sets are available in a large range of sizes that allow the testing of fasteners or finished products that have a hex type connection. These adapters are useful for testing the running torque of locking and non-locking fasteners, proof testing of fasteners with torsional loading, or checking the torsional resistance of ratchet, torque wrench, or other type of tool.

      Principle Of Operation

      The Socket Style grip adapters are threaded into or bolted to the output shaft and/or torque cell on the MT series frames. A jam nut is used to fix the threaded adapter in place and maintain it tight for bi-directional testing.

      The socket is then pressed onto the adapter and is retained by a spring loaded ball just like any commercial ratchet. Two sockets can be used for testing bolt and nut specimens, or just one socket can be used to tighten or loosen fasteners in parts that must be held in a custom fixture.

      Application Range

      • Types of Loading: torsion Specimen
      • Material: various 
      • Specimen Types: round, finished products

      Accessories

      Mechanical Wedge Action Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Mechanical - Wedge Grips

      Instron mechanical wedge action grips may be used in static or dynamic materials testing applications, interchangeable wedge-shape grip faces accommodating either flat or round specimens.

      The grip is designed to allow test specimens to be securely gripped without introducing axial pre-loading to the specimen. This is achieved by using jaw faces that move in a horizontal direction only, relative to the specimen.

      Principle Of Operation

      Each grip is mechanically operated, gripping force being applied via movement of the grip body relative to the wedge shaped jaw faces. This movement is induced by the tightening of four socket cap screws on the underside of the grip head.

      Each jaw face is located in the grip body by two extension springs, which allow the jaw faces to release the specimen after testing. 

      The grip body wedge area is fitted with jaw guides, to ensure that the jaw faces remain square to each other and to the specimen.

      Application Range

      • Type of loading: Static or dynamic, reverse stress. 
      • Specimen material: Metallics, plastics, composites. 
      • Specimen geometries: Round section (not buttonhead) or flat specimens with or without shoulder tab.

      Accessories

      Mechanical Wedge Lever Action Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Mechanical Wedge Lever Action Grips

      T-Grip Holders are available in load capacities from 22.2 to 150 kN (5,000 to 33,750 lbf.) These economical and versatile assemblies are designed for simplified specimen insertion and removal, a feature that saves time and reduces operator fatigue, increasing productivity in repetitive testing operations.

      Engineered to be adaptable to both hydraulic and electromechanical UTM's, most T-Grip Jaw Holders are available with an open front style that assists with simple insertion and removal of test specimens. 

      An assortment of interchangeable jaws will fit in the T-Grip holders, which allows for the acceptance of a range of sizes in both flat and round specimens. To increase the ease of operation, the locking mechanism of the lower holder keeps the grip jaws open so that one-handed specimen insertion is possible. 

      The upper and lower grip bodies are structurally the same. Each grip body has a pocket that holds a pair of grip jaws and utilizes a wedge design. This wedge design causes the grips to further tighten as load on the specimen is applied, reducing occurrences of slippage.

      Principle Of Operation

      T-Grip Holders are available with two types of actuation, lever/spring or screw type.

      All capacities of T-Grips are offered with lever/spring actuation, which uses a lever to raise and lower the jaws in the grip pocket and a spring to provide the initial clamping force on the specimen. When loading a specimen, the operator locks the bottom jaw open, then opens the upper jaw and places the top half of the specimen inside. Once the specimen is clamped securely within the upper jaw, the operator positions the bottom half of the specimen into the lower grip jaws and unlocks the jaws, providing clamping force and securing the specimen so that the test may be conducted. 

      In the screw type actuation (offered in the 20,000 pound capacity model), a mechanical screw actuator, which is operated manually by turning a handle, opens and closes the grip jaws. This screw actuation provides a more secure initial gripping force and is ideal for hard materials testing where occurrences of slippage are prevalent.

      Application Range

      • Type of Loading: static tension 
      • Specimen Material: wires, plastics, metals, elastomers 
      • Specimen Types: flat or round specimens

      Accessories

      Electropuls All-Electric Dynamic Test Systems

      Testing Accessories

      Electropuls All-Electric Dynamic Test Systems

      Loadframe accessories for Electropuls systems include a high stiffness support table and safety guards.

      Accessories

      3 and 4 Point Fatigue Flexure Fixtures

      Testing Accessories

      3 and 4 Point Fatigue Flexure Fixtures

      The flexure fixture allows a variety of flexural and fracture toughness bond tests to be performed, including determination of flexural modulus, flexural strength and flexural yield strength. 

      Easy to install, the 3 point fixture can be modified with an optional conversion kit to provide a 4 point bending conversion. 

      Lower anvils are adjustable to accommodate specimens of different spans. Deflection of the specimen can be measured either through crosshead displacement, or for more precise measurement use the mid span direct measurement deflectometer plunger with clip on extensometer. T

      Principle Of Operation

      The specimen is supported on two precision machined (free to rotate or stationary) anvils of a defined radius. The force is applied either centrally (3 point) or at a defined distance either side of the center (4 point). The support beam is graduated lengthways in metric units for accurate positioning of the anvils, equally spaced to the center line.

      This feature also applies to the 4 point loading beam and anvils.

      Application Range

      • Type of loading: static flexure, cyclic flexure tests. 
      • Specimen material: plastics, metals, alloys, composites, ceramics and other materials. 
      • Specimen shapes: strip, bar, components.

      Accessories

      Air Cushion Isolators

      Testing Accessories

      Air Cushion Isolators

      Air cushion isolators provide an effective method for reducing the transmission of vibration to and from a servo-hydraulic test system.

      Principle Of Operation

      Air cushion isolators are attached to the machine between the loadframe and the floor. The isolator is effectively a balloon which is inflated with compressed air to provide vibration absorption. Air cushion isolators are effective at frequencies above 15 Hz.

      Application Range

      • Reduction of transmitted vibration from servo-hydraulic test systems

      Accessories

      Paper and board

      Testing Accessories

      Paper and board

      Paper and paper board testing is important to the pulp and paper industry because of the demands placed upon it for a wide range of applications. 

      In printing, for example, paper is handled from either cut sheets or rolls (webs) and the tensile strength and elongation properties must meet stringent customer requirements. In packaging, testing of corrugated paper is performed to measure the resistance of edgewise compression.

      Principle Of Operation

      TAPPI standards are applied for standard testing practices. Edgewise compression strength is tested per T-472 using special fixturing. Tensile breaking strength per T-404 is performed by using a set of Screw or Pneumatic side action grips with appropriate faces.

      Application Range

      • Testing method: Tensile, compression, puncture 
      • Specimen type: Paper (dry and wet), corrugated board (dry and wet)

      Accessories

      Item NameTesting StandardsCat#
      TAPPI T541 Internal Bond Strength of Paperboard. Z-Direction Tensile.TAPPI T541S1-11814

      Chuck Style

      Testing Accessories

      Chuck Style

      These universal drill-type chuck grips can be used to hold round, hex or triangular specimens. The standard sets are available in both a keyless and keyed style that can hold a range of specimen sizes. 

      Keyless operation lets you rapidly grip and release specimens. A comfortable, sure-grip sleeve allows you to hand-tighten the chucks. 

      Keyed operation provides fast, easy tightening as well as quick, nonstick release.

      Principle Of Operation

      The Chuck Style grips are threaded into or bolted to the output shaft and/or torque cell of MT series frames. 

      The chuck grips spin closed to clamp specimens during torsion testing. The jaws of these grips extend well beyond the chuck nose to accept a broad range of wires, cables, and cylindrical specimens. Both keyed and keyless chucks are available for gripping a variety of specimen diameters and include adapters for mounting to an MT series frame.

      Application Range

      • Types of Loading: torsion 
      • Specimen Material: various 
      • Specimen Types: round, hex, triangular

      Accessories

      Axial-Torsion Wedge Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Axial-Torsion Wedge Grips

      The application of both axial and torsional forces simultaneously under fatigue conditions requires special grip design. These grips utilize a wedge-action gripping technique making them suitable for flat specimens as well as cylindrical.

      Principle Of Operation

      The major grip components are the grip driver, wedge grip head, grip attachment flange and jaw faces.

      The grip driver applies the clamping force to the grip head by moving it relative to the jaw faces.This causes the the jaw faces to clamping the specimen. 

      The grip drive also incorporates 3 sets of anti-rotation sliders that transfer any applied torque from the actuator to the grip and specimen. The jaw faces are either serrated or V-grooved to accommodate flat or cylindrical specimens.

      Application Range

      • Axial/Torsion tests on flat or cylindrical specimens

      Accessories

      8800 Series

      Testing Accessories

      8800 Series

      In order to input the signal from an optional extensometer or other strain transducer, it is necessary to have a strain channel fitted to the 8800 controller.The strain channel provides excitation and signal conditioning for strain gauge and LVDT devices and can also accept high level 0-10V analog input signals.

      Two versions are available, one for monitoring only and one for monitoring and control.Required for strain input to FastTrack 8800 controllers from optional strain measurement transducers

      Principle Of Operation

      The strain channel provides excitation and signal conditioning for strain gauge and LVDT devices and can also accept high level 0-10V analog input signals.

      Two versions are available, one for monitoring only and one for monitoring and control.

      Application Range

      In order to input the signal from an optional extensometer or other strain transducer, it is necessary to have a strain channel fitted to the 8800 controller.

      Accessories

      Specimen Measurement Devices

      Testing Accessories

      Specimen Measurement Devices

      A variety of specimen measurement devices can be purchased to provide digital measurement, digital measurement with automatic data entry, or manual measurement. 

      Specimen measuring with digital instruments, such as calipers and micrometers, provide accurate measurement. They can be purchased in a variety of measuring ranges. When purchased with the automatic data entry interface, the instrument will send the digital measurement directly to the controlling software that is being used to run the test. No manual entry is needed. These instruments are compatible with Bluehill®, Merlin™, Partner™ and Series IX™ advanced materials testing software. 

      Various manual measurement devices are available for post-test determination of specimen elongation or reduction of area. Percent elongation scales (both standard and telescoping are available) measure the elongation of flat specimens and a reduction of area gauge measures the reduction of area of a round specimen.

      Principle Of Operation

      Digital transfer of data from the measuring instrument to the software is accomplished with an automatic data entry interface. This interface translates and routes data from the instrument with an RS-232 output and connecting cables to the controlling software. 

      The reduction of area and percent elongation devices operate similar to a ruler or sliding scale ruler.

      Application Range

      • Accurate specimen measurement 
      • "Hands-free" data entry

      Accessories

      Specimen Marking Punches

      Testing Accessories

      Specimen Marking Punches

      Gauge point punches are used to punch mark a metallic specimen with a set gauge length before testing so that specimen elongation can be measured either during or after the test. Manual punches are available for a range of different gauge lengths.

      Principle Of Operation

      Manual gauge point punches require a strike with a hammer to punch mark the specimen. Standard punches consist of either a single set of punch points or a combination of two different sets of punch points. The punches are checked at the factory to provide punch marks at a predetermined, fixed gauge length. Special punches that provide multiple punch points spaced at fixed increments can also be purchased.

      Application Range

      • Provide consistent fixed gauge length marking of metallic specimens

      Accessories

      Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips

      Hydraulic wedge action grips feature an open front design, which facilitates easy loading of large specimens. This series can accommodate round specimens up to 90 mm (3.54 in) in diameter and flat specimens up to 90 mm (3.54 in) thick with capacities ranging from 300kN (67,500 lbf) to 2000kN (450,000 lbf).

      Specially suited for industrial environments where dust and metal chips may be present, these grips have protective dust covers that fit easily over the faces to shield the moving surfaces. Optional adapter plates furnish an efficient method for mounting secondary load strings for lower capacity testing or other fixturing without removing the larger grip. 

      Principle Of Operation

      These grips are hydraulically operated via a manually rotated knob on the front of the grip. The grip body does not move during closing or opening. Hydraulic supply is typically from the main machine frame via a grip sub-manifold. Jaws are separable inserts held in a jaw carrier which are easy to install with no need to re-grease when changing jaw faces. Grip bodies have grease fittings to allow easy re-greasing of the carrier when needed. W-5380 and W-5390 feature magnetic seating.

      Application Range

      • Type of loading: tension, *Not suitable for through-zero/ reverse stress or fatigue testing 
      • Specimen material: metals 
      • Specimen shapes: flat, round

      Accessories

      O Ring Fixtures

      Testing Accessories

      O Ring Fixtures

      Elastomeric materials are frequently tested in the form of rings either because the finished product is an "O" ring or because ring shaped samples can be readily prepared.Tensile testing of ring specimens requires a special fixture.Designed for testing elastomeric materials in the form of rings, these fixtures avoid local stress concentrations by using a lower spindle that is rotated by a toothed belt driven from the moving crosshead. The upper spindle rotates freely and the rotation frequency of the lower spindle is easily selected by moving the toothed belt from one pulley to another. The simple drive mechanism avoids the need for lubricants or separate electric motors.Tensile testing of elastomeric rings to a variety of International Standards

      Principle Of Operation

      Designed for testing elastomeric materials in the form of rings, these fixtures avoid local stress concentrations by using a lower spindle that is rotated by a toothed belt driven from the moving crosshead. The upper spindle rotates freely and the rotation frequency of the lower spindle is easily selected by moving the toothed belt from one pulley to another. The simple drive mechanism avoids the need for lubricants or separate electric motors.

      Application Range

      Elastomeric materials are frequently tested in the form of rings either because the finished product is an "O" ring or because ring shaped samples can be readily prepared.Tensile testing of ring specimens requires a special fixture.

      Accessories

      Item NameCat#
      "O" Ring Test Fixture, Standard & Extra Height Table Top Test Systems2717-078
      Elastomeric "O" Ring Test Fixture, Single Column Systems2717-068

      Crack Opening Displacement (COD) Gauges

      Testing Accessories

      Crack opening displacement (COD) gauges are designed for fracture toughness tests (both cyclic and static) to BS 7448, ASTM E399, ASTM E561, ASTM E1290, ASTM 1820, ISO 1820, and ISO 12135 by measuring the displacement between two surfaces of a crack in a material under an applied load. This data is used to assess fracture toughness and resistance to crack propagation.
      Crack Opening Displacement Gauge
      Crack Opening Displacement Gauge Crack Opening Displacement Gauge Crack Opening Displacement Gauge
      Crack Opening Displacement Gauges
      2670 Series
      The 2670 Series crack opening displacement gauges are compatible with all common specimen geometries, including CT, SEB, center crack, and arc shaped. Each model offers class-leading linearity, while being rugged enough to withstand the high energy release common in many of these applications, and can be used at both elevated and sub-ambient temperatures (200°C to +200°C, -328°F to +392°F).
      These gauges comply with requirements of ASTM E399-09:
      Gauge Length Max Travel Catalog Number
      5 mm (0.20 in) 2 mm (0.08 in) 2670-130
      10 mm (0.39 in) 4 mm (0.16 in) 2670-132

      More Info

      Food Fixtures

      Testing Accessories

      Food

      Instron's food fixtures cover a wide range of industry-standard testing methods including compression, puncture, shear and extrusion. A variety of anvils, probes, shear, extrusion and bending fixtures are available for R&D, Quality Assurance, and Process Control testing. Food fixtures provided by Instron are designed with materials that are corrosion-resistant and durable. All fixtures can be mounted in a Drip Tray to help keep the test area clean when evaluating the texture of wet, juicy or easily fractured foods.

      Principle Of Operation

      As chewing occurs food is compressed, sheared and torn causing it to disintegrate in preparation for swallowing. Texture can be described as a set of characteristics that define how food disintegrates during this process. Instron's food fixtures are designed to provide a measure of these characteristics providing test results that relate to texture.

      Application Range

      Texture analysis of solid and semi-solid foods including Cereal Products, Baked Goods, Processed and Muscle Meats, Fruits and Vegetables, Dairy Products, Snack Foods, Pasta and Noodles, Confectionery, Fish, Seafood and more...

      Accessories

      Accessories
      Item Name Upper Fitting Lower Fitting Cat #
      3-Jaw Chuck 6 mm Clevis Pin (Type Om) "Only Upper" 2830-036
      Ball-End Probes, Set of 5 Requires 3-jaw chuck 2830-036 Requires Drip Tray S5400A and Support Frame S4472A S5410A
      Compression Anvil, 2580 mm (4 in) Square Area 6 mm Clevis Pin (Type Om) Requires suitable lower anvil or support plate S5402A
      Flat Shear Blade 6 mm Clevis Pin (Type Om) Requires S5406A or S5401A S5409A
      Food Fixture Drip Tray Requires Food Fixture 0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Dm) S5400A
      Food Fixture Support Frame Requires Food Fixture Drip Tray S5400A S4427A
      Puncture Probe Set 3-Jaw Chuck "Only Upper" 2830-005
      Puncture Probe Set, Magness-Taylor 3-Jaw Chuck "Only Upper" 2830-015
      Sample Support Plate Set Requires optional food probes Requires Drip Tray S5400A and Support Frame S4472A S5401A

      Elasticated Fabric

      Testing Accessories

      Elasticated Fabric

      Fabric Loop Grips are used for tension and elongation testing of wide or narrow elastic fabrics. This test is performed with various types or combination of materials, and tested at a constant-rate-of-extension. Loop Tension at specified Elongation and Elongation at Specified Loop Tension are test procedures that require 3 cycles to bring the specimen under test to a specified point and returned to a zero value as described in ASTM D 4964.

      Set of 2 fabric loops with no fabric

      Principle Of Operation

      These grips have a U-shaped body style, and are also referred to as Band Clamps. One edge of the U is attached to a connector that mounts to the moving crosshead and to the base of the testing machine. The other edge of the U has a 6.5 mm (0.25 in) diameter which makes contact with the specimen. The specimen is wrapped onto itself and sewn at the end with two rows using a single needle stitch, forming a loop. This loop is then inserted around both the upper and lower grip and made ready for testing.

      Accessories

      Item NameCat#
      Fabric Loop Grips2717-080

      Specimen Preparation Systems

      Testing Accessories

      Specimen Preparation Systems

      Proper preparation of the specimen is a critical process for accurate material characterization. An appropriate preparation of the specimen as well as adequate notching will affect the final test results by generating reliable outcomes in the finish product performances. This can be accomplished by several specimen preparation techniques which abide by the main ISO and ASTM international standards. Instron offers an extensive range of notching, milling, and punching machines designed to prepare specimens from thick to thin as well as from soft to hard.

      Please refer to this document for a complete overview of the available models.

      Principle Of Operation

      Designed as either manual or automatic devices, these specimen preparation instruments allow for easy and fast preparation of the specimens testing operations ensuring the most accurate results and increased production cycles.

      Application Range

      Plastics, rubbers, elastomers, reinforced plastic materials, film, and thin sheets of various materials

      Accessories

      Accessories
      Item Name Cat #
      CEAST Specimen Preparation Punching Machines C-6051-000, C-6054-000
      CEAST Specimen Preparation Notching Machines C-6897-000, C-6898-000, C-6899-000

      Hydraulic Grip Controls

      Testing Accessories

      Hydraulic Grip Controls

      Hydraulic grip controls provide opening and closing control for hydraulic grips fitted to servohydraulic systems without the need for a free-standing pump. The configuration includes a handset, manifold with adjustable gripping pressure, and hoses for connecting the grips to the system’s hydraulic supply.

      Principle Of Operation

      The handset allows the upper and lower grips to be opened and closed. Gripping pressure is set from a regulator on the hydraulic manifold.

      Application Range

      • Hydraulic grips requiring operating pressures of up to 207-bar (3,000 psi) 
      • Compatible with model 8801, 8802, 8803, 8804, 8871, 8872, 8874, 8511, 8516 and 8502, 8503, 8504, 8505, 8506 servohydraulic systems

      Accessories

      Loadframe Support Tables/Bases

      Testing Accessories

      Loadframe Support Tables/Bases

      In order to provide an ergonomic height for the testing frames tables or bases can be purchased as an option. Floor model systems have a dedicated base which will widthstand the same ruggedness as the frame. The table models are inherently smaller in may be place on industrial tables. Instron provides a light duty and a heavy duty table.

      Accessories

      Collet Style

      Testing Accessories

      Collet Style

      Two standard sets of Collet Style grips are available: a small collet grip set for smaller specimens and a large collet grip set for larger specimens. Both sets are double angle style.

      Principle Of Operation

      The Collet Style grips are threaded into or bolted to the output shaft and/or torque cell of MT series frames.

      The collet grips use a split collet design that, when manually tightened, provides nearly uniform clamping pressure on the specimen. Collet Style grips accept a smaller range of specimen diameters than chuck style grips (W-MT01 Series) but can withstand higher torsional forces. Both small and large collet grip assemblies are available for gripping a range of specimens. Adapters are included to attach collet grips to the MT series frames.

      Application Range

      • Types of Loading: torsion 
      • Specimen Material: various 
      • Specimen Types: round

      Accessories

      Application Specific Fixtures

      Application Specific Fixtures

      Testing Accessories

      Instron BioBath and AVE 2

      Biomedical / Pharmaceutical Fixtures

      Instron is the world leader in biomedical and pharmaceutical material testing and offers a full suite of test fixtures to meet all the needs of this industry.

      More Info

      Instron Die Shear Fixture

      Microelectronic
      Fixtures

      Tens of millions of consumer electronic devices are tested by Instron systems each year. This selection of fixtures enables tensile, compression, shear, and bend tests to be performed on devices, components, and materials.

      More Info

      Composites test fixtures

      Composite Fixtures

      Fixtures for testing composite materials for tension, compression, flexure, shear and peel. Most of these fixtures are designed to meet specific materials testing standards.

      More Info

      Seat foam under compression

      Foam Compression Fixtures

      Compression fixture designed per testing standards ASTM D3574 (Indentation Force Deflection of Cellular / Urethane Foams) , ASTM D5672, and EN ISO 2439:2000.
      More Info

      282004xPjpg

      Wood Fixtures

      Fixtures for testing wood for adhesive bond strength, compression, bend strength, shear, tensile strength, etc.

      More Info

      Food Testing FIxtures

      Food Testing Fixtures

      Food fixtures cover a wide range of industry standard testing methods including compression, puncture, shear, and extrusion.
      More Info

      Custom Fixture

      Custom Fixtures

      The Custom Solutions group at Instron has been developing unique fixtures to meet our customers’ specific needs for decades.

      More Info

      Static Load Cells

      Static Load Cells

      Testing Accessories

      Instron static load cells are designed for use with our 6800, 3400, 5900, and 3300 Series testing systems. Ranging in capacity from 2.5 N to 600 kN, static load cells are suitable for a variety of testing applications including tension, compression, cyclic, and reverse stress tests.

      2580 Series Load Cells

      2580 Series Static Load Cells

      The 2580 Series load cells are specifically designed for use with 6800 and 5900 Series testing systems; offering exceptional performance with the ability to measure forces as low as 1/1000th of the force capacity to an accuracy of 0.5% of reading.

      More Info

      2530 Series HF and LF load cells

      2530 Series Static Load Cells

      Designed for use on 3400 and 3300 Series universal testing systems. The 5 N to 100 N load cells can also be used on 6800 and 5900 Series testing systems.

      More Info

      Fastener Holders

      Fastener Holders

      Testing Accessories

      Fastener Holders

      Fastener holders in combination with washers, short bolt adapters, and nut proof loading assemblies allow you to perform static tensile testing of external or internal threaded fasteners. The fastener holder sets are capable of axial and wedge proof loading, tensile testing, and nut proof load testing in accordance with ASTM F606.

      How to Construct the Load String

      Fastener Holders
      Fastener Holders

      Fastener holders are the main component for performing fastener testing. These fixtures are threaded on the adapting end to mount easily to either spherically seated tension rods or other adapters. Each fastener holder has a key slot that allows the operator to quickly and correctly load the specimen. A recessed circular area in the bottom of each fastener holder ensures that the washer will fit snugly. This reduces loading time and occurrences of slippage, because a secure, centered seating is ensured for each test.

      Available Models
      Description Rated Capacity Maximum Specimen Diameter Adapting Thread Size Catalog No.
      Series A Fastener Holders, Type Dm 100 kN M12 Upper and Lower Fitting: Type Dm W-5155M-A
      Series A Fastener Holders 150 kN M12 M36 (Type R4) Female W-5155-A
      Series B Fastener Holders 600 kN M24 M48 (Type II RH) Female W-5155-B
      Series C Fastener Holders 1000 kN M72 M72 (Type IIA RH) Female W-5155-C
      Series D Fastener Holders 1500 kN M48 M72 (Type IIA RH) Female W-5155-D

      Contact Us for Details

      Washers for Fastener Holders
      Washers for Fastener Holders

      Designed as an integral part of the fastener testing system, washers provide the interface between the specimen and the fastener holders. All washers are designed to conform to ASTM F606 standards, in thickness, width, and hardness. Each washer is engineered to fit a specific bolt holder, so they will seat snugly and securely in the recessed portion of the bolt holder. Numerous diameters and thread/pitch sizes are available, and washers can be engineered to meet customer specifications for an exact fit. All washers comply with ASTM F606, SAE J429, and ISO 898.*

      * Contact Instron for specific fixtures to comply with ISO 898

      Available Models
      Description Compatible Holder Series Specimen Diameter Catalog No.
      Plain Flat Washers Series A
      Series B
      Series C
      Series D
      0 to 12 mm
      0 to 24 mm
      0 to 36 mm
      6 to 48 mm
      W-5120-A
      W-5120-B
      W-5120-C
      W-5120-D
      10° Plain Wedge Washers Series A
      Series B
      Series C
      Series D
      0 to 12 mm
      0 to 24 mm
      0 to 36 mm
      0 to 48 mm
      W-5121-A
      W-5121-B
      W-5121-C
      W-5121-D
      6° Plain Wedge Washers Series A
      Series B
      Series C
      Series D
      0 to 12 mm
      0 to 24 mm
      0 to 36 mm
      0 to 48 mm
      W-5122-A
      W-5122-B
      W-5122-C
      W-5122-D
      4° Plain Wedge Washers Series A
      Series B
      Series C
      Series D
      0 to 12 mm
      0 to 24 mm
      0 to 36 mm
      0 to 48 mm
      W-5123-A
      W-5123-B
      W-5123-C
      W-5123-D
      Countersunk Flat Washer to Test 60° Series A
      Series B
      Series C
      0 to 12 mm
      0 to 24 mm
      0 to 36 mm
      W-5139-A
      W-5139-B
      W-5139-C
      Countersunk Flat Washer to Test 82° Series A
      Series B
      Series C
      0 to 12 mm
      0 to 24 mm
      0 to 36 mm
      W-5138-A
      W-5138-B
      W-5138-C
      Countersunk Flat Washer to Test 100° Series A
      Series B
      Series C
      0 to 12 mm
      0 to 24 mm
      0 to 36 mm
      W-5137-A
      W-5137-B
      W-5137-C
      Threaded Flat Washers Series A
      Series B
      Series C
      Series D
      0 to 12 mm
      0 to 24 mm
      0 to 36 mm
      0 to 48 mm
      W-5144-A
      W-5144-B
      W-5144-C
      W-5144-D

      Contact Us for Details

      Short Bolt Adapters for Fastener Holders
      Short Bolt Adapters

      Short bolt adapters are used for bolts that are too short to be tested in bolt holders using conventional threaded washers. These adapters are available for all bolt holder series. There are two different types of short bolt adapters: tophat adapters for smaller diameter bolts and dumbbell adapters for larger diameter bolts. The tophat adapters can generally be used on shorter bolts because a section of the adapter actually fits into the holder. If the bolt diameter requires a heavy-duty adapter with thread attachment external to the bolt holders, a dumbbell adapter would be used. All adapters are designed to conform to ASTM F606 and other international standards.

      Available Models
      Description Compatible Holder Series Specimen Diameter Catalog No.
      Tophat Style Adapters Series A
      Series B
      Series C
      Series D
      0 to 6 mm
      0 to 12 mm
      0 to 18 mm
      6 to 24 mm
      W-5131-A
      W-5131-B
      W-5131-C
      W-5131-D
      Dumbbell Style Adapters Series A
      Series B
      Series C
      Series D
      6 to 12 mm
      12 to 24 mm
      18 to 36 mm
      24 to 48 mm
      W-5132-A
      W-5132-B
      W-5132-C
      W-5132-D

      Contact Us for Details

      Nut Proof Loading Assembly
      Nut Proof Loading Assemblies for Holders

      Nut proof loading assemblies are designed for proof loading or cone stripping of threaded nuts. They are designed to be used in conjunction with fastener holders and are available for all of the fastener holders series. Nut proof loading assemblies consist of a hardened proof loading mandrel and a proof loading plain flat washer. When used to perform cone stripping tests, an additional conically shaped plain washer must be used.

      Available Models
      Compatible Holder Series Available Thread Size Range Catalog No.
      Series A M3 to M12 W-5133-A
      Series B M3 to M24 W-5133-B
      Series C M3 to M36 W-5133-C
      Series D M3 to M45 W-5133-D

      Contact Us for Details

      Reducing Rod
      Reducing Rods

      Fastener reducing rod assemblies are used as an adapter to allow smaller size fastener holders to be mounted to larger bolt holders. The reducing rod assembly consists of a threaded rod and a plain flat washer that matches the larger fastener holder being used.

      Available Models
      Description Catalog No.
      Adapters for Attaching Series B to Series C or D Fastener Holders W-5119-B

      Contact Us for Details

      Fastener Shear Fixtures

      Fastener Shear Fixtures

      Testing Accessories

      Shear fixtures are designed to test the ability of a fastener to withstand load applied transversely to the axis of the fastener. Single shear fixtures are available for shear tension testing. Double shear fixtures are available for shear compression testing.

      Double Shear Fixture for Fasteners
      Double Shear Fixture for Fasteners

       

      The double shear fixture is made of a high strength tool steel to accommodate the high stress involved in a double shear test. It is a compression type fixture, consisting of a mandrel and an anvil, both with U-shaped cutouts. The anvil supports the fastener during the test and the mandrel applies the compressive force. The mandrel and anvil of the fixture are precision machined as a matched set for a specific size fastener. A separate fixture must be purchased for each size fastener being tested.

       

      Available Models
      Description Pressure Rating Testing Standards Catalog No.
      Double Shear Fixture 1240 MPa (180,000 psi) MIL-STD 1312-13
      NASM1312-13
      W-5135
      Madrel Mounting Plate
      and Adapter for Double Shear Fixture
      1240 MPa (180,000 psi) MIL-STD 1312-13
      NASM1312-13
      W-5136

      Contact Us for Details

      Single Shear Fixture for Fasteners
      Single Shear Fixture for Fasteners

       

      The single shear fixture is made of a ultra high-strength, heat treated alloy steel for durability. It is a tension type fixture using a closed hole design to capture the fastener. This design requires a nut to be used on the bolt or stud being tested to prevent the fixture from separating. A separate fixture must be purchased for each size fastener being tested.

       

      Available Models
      Description Pressure Rating Testing Standards Catalog No.
      Single Shear Fixture - ASTM F606 W-5140
      Single Shear Fixture 1380 MPa (200,000 psi) ASTM F606 W-5141

      Contact Us for Details

      Furnace Testing for Fatigue Testing Systems

      Furnace Testing

      For Fatigue Testing Systems

      Testing Accessories

      Our standard furnaces and load string assemblies for fatigue testing systems allow for testing up to 1000°C in air. Our engineered solutions group is also able to develop solutions to meet higher temperature requirements and additional furnace dimensions.

      Furnace for Low Cycle Fatigue Testing
      Furnace for Low Cycle Fatigue Testing Furnace for Low Cycle Fatigue Testing
      1000°C Three-Zone Split Tube Furnace
      Catalog No. (Various)

       

      Designed for low cycle fatigue testing, this three-zone split tube furnace features durable embedded heating elements, high efficiency insulation, and a side entry extensometer port.

      Related Accessories
      Description Catalog No.
      Furnace Controller and Software 3117-301

      More Info

      Hydraulic Reverse-Stress Pullrods
      Hydraulic Reverse-Stress Pull Rods
      Catalog No. 3117-501

      Designed for elevated temperature low cycle fatigue applications in addition to hot tensile testing and other reverse axial stress applications.

      Specifications
      Maximum Pressure 130 bar
      Maximum Operating Temperature 1050°C (1922°F)
      Related Accessories
      Description Catalog No.
      Electrically Operated Pump 3117-503

      More Info

      2742-205

      Testing Accessories

      ±3 kN, ±25 Nm Pneumatic Fatigue-Rated Wedge Action Grips
      2742-205
      2742-205

      Designed to suit ElectroPuls® test instruments, the 2742-205 pneumatic wedge action grips are suitable for tension, compression, torsion and reverse-stress testing on a wide range of specimens and materials. The grips are pneumatically operated directly from the machine handset and the open-fronted design provides easy specimen insertion, positioning and clamping.

      Principle of OperationThe single-acting wedge action principle of these grips is designed to clamp a specimen without applying a compressive load, which could cause a specimen to buckle. The retracting movement of the grip bodies helps to reduce compressive loads that are normally caused when clamping specimens.

      The open front design permits quick and easy changing of specimens and jaw faces. Jaw faces optimize gripping performance whilst the serrated faces are designed to minimize damage to the specimen surface

      Application Range

      • Types of loading: Tension, compression, torsion or reverse-stress testing
      • Specimen geometries: Flat or round specimens
      • Specimen material: Metallics, plastics, composites, biomaterials
      • Temperature range: +10 to +40°C (50 to 104°F)

      Features

      • Dynamic Linear Capacity: ±3 kN (±674 lbf)
      • Dynamic Torque Capacity: Up to ±25 Nm (±221 lbf.in)
      • Modular flange mounting design is directly compatible for use on all new E3000 and E10000 variants
      • Independent upper and lower jaw faces opening and closing via the handset
      • Enhanced usability thanks to software feedback of grip status
      • Enhanced control and repeatability of specimen gripping
      • Suitable for linear and torsion, including full reverse-stress dynamic testing
      • Open-fronted design for quick and easy specimen insertion from the front
      • Self-tightening, moving body wedge design eliminates slippage and prevents specimen loading
      • Interchangeable jaw faces for gripping different materials and specimen geometries and sizes
      • Secure operation thanks to built-in adjusters that ensure there is no rotary backlash
      For more information, download the literature

      DOWNLOAD

      Visit the ElectroPuls webpage

      LEARN MORE

      Request an Instron Accessories Catalog

      Testing Accessories

      Request a Catalog

      Self-Aligning / Spherically Seated Compression Platens

      Self-Aligning / Spherically Seated Compression Platens

      Testing Accessories

      Spherically seated compression platens are designed to accommodate compression specimens with surfaces that are not completely parallel. During the application of a small pre-load, the spherically seated compression platens self-align up to 4° to the top of the specimen with reference to the machine’s loading axis. For some models, the spherical seat is integral to the compression platen. For others the spherical seat can be added to convert a compression platen to a spherically seated platen.

      S5726B_01-01-05
      Compression Platens with Integral Spherical Seat

       

      The hardened surface of these platens ensures no deformation of the platen occurs during testing while the polished finish minimizes friction between the platen and specimen. Platens that have a 100 mm or larger diameter include a locking mechanism to secure the spherical seat into position, ensuring it is parallel with the lower platen. An LVDT deflection sensor may be attached to provide high accuracy strain measurement.

      Specifications
      Platen Diameter Load Capacity Catalog Number
      50 mm 10 kN S5722A
      50 mm 100 kN S5722B
      100 mm 10 kN S5724A
      100 mm 100 kN S5724B
      150 mm 10 kN S5726A
      150 mm 100 kN S5726B
      200 mm 10 kN S5728A
      200 mm 100 kN S5728B

      More Info

      High-Force Compression Platens

       

      The Industrial Series spherically seated compression platens offer optimal balance of rigidity and self-alignment, ensuring uniform specimen loading. Compression platen combinations can be configured to comply with ASTM C39, C67, C109, C133, C140, C365, AASHTO T22, and other standards.

      Specifications
      Spherical Seat Diameter Load Capacity Catalog Number
      79 mm 1000 kN W-2005-A
      114 mm 2000 kN W-2005-B
      165 mm 4500 kN W-2005-C
      228 mm 4500 kN W-2005-D
      305 mm 5000 kN W-2005-F

      More Info

      Spherical Seatings

       

      An attachment to convert a compression platen to a spherically seated platen.

      Specifications
      Capacity Lower Fitting Upper Fitting Catalog Number
      300 kN 6 x M10 on 100 mm BC M48 x 2 fRH (Type llf) 2501-118
      Fatigue Rated
      500 kN Static
      250 kN Dynamic
      M48 x 2 fRH (Type llf) M48 x 2 fRH (Type llf) 2840-112*
      * For use with 2840-11x compression platens

      Contact Us For Details

      2742-103 | ±1 kN Pneumatic Fatigue-Rated Wedge Action Grips

      Testing Accessories

      ±1 kN Pneumatic Fatigue-Rated Wedge Action Grips
      2742-103
      2742-103

      Designed to suit ElectroPuls® test instruments, the 2742-103 pneumatic wedge action grips are suitable for tension, compression and reverse-stress testing on a wide range of specimens and materials. The grips are pneumatically operated directly from the machine handset and the open-fronted design provides easy specimen insertion, positioning and clamping.

      Principle of OperationThe single-acting wedge action principle of these grips is designed to clamp a specimen without applying a compressive load, which could cause a specimen to buckle. The retracting movement of the grip bodies helps to reduce compressive loads that are normally caused when clamping specimens.

      The open front design permits quick and easy changing of specimens and jaw faces. Jaw faces optimize gripping performance whilst the serrated faces are designed to minimize damage to the specimen surface.

      Application Range

      • Types of loading: Tension, compression or reverse-stress testing
      • Specimen geometries: Flat or round specimens
      • Specimen material: Metallics, plastics, composites, biomaterials
      • Temperature range: +10 to +38°C (50 to 100°F)

      Features

      • Dynamic Linear Capacity: ±1 kN (±225 lbf)
      • Independent upper and lower jaw faces opening and closing via the handset
      • Enhanced usability thanks to software feedback of grip status
      • Enhanced control and repeatability of specimen gripping
      • Suitable for tension and compression, including full reverse-stress dynamic testing
      • Open-fronted design for quick and easy specimen insertion from the front
      • Self-tightening, moving body wedge design eliminates slippage and prevents specimen loading
      • Interchangeable jaw faces for gripping different materials and specimen geometries and sizes
      For more information, download the literature

      DOWNLOAD

      Visit the ElectroPuls webpage

      LEARN MORE

      In-Head Wedge Grip Jaws

      In-Head Wedge Grip Jaws

      Testing Accessories

      Designed as an integral part of the testing platform, in-head wedge grip jaws fit directly into the crosshead pocket of the frame and provide a grip that is adaptable to a variety of testing applications. These jaw faces are made from rugged heat-treated steel designed for durability and minimal maintenance, and are ideal for testing a variety flat, round, and cable specimens in compliance with ASTM E8. The teeth of the jaws are also hardened, and different tooth options increase the application range: a coarse tooth pattern is best for softer materials and higher loads, whereas a finer tooth pattern is best for harder materials. The wedge design causes the gripping force to increase as more tension force is applied. This ensures a secure gripping action with minimal slippage throughout the range of the test.

      Filler plates are provided with the purchase of testing frames and allow a variety of specimen thicknesses to be tested. The filler plates adjust the opening of wedge grip jaws by changing the width of the crosshead pocket. All plates should be used for the thinnest specimens and no filler should be used for the thickest specimens.

      Wedge Grip Jaw Faces for Flat Specimens
      Wedge Grip Jaw Faces for Flat Specimens

       

      Flat wedge grip jaw faces are ideal for testing a variety of hard, flat specimens. Specimen sizes can also be varied in width, due to the variety of available grips.

      • Suitable for use with a variety of hard, flat specimens, including steel, aluminum, other metals and composite material
      • Operate in static tension only
      • Each set includes four flat wedge grip jaws

       

      Available Models
      Item Description Force Capacity Max Specimen Width Max Specimen Thickness Tooth Profile Teeth Per Inch Catalog No.
      Jaw Faces 300 kN 50 mm 25 mm Horizonal 16 W-1214
      Jaw Faces 300 kN 63 mm 35 mm Diamond 8 W-1258
      Jaw Faces 300 kN 63 mm 35 mm Diamond 16 W-1259
      Jaw Faces 600 kN 70 mm 45 mm Horizonal 8 W-1408
      Jaw Faces 600 kN 70 mm 45 mm Diamond 8 W-1480-A
      Jaw Faces 600 kN 70 mm 45 mm Horizonal 16 W-1409
      Jaw Faces 600 kN 70 mm 45 mm Diamond 16 W-1409-A
      Jaw Faces 1000 kN 82mm 50 mm Diamond 8 W-1559
      Jaw Faces 1000 kN 82 mm 50 mm Diamond 16 W-1560
      Jaw Faces 1500 kN 90 mm 76 mm Diamond 8 W-1660
      Jaw Faces 2000 kN 100 mm 76 mm Diamond 8 W-1761
      Jaw Faces 3000 kN 150 mm 105 mm Diamond 8 W-1911

      Contact Us For Details

      Vee Wedge Grip Jaw Faces for Round Specimens
      Vee Wedge Grip Jaw Faces for Round Specimens

       

      Vee wedge grip jaw faces are ideal for testing a variety of round specimens. Most of the offered jaw faces can also be produced using through-hardened tool steel, which is suitable for re-bar applications. The variety of available jaws also allows variability in the range of specimen diameters. This versatility is due to the different depths and angles of the vee notch in the jaws available, depending on the specific dimensions of the specimen being tested.

      • Suitable for use with a variety of round specimens (including pipe, bar, tube and re-bar) made of a variety of materials (including steel, wrought iron, copper, bronze, brass, aluminum, and composites)
      • Operate in static tension only
      • Each set includes four vee wedge grip jaws

       

      Available Models
      Item Description Force Capacity Specimen Diameter Tooth Profile Teeth Per Inch Catalog No.
      Jaw Faces 300 kN 5.0 - 13.0 mm Horizonal 16 W-1215-A
      Jaw Faces 300 kN 12.0 - 32.0 mm Horizonal 16 W-1215
      Jaw Faces 300 kN 12.7 - 40.0 mm Horizonal 10 W-1260
      Jaw Faces 300 kN 12.7 - 40.0 mm Horizonal 16 W-1261
      Jaw Faces 600 kN 7.0 - 25.0 mm Horizonal 16 W-1410-A
      Jaw Faces 600 kN 12.7 - 57.0 mm Horizonal 10 W-1410
      Jaw Faces 600 kN 12.7 - 57.0 mm Horizonal 16 W-1411
      Jaw Faces 1000 kN 6.0 - 12.7 mm Horizonal 16 W-1563-A
      Jaw Faces 1000 kN 12.7 - 57.0 mm Horizonal 10 W-1561
      Jaw Faces 1000 kN 12.7 - 57.0 mm Horizonal 16 W-1563
      Jaw Faces 1000 kN 45.0 - 85.0 mm Horizonal 10 W-1562
      Jaw Faces 1500 kN 10.0 - 63.0 mm Horizonal 8 W-1669-A
      Jaw Faces 1500 kN 12.7 - 82.0 mm Horizonal 10 W-1662
      Jaw Faces 2000 kN 10.0 - 63.0 mm Horizonal 8 W-1669-B
      Jaw Faces 2000 kN 32.0 - 95.0 mm Horizonal 10 W-1763
      Jaw Faces 3000 kN 10.0 - 60.0 mm Diamond/Horizonal  Grip body range from 25 mm (#8) to 60 mm (#18), diamond cut, 10 teeth per inch
      Grip inserts range from 10 mm (#3) to 25 mm (#8), horizontal cut 10 teeth per inch
      10 W-1916
      Jaw Faces 3000 kN 35.0 - 125.0 mm Horizonal 10 W-1912

      Contact Us For Details

      Jaw Face Inserts for Cables
      Jaw Face Inserts for Cables

       

      Cable jaw face inserts are ideal for testing seven stranded cable specimens. Cable grip jaws are only available for load frames with a capacity of 600 kN (135,000 lbs) or greater.

      • Inserts have a textured abrasive surface finish
      • Each set includes four grip inserts

       

      Available Models
      Item Description Force Capacity Specimen Diameter Catalog No.
      Insert Holders 2000 kN W-1538
      Inserts 2000 kN 11.11 mm W-1538-B
      Inserts 2000 kN 12.70 mm W-1538-C
      Inserts 2000 kN 12.90 mm W-1538-F
      Inserts 2000 kN 13.20 mm W-1538-G
      Inserts 2000 kN 15.24 mm W-1538-H
      Inserts 2000 kN 15.88 mm W-1538-D
      Inserts 2000 kN 19.05 mm W-1538-E

      Contact Us For Details

      2742-206

      Testing Accessories

      ±3 kN, ±25 Nm Mechanical Fatigue-Rated Wedge Action Grips
      2742-206
      2742-206_Mechanical_Wedge_Grip

      Designed to suit ElectroPuls® test instruments, the 2742-206 mechanical wedge action grips are suitable for tension, compression, torsion and reverse-stress testing on a wide range of specimens and materials. The grips are mechanically operated and the open-fronted design provides easy specimen insertion, positioning, and clamping.

      Principle of OperationThe bearing-assisted wedge action on the grips allows for easy and tool-less tightening of the grips. Where it may be necessary, this can also be done using a tommy bar or wrench. In both cases this adjustment is done without altering the vertical position of the faces in relation to the specimen.

      This Instron® design of a moving grip body, not jaw face, makes it possible to pre-select the exact point at which the specimen is gripped, with a consistent gauge length and with no compressive force being applied, which may cause specimen buckling. The open front design allows for quick and easy changing of the jaw faces. The jaw faces are serrated for optimum gripping performance and the serrations are designed to minimize damage to the specimen surface. Pullrods are also available to use for temperature testing.

      Application Range

      • Types of loading: Tension, compression, torsion, or reverse-stress testing
      • Specimen geometries: Flat or round specimens
      • Specimen material: Metallics, plastics, composites, biomaterials
      • Temperature range: -70 to +350°C (-94 to +662°F)

      Features

      • Dynamic Linear Capacity: ±3 kN (±674 lbf)
      • Dynamic Torque Capacity: Up to ±25 Nm (±221 lbs.in)
      • Modular flange mounting design is directly compatible for use on all new E3000 and E10000 variants
      • Optimized range of operation when used in a 3119-605 chamber with 3117-080 pullrod kit
      • Suitable for linear and torsion, including full reverse-stress dynamic testing
      • Open-fronted design for quick and easy specimen insertion from the side
      • Self-tightening wedge design eliminates slippage and prevents specimen loading
      • Interchangeable jaw faces for gripping different materials and specimen sizes
      • Tool-less and easy grip operation
      • Additional gripping force can be achieved using a tommy bar or wrench
      • Secure operation due to built-in adjusters that ensure there is no rotary backlash
      For more information, download the literature

      DOWNLOAD

      Visit the ElectroPuls webpage

      LEARN MORE

      ElectroPuls® Pull Rod Kit

      Testing Accessories

      ElectroPuls® Pull Rod Kit
      3117-082

      Principle of OperationThe Electropuls Pull Rod Kit is a set of 4 different length pull rods suitable for fatigue, tension, compression, and torsion testing. The pull rod kit optimizes compatible accessories for maximum range of operation when used on the new ElectroPuls test instruments (except E1000) in combination with a 3119-605 chamber.

      Electropuls Pull Rod Kit 3117-082

      Features

      • Dynamic Linear Capacity: ±20kN (±4496 lbf)
      • Dynamic Torque Capacity: Up to ±130 Nm (±1150 in-lb)
      • Suitable for linear and torsion including full reverse-stress dynamic testing
      • Includes Thermal Breaks to ensure no excessive thermal transfer occurs to sensitive components
      • Optimized for a range of compatible accessories when used on new ElectroPuls test instruments (except E1000) with a 3119-605 chamber
        - 20 kN Compression Platens
        - 3-Point Bend Fixture
        - 4-Point Bend Fixture Conversion Kit
        - Linear-Torsion Mechanical Wedge-Action Grips
      For more information, download the literature

      DOWNLOAD

      Visit the ElectroPuls webpage

      LEARN MORE

      Compression Deflectometers (LVDT)

      Compression Deflectometers (LVDT)

      Testing Accessories

      Compression Deflectometers (LVDT)

      Compression deflectometers, or linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) displacement transducers are instruments that measure the displacement of the load frames. These measuring devices feature an LVDT as the active element and can be used on electromechanical and hydraulic testing systems.

      LVDT Deflection Sensor LVDT Deflection Sensor with Compression Platens
      LVDT Deflection Sensors

       

      The 2601 Series Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) displacement transducers are measuring devices that measure the displacement of the load frames. They are best suited for situations where measuring strain on the specimen is difficult or impossible and can be used on compression and tensile tests. LVDT’s are preferred to crosshead extension readings because they eliminate errors due to frame and fixture compliance. They feature an LVDT as the active element and are designed for use on both electromechanical and hydraulic testing systems.

      Available Models
      Measuring Range Standard Temperature Range Catalog No.
      +/- 0.5 mm (+/- 0.02 in) -10 °C to +80 °C (+14 °F to +176 °F) 2601-041
      +/- 2.5 mm (+/- 0.1 in) -10 °C to +80 °C (+14 °F to +176 °F) 2601-042
      +/- 15 mm (+/- 0.6 in) -40 °C to +100 °C (-40 °F to +212 °F) 2601-043
      +/- 50 mm (+/- 2 in) -40 °C to +100 °C (-40 °F to +212 °F) 2601-044
      +/- 100 mm (+/- 4 in) -40 °C to +100 °C (-40 °F to +212 °F) 2601-045
      Accessories
      Description Catalog No.
      Magnetic Base LVDT Holder 2601-069
      LVDT Platen Displacement Fixture 2601-071
      Precision Micrometer, 0-50 mm (2 in) for Manual Calibration of LVDTs 2601-072

      More Info

      E-Series Deflectometer
      E-Series Deflectometer
      E-Series Deflectometers

       

      The E-Series strain displacement deflectometers are often used for measuring deflection in 3 and 4 point bend tests, compression tests, and a variety of general test deflection measurements. The unit includes a magnetic base for easy mounting and a standard 25 pin connector.

      Available Models
      Travel Standard Temperature Range Catalog No.
      0.15 in -40°F to 210°F (-40°C to 100°C) W-E401-A
      1.0 in -40°F to 210°F (-40°C to 100°C) W-E401-D
      2.0 in -40°F to 210°F (-40°C to 100°C) W-E401-J
      6 mm -40°F to 210°F (-40°C to 100°C) W-E401-F
      12 mm -40°F to 210°F (-40°C to 100°C) W-E401-G
      25 mm -40°F to 210°F (-40°C to 100°C) W-E401-H
      Accessories
      Description Catalog No.
      Magnetic Base LVDT Holder 2601-069

      Contact Us For Details

      2742-102 – ±1 kN Mechanical Fatigue Grips

      Testing Accessories

      ±1 kN Mechanical Fatigue-Rated Wedge-Action Grips
      2742-102

       

      2742-102

       

       

      Designed to suit the ElectroPuls® test instruments, the 2742-102 mechanical wedge action grips are suitable for tension, compression and reverse-stress testing on a wide range of specimens and materials. The grips are mechanically operated and the open-fronted design provides easy specimen insertion, positioning and clamping.

      Principle of OperationThe wedge action principle of the grips allows them to be tightened easily, by hand (or spanner for additional gripping force), onto the specimen without altering the vertical position of the faces in relation to the specimen. This Instron® design of a moving grip body, not jaw face, makes it possible to pre-select the exact point at which the specimen is gripped, with a consistent gauge length and with no compressive force being applied, which may cause specimen buckling.

      The open front design allows for quick and easy changing of the jaw faces. The jaw faces are serrated for optimum gripping performance and the serrations are designed to minimize damage to the specimen surface.

      Attachment kits to suit ElectroPuls instruments and other systems are available.

      Application Range

      • Types of loading: Tension, compression or reverse stress testing
      • Specimen geometries: Flat or round specimens
      • Specimen material: Metallics, plastics, composites, biomaterials
      • Temperature range: -30 to +100°C (-22 to 212°F)

      Features

      • Rated capacity: ±1 kN
      • Suitable for tension and compression, including full reverse-stress dynamic testing
      • Open-fronted design for quick and easy specimen insertion from the side
      • Self-tightening wedge design eliminates slippage and prevents specimen loading
      • Interchangeable jaw faces for gripping different materials and specimen sizes
      • Spanner tightening adjustment, applies additional gripping force when needed
      For more information, download the literature

      DOWNLOAD

      Visit the ElectroPuls webpage

      LEARN MORE

      2742-316

      Testing Accessories

      ±10 kN ±100 Nm Linear-Torsion Mechanical Wedge-Action Grips
      2742-316
      2742-316

      Designed to suit the ElectroPuls® E10000 Linear-Torsion, the 2742-316 mechanical wedge-action grips are suitable for tension, compression, reverse-stress, and torsion testing on a wide range of specimens and materials. The grips are mechanically operated and the open-fronted design provides easy specimen insertion, positioning, and clamping.

      Principle of OperationThe single-acting wedge action principle of these grips is designed to clamp a specimen without applying a compressive load, which could cause a specimen to buckle.

      The retracting movement of the grip bodies helps to reduce compressive loads that are normally caused when clamping specimens.

      The open front design permits quick and easy changing of specimens and jaw faces. Jaw faces optimize gripping performance whilst the serrated faces are designed to minimize damage to the specimen surface.

      Application Range

      • Type of loading: Linear and Torsion tension, compression or reverse-stress testing
      • Specimen material: Metallics, plastics, composites
      • Specimen geometries: Flat or round specimens
      • Temperature range: -70 to +350°C (-94 to 662°F)

      Features

      • Fatigue-rated capacity: ±10 kN (linear), ±100 Nm (torsion)
      • Suitable for both linear and torsion tension and compression testing, including full reverse-stress dynamic tests
      • Open-fronted design for quick and easy specimen insertion
      • Interchangeable jaw faces for gripping different materials and specimen sizes
      • Requires no attachment kits when mounting to ElectroPuls E10000 Linear-Torsion
      For more information, download the literature

      DOWNLOAD

      Visit the ElectroPuls webpage

      LEARN MORE

      Air Kits for Pneumatic Grips

      Air Kits for Pneumatic Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Air Kits for Pneumatic Grips

      Pneumatic air kits, footswitches, and distribution kits are optionally available for ease of grip closure and productivity for use with pneumatic grips, including pneumatic side action tensile grips, pneumatic cord and yarn tensile grips, pneumatic peel fixtures, and more.

      Footswitch
      Footswitch 68SC Smart Close Air Kit Operator Loading Specimen in Pneumatic Grips
      Smart-Close Air Kit
      Catalog No. 2701-095

       

      The Smart-Close Air Kit is a system integrated option that allows for monitoring and control of pneumatic pressure to Instron's pneumatic grips.

      • Compatible Frames: 3400 and 6800 Series
      • Standard features include: Dual-stage manifold integrated into the load frame with an inlet maximum of 120 psi (8.3 bar)
      • Includes air hoses
      • Bluehill administrator-defined setup pressure, recommended maximum of 15 psi (1 bar)
      • Method-defined test pressure, maximum 100 psi (7 bar)
      • Supports automatic pretension grip control with footswitch options only
      • Supports the use of both toggle switches and footswitch

      Learn More

      Automatic Air Control Kit Catalog no. 2701-065
      Automatic Air Control Kit Catalog no. 2701-065
      Automatic Air Control Kit
      Catalog No. 2701-065

       

      The Automatic Air Control Kit is used to operate pneumatic action grips. The system consists of a control box that mounts on one of the load frame columns, a foot switch assembly consisting of two foot switches, interconnecting cabling, and interconnecting hoses and hose adapters.

      • Compatible Frames: 3300, 4400 (excluding 4411), 5500, 5800, 5900 Series, and UPDATE Retrofits (excluding 4400/5500 Series retrofits to 113X, 4500, and 6000 Series)
      • Includes electric, foot-operated dual pedal switch to open and close grips, solenoid valves, air hoses and extra length air cable
      • Supports automatic pretension grip control
      • Mounts to column cover T-slot

      Contact Us for Details    Reference Manual

      Universal Pneumatic Footswitch (No Pretension)
      Catalog No. 2701-004

       

      The Universal Pneumatic Footswitch is designed to provide sequential grip actuation, keeping the operator’s hands free to align the test specimen in the grips.

      • Compatible Frames: 3300, 4400 (excluding 4411), 5500, 5800, 5900 Series, and UPDATE Retrofits (excluding 4400/5500 Series retrofits to 113X, 4500, and 6000 Series)
      • Includes: Foot-operated (single pedal) switch to open and close grips
      • Two air lines with quick disconnect fittings for grips and 3rd air line for air supply
      • Connects directly to grips
      • #4 JIC female fitting installed in hoses and 1/4 NPT Male adapter included in kit
      • Note: Not suitable for pretension grip control

      Contact Us for Details    Operator Guide

      Universal Air Distribution Kit Catalog no. 2701-042
      Universal Air Distribution Kit Catalog no. 2701-042
      Universal Air Distribution Kit (No Pretension or Footswitch)
      Catalog No. 2701-042

       

      • Compatible with current 2712-04X/-05X Series and legacy 2712 Series pneumatic grips
      • Air distribution kit, external
      • For use with pneumatic grips featuring manual air control valves only
      • Includes hoses and fittings with 1/8 NPT end connection
      • 1/8" to 1/4" NPT adapter included in kit

      Contact Us for Details

      2519 Series S-beam Static Load Cells

      Testing Accessories

      2519 Series S-beam Static Load Cells

      2519104Pjpg

      The 2519 Series load cells are specifically designed for use with 3400 and 3300 Series single column testing systems. Automatic transducer recognition and electrical calibration makes them easy to use. The load cells incorporate overload protection and can withstand loads up to 150% of their force capacity without damage and 300% without mechanical failure. The load cells allow the user to zero out the tare weight of a grip or fixture that weighs up to 40% of the force capacity, while still maintaining the full specified accuracy.

      All Instron load cells are individually temperature-compensated and tested for accuracy and repeatability on calibration apparatus that is traceable to international standards, with a measurement uncertainty that does not exceed one-third of the permissible error of the load cell.

      Instron 2519 series load cells are precision force transducers consisting of a full strain gauge bridge bonded to a stiff and highly linear elastic element. When the element is subjected to a force, the electrical resistance of the gauges changes, providing an output signal proportional to the applied force.

      The load cells are suitable for tension, compression, cyclic and reverse stress testing. They have a wide measurement range allowing accurate force measurements to be made down to 1/500th of the force capacity, reducing the need to change load cells.

      Application Range

      • Force capacities from ±10 N - ±5 kN (1 – 500 kgf, 2.2 – 1,125 lbf)
      • Suitable for a range of test types, including, tension, compression,cyclic, and reverse stress
      • Accurate measurements down to 1/500th of load cell capacity - means fewer load cells and fewer load cell changes
      • Automatic recognition with electronic serial number and electrical calibration means simple, error-free operation
      • Integral overload protection reduces the possibility of damage during handling and use
      • Tare weight 40% of force capacity – can be used with a wide range of grips and fixtures
      • Complies with all international force measurement standards, including ASTM E4, ISO 7500-1 class 0.5,and JIS B7721, B7733

      Products

      Products
      Item Name Capacity Mechanical Fitting Cat #
      10 N Static Load Cell 0.01 kN
      2.2 lbf
      2.5 mm Clevis Pin with 6 mm Adapter (Type OOf & Of)
      2519-10N
      50 N Static Load Cell 0.05 kN
      11 lbf
      2.5 mm Clevis Pin with 6 mm Adapter (Type OOf & Of)
      2519-50N
      100 N Static Load Cell 0.1 kN
      22 lbf
      2.5 mm Clevis Pin with 6 mm Adapter (Type OOf & Of)
      2519-100N
      500 N Static Load Cell 0.5 kN
      112 lbf
      6.0 mm Clevis Pin (Type Of)
      2519-500N
      1 kN Static Load Cell 1 kN
      225 lbf
      6.0 mm Clevis Pin (Type Of)
      2519-1KN
      2 kN Static Load Cell 2 kN
      450 lbf
      6.0 mm Clevis Pin (Type Of)
      2519-2KN
      5 kN Static Load Cell 5 kN
      1125 lbf
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2519-5kN

      2530 Series Static Load Cells

      Testing Accessories

      2530 Series Static Load Cells

      2530 Series High Force and Low Force Load Cells

      2530 Series load cells with capacities of 5 N to 100 N are for use with 6800, 3400, 5900, and 3300 Series testing systems. 2530 Series Load cells with capacities of 500 N to 300 kN are for use with 3400 and 3300 testing systems.  The design, manufacture, and performance verification is conducted with materials testing applications in mind. Automatic transducer recognition and electrical calibration makes them easy to use. The load cells incorporate overload protection and can withstand loads up to 150% of their force capacity without damage and 300% without mechanical failure. The load cells allow the user to zero out the tare weight of a grip or fixture that weighs up to 10% or 40% of the force capacity, depending on the model, while still maintaining the full specified accuracy.

      All Instron load cells are individually temperature-compensated and tested for accuracy and repeatability on calibration apparatus that is traceable to international standards, with a measurement uncertainty that does not exceed one-third of the permissible error of the load cell.

      View Low-Force Specs     View High-Force Specs

      Looking for 2519 Series load cells?

      2519 Series load cells are no longer in production. However, we are pleased to offer the 2530 Series load cells as a direct replacement. The 2530 Series is designed to seamlessly replace 2519 Series load cells in most applications.

      For technical specifications, compatibility details, or assistance with transitioning to the 2530 Series, please contact us.

      Application Range

      • Suitable for a range of test types, including tension, compression, cyclic, and reverse stress
      • Accurate measurements down to 1/500th of load cell capacity means fewer load cells and fewer load cell changes
      • Automatic recognition with electronic serial number and electrical calibration allows for simple, error-free operation
      • Tare weight 10% or 40% of force capacity, depending on model – can be used with a wide range of grips and fixtures
      • Complies with all international force measurement standards, including ASTM E4, ISO 7500-1 class 0.5, and JIS B7721, B7733

      Products

      Item Name Capacity Mechanical Fitting Catalog Number
      5 N Static Load Cell .005 kN
      1.12 lbf
      2.5mm Clevis Pin with 6mm Adapter (Type OOf & Of)
      2530-5N
      10 N Static Load Cell .01 kN
      2.25 lbf
      2.5 mm Clevis Pin with 6 mm Adapter (Type OOf & Of)
      2530-10N
      50 N Static Load Cell .05 kN
      11.2 lbf
      2.5 mm Clevis Pin with 6 mm Adapter (Type OOf & Of)
      2530-50N
      100 N Static Load Cell .1 kN
      22.5 lbf
      2.5 mm Clevis Pin with 6 mm Adapter (Type OOf & Of)
      2530-100N
      500 N Static Load Cell .5 kN
      112 lbf
      6.0 mm Clevis Pin (Type Of)
      2530-500N
      1 kN Static Load Cell 1 kN
      225 lbf
      6.0 mm Clevis Pin (Type Of)
      2530-1kN
      2 kN Static Load Cell 2 kN 450 lbf 6.0 mm Clevis Pin (Type Of)
      2530-2kN
      5 kN Static Load Cell 5 kN
      1125 lbf
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2530-5kN
      10 kN Static Load Cell 10 kN
      2250 lbf
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2530-10kN
      30 kN Static Load Cell 30 kN
      6750 lbf
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2530-30kN
      50 kN Static Load Cell 50 kN
      11250 lbf
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2530-50kN
      100 kN Static Load Cell 100 kN
      22500 lbf
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2530-100kN
      300 kN Static Load Cell 300 kN
      67500 lbf
      M48 x 2LH (Type IIF), 6 off M20 on 150 PCD, 6 off M10 on 100 mm PCD
      2530-300kN

      2742-315 ±10 kN ±100 Nm Pneumatic Fatigue Grips

      Testing Accessories

      ±10 kN ±100 Nm Linear-Torsion Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips
      2742-315
      2742-315

      Designed to suit ElectroPuls® 10000 systems, the 2742-315 pneumatic wedge action grips are suitable for tension, compression, torsion and reverse-stress testing on a wide range of specimens and materials.The grips are pneumatically operated directly from the machine handset and the open-fronted design provides easy specimen insertion, positioning and clamping.

      Principle of OperationThe single-acting wedge action principle of these grips is designed to clamp a specimen without applying a compressive load, which could cause a specimen to buckle. The retracting movement of the grip bodies helps to reduce compressive loads that are normally caused when clamping specimens.

      The open front design permits quick and easy changing of specimens and jaw faces. Jaw faces optimize gripping performance whilst the serrated faces are designed to minimize damage to the specimen surface.

      Application Range

      • Types of loading: Tension, compression, torsion or reverse-stress testing
      • Specimen geometries: Flat or round specimens
      • Specimen material: Metallics, plastics, composites, biomaterials
      • Temperature range: Ambient only

      Features

      • Dynamic Linear Capacity: ±10 kN (±2250 lbf)
      • Dynamic Torque Capacity: Up to ±100 Nm (±880 lbf.in)
      • Independent upper and lower jaw faces opening and closing via the handset
      • Enhanced usability thanks to software feedback of grip status
      • Enhanced control and repeatability of specimen gripping
      • Suitable for linear and torsion, including full reverse-stress dynamic testing
      • Open-fronted design for quick and easy specimen insertion from the front
      • Self-tightening, moving body wedge design eliminates slippage and prevents specimen loading
      • Interchangeable jaw faces for gripping different materials and specimen geometries and sizes
      • Secure operation thanks to built-in adjusters that ensure there is no rotary backlash
      • Uses standard compressed-air supply
      • Requires no attachment kits when mounting to ElectroPuls E10000 systems
      For more information, download the literature

      DOWNLOAD

      Visit the ElectroPuls webpage

      LEARN MORE

      2580 Series Static Load Cells

      Testing Accessories

      2580 Series Static Load Cells

      2580 Series Instron Load Cells

      The 2580 Series load cells are specifically designed for use with 6800 and 5900 Series testing systems; offering exceptional performance with the ability to measure forces as low as 1/1000th of the force capacity to an accuracy of 0.5% of reading. The load cells can withstand loads up to 150% of their force capacity without damage and 300% without mechanical failure. Automatic transducer recognition and electrical calibration, makes them easy to use.  The load cells allow the user to zero out the tare weight of a grip or fixture that weighs up to 10% of the force capacity, while still maintaining the full specified accuracy. All Instron load cells are individually temperature-compensated and tested for accuracy and repeatability on calibration apparatus that is traceable to international standards, with a measurement uncertainty that does not exceed one-third of the permissible error of the load cell.

      Instron 2580 Series load cells are precision force-transducers that contain a full strain gauge bridge bonded to an ultra-high stiffness elastic element. When the element is subjected to a force, the electrical resistance of the gauges changes, which results in an output signal proportional to the applied force. The double-shear design of the element ensures excellent alignment throughout the test and high resistance to offset loading, even with large specimens.

       

      Centering Ring and Pin

       

      The ring and pin feature for the 2580 Series load cells ensure your load cell is correctly centered and installed in the same place every time you use it.

       

      Mechanical Tensioners

       

      Used on the 10, 30, and 50 kN load cells, mechanical tensioners are an effective means of safely securing your load cell to the testing frame at more manageable torque levels.

      Application Range

      • Force capacities from ±500 N to ±600 kN (50 - 60,000 kgf or 112 -137,000 lbf)
      • Suitable for a range of test types, including tension, compression,cyclic and reverse stress
      • Accurate measurements down to 1/1000th of load cell capacity means fewer load cells and fewer load cell changes
      • Automatic recognition with electronic serial number and electrical calibration allows for simple, error-free operation
      • 150% of force capacity overload capability –reduces the possibility of damage
      • Tare weight 10% of force capacity – can be used with a wide range of grips and fixtures
      • Can be used with optional Quick Change and Piggy Back Adapters to facilitate a quick changeover of load cells
      • Precision machining and construction along with high axial and lateral stiffness helps to maintain system alignment
      • Low sensitivity to offset loads improves consistency of results
      • Complies with all international force measurement standards, including ASTM E4, ISO 7500-1 class 0.5, and JIS B7721, B7733

      Products

      Item Name Capacity Mechanical Fitting Cat #
      500 N Static Load Cell .5 kN
      6.0 mm Clevis Pin (Type Of)
      2580-500N
      1 kN Static Load Cell 1 kN
      6.0 mm Clevis Pin (Type Of)
      2580-1KN
      2 kN Static Load Cell 2 kN
      6.0 mm Clevis Pin (Type Of)
      2580-2KN
      5 kN Static Load Cell 5 kN
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2580-5KN
      10 kN Static Load Cell 10 kN
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2580-10KN
      30 kN Static Load Cell 30 kN
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2580-30KN
      50 kN Static Load Cell 50 kN
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2580-50KN
      100 kN Static Load Cell 100 kN
      0.5 in Clevis Pin (Type Df)
      2580-100KN
      150 kN Static Load Cell 150 kN
      M48 x 2LH (Type IIF), 6 off M20 on 150 mm PCD, 6 off M10 on 100 mm PCD
      2580-150KN
      250 kN Static Load Cell 250 kN
      M48 x 2LH (Type IIF), 6 off M20 on 150 mm PCD, 6 off M10 on 100 mm PCD
      2580-250KN
      300 kN Static Load Cell 300 kN
      M48 x 2LH (Type IIF), 6 off M20 on 150 mm PCD, 6 off M10 on 100 mm PCD
      2580-300KN
      400 kN Static Load Cell 400 kN
      M48 x 2LH (Type IIF), 6 off M20 on 150 mm PCD, 6 off M10 on 100 mm PCD
      2580-400KN
      600 kN Static Load Cell 600 kN
      M72 x 3LH (Type IIF), 6 off M10 on 100 mm PCD
      2580-600KN

       

      T-Slotted Tables

      Testing Accessories

      T-slotted tables provide an extremely versatile method of securing fixtures to test odd sized specimens in the compression space of DX model static hydraulic universal testing machines. Commercially available T-slot nuts are slid into the inverted T slot of the table. Bolts, studs, or threaded rods can then be threaded into the nuts. The T-slot table can be used to secure specimens that might otherwise be ejected from the test space under load. It can also be used to position specimens in the same location for repeated tests or batch testing of product. Guides, slides, or stops can be positioned on the table and bolted into position to allow precise placement of the specimens for every test. With the fixturing removed from the test space, the T-slotted table is capable of supporting a compressive load to full frame capacity, the same as the loading table.

      The table is bolted to the machine frame and is typically manufactured to cover the full width and depth of the loading table. Depending on the frame model, the table will reduce the useable compression space 50 to 75 mm (2 to 3 in). The frame loading table must be drilled and tapped to accept the T-slot table.

      T-Slotted Table
      Available Models
      Item Description Accessory Height Catalog No.
      T-Slot Table for 150DX 38 mm 150DX-0005
      T-Slot Table for 300DX 38 mm 300DX-0005
      T-Slot Table for 600DX 44 mm 600DX-0005

      Contact Us for Details

      2527 Series Bi-axial Dynacell

      Testing Accessories

      2527 Series Bi-axial Dynacell

      2527 Family

      During tests carried out on servohydraulic machines, elements of the system are subject to acceleration. As a result, in addition to the force applied to the specimen, the load cell also reads forces resulting from its own movement and the mass of the grips and fixtures attached to it.

      Dynacell is the world's first truly dynamic load cell, designed from the outset for measuring dynamic loads. Dynacell introduces the following advantages:

      • Reduces dynamic load errors which can be a significant percentage of reading
      • Increases productivity by allowing higher frequency operation while maintaining test
        validity
      • Improvements such as doubling the frequency are common

      Dynacell utilises an accelerometer right at the heart of the load cell, directly on the load axis. This removes the risk of errors in the acceleration reading resulting from off-center loading.

      This has the following advantages:

      • The accelerometer is on the load line eliminating both amplitude and phase errors
      • Automatic set-up takes less than one minute
      • Set-up is consistent and reliable between operators

      The conditioning of the acceleration signal from the Dynacell is handled as standard in the FastTrack 8800 electronics, and is set-up automatically when the system is autotuned. This means that time is saved and operator errors reduced.

      For users who wish to do this themselves, they have the option to switch this feature on or off and set the correction factor manually. The resulting signal is then subtracted from the load cell signal to produce the true force on the specimen.

      Application Range

      • All Instron 2527 Series Dynacell dynamic load cells, when used with FastTrack 8800 Series, will meet the requirements of ISO 75001/1 Class 0.5, ASTM E4, EN10002 Part 2, JIS (B7721, B7733) and ISO 10002 Part 2.

      Products

      Item Name Cat #
      ±25 kN (±5620 lbf), ±100 Nm (±880 in-lb) Biaxial Dynacell 2527-201
      Dynacell - Biaxial Dynamic Load Cell ±10 kN (±2250 lbf), ±100 Nm (±880 in-lb) 2527-202
      Dynacell - Biaxial Dynamic Load Cell ±1 kN (±225 lbf), ±25 Nm (±220 in-lb) 2527-302
      Dynacell - Biaxial Dynamic Load Cell ±5 kN (±1124 lbf), ±25 Nm (±220 in-lb) 2527-303

      Torsion Cells

      Testing Accessories

      Torsion Cells

      W 5510 T3 P

      Torsion cells for use with the 55MT series torsion frames are available in several capacities depending on the frame model. Lower capacity cells extend the range of the machine and increase the functionality of the 55MT Series test frame.

      For the 55MT1, the torsion cells are miniature reaction torque transducers. These cells are very small, with excellent linearity and repeatability. All cells use the same mounting pattern, so interchangeability of fixturing is no problem (the weight of the fixturing may be a factor with the 2 in-lb cell).

      These cells are provided with the integrated mounting and overload protection plates that are used to mount the main cell on the 55MT1 frames. This not only provides protection for the cell, but also allows for extremely fast changeouts from the main cell to the low range cell.

      For the larger 55MT2 and 55MT20 frames, the cells are flanged reaction torque transducers. This provides a higher resistance to bending moments. The cell has a high torsional stiffness and low end sensitivity.

      All cells for a particular frame use a standard circular mounting pattern so the cells mount to the frame with the same hardware as the main cell. No additional adapters are required as all existing fixturing mounts to the lower capacity cells in the same manner as for the main cell.

      All torsion cells convert rotational motion to an electrical signal that is representative of the torque induced. When it is necessary to test smaller specimens, low capacity cells can be added to increase the operating range of the machine.

      If the maximum applied torque to the specimen under test is well below the capacity of the frame, adding a low range cell will increase the resolution of the torque measuring transducer.

      Installing the torque cells on the 55MT1 and 55MT2 frames requires only the use of allen wrenches so changeout is a snap. This reduces down time and increases productivity. For the larger 55MT20, a torque wrench with allen sockets is required when changing cells.

      Application Range

      • Low Deflection
      • Integrated Overload Protection device (<200 in-lb capacity only)
      • Swap from full capacity to low capacity in less than a minute (<200 in-lb capacity only)

      Products

      Item Name Torque Capacity Accessory Diameter Cat #
      Torsion Load Cell 0.225 Nm
      2 in-lb
      54.0 mm
      2.125 in
      W-5510-T4
      Torsion Load Cell 2.25 Nm
      20 in-lb
      54.0 mm
      2.125 in
      W-5510-T3
      Torsion Load Cell 22 Nm
      200 in-lb
      54.0 mm
      2.125 in
      W-5510-T2
      Torsion Load Cell 220 Nm
      2,000 in-lb
      101.6 mm
      4.00 in
      W-5510-T1

      Extensometers

      Extensometers

      Testing Accessories

      Strain measurement is a key component of mechanical testing and is required by nearly all relevant ASTM and ISO standards. Instron offers a wide range of strain measurement devices to suit every material and application. From simple bonded strain gauges to the most advanced video extensometry, all of our devices are designed and manufactured by Instron engineers to meet our own stringent accuracy standards. If your testing application requires a creative solution, our Custom Engineering Group is available to design and implement a strain measurement solution that meets your needs.

      AVE3 68TM pneumatic grips
      AVE3 68TM pneumatic grips AVE3 extensometer with CDAT airflow technology
      Non-Contacting Video

      A video extensometer is a non-contacting extensometer that can measure deformation by tracking the movement of two attached markers on the specimen, using high-resolution digital camera technology. Key advantages of video extensometers are that they do not exhibit any influence on the test specimen, problems with knife-edge slippage are eliminated, and errors due to inertia of moving parts is also eliminated.

      Overview
      Travel GL: > 5, 10 mm, 60 mm, 200 mm, 500 mm
      Temperature Range Can be used with a chamber and bath
      Automatic or Manual Automatic
      Suitable For Almost every material
      Common Standards Conforms to the most rigorous testing standards, including ISO 527 and ASTM D638

      Find the video extensometer that fits your test machine:

      68TM AutoX750 Extensometer
      Automatic Contacting

      The need for increased specimen throughput has created a demand for faster, more reliable, and more accurate materials testing routines. Automatic contacting extensometers provide this capability by enhancing the productivity of testing laboratories that can take advantage of the automatic gauge length positioning feature, as well as the automatic attachment to the test specimen.

      Overview
      Travel GL: > 10 mm
      750 mm
      Temperature Range Ambient (10° to 38° C)
      Automatic or Manual Automatic
      Suitable For Almost all materials and a variety of geometries, such as strip, round, hexagonal, and flat shape
      Common Standards ASTM D638, ISO 527-2, ASTM D412, ISO 37, ASTM D790, ISO 178, ASTM D882, ISO 527-3, ASTM D3039, ISO 527-4, ASTM F2516

      More Info

      Static Axial Clip On Extensometer
      Static Axial Clip-On

      Clip-on extensometers for static testing offer speed of attachment and ease of use. Their light-weight, rugged cross brace design eliminates errors caused by physical distortion, while built-in protection ensures that damage is not caused by over-extension. The low operating-force arms of the extensometer reduce the possibility of knife-edge slippage when testing hard or smooth surfaced materials.

      Overview
      Travel Wide variety of selections
      Temperature Range -100° to 200° C
      Automatic or Manual Manual
      Suitable For Static clip-on extensometers are used for static strain measurement on a wide range of materials and specimens including metals, plastics, and composites
      Common Standards ASTM D638, ISO 527-2, ASTM E8, ISO 6892, ASTM D3039

      More Info

      34SC with Long Travel Extensometer
      34SC with Long Travel Extensometer 68TM Long Travel Extensometer
      Long Travel

      The long-travel (XL) extensometer is a precise device for measuring strain in highly extensible materials. Designed for use with electromechanical testing instuments, long-travel extensometers can be used to measure specimen elongations up to 30 in or 750 mm. The XL is designed to clamp directly onto a specimen quickly and easily. It will adjust to incremental gauge lengths ranging from 0.5 in to 5 in, or 10 mm to 200 mm.

      Overview
      Travel GL: 10 mm - 100 mm
      300 mm or 750 mm maximum travel
      Temperature Range Ambient
      Automatic or Manual Manual
      Suitable For Elastomers, semi-rigid plastics, and films
      Common Standards ASTM D412, ISO 37, ASTM D882, ISO 527-3

      More Info

      Dynamic Clip On Extensometer
      Dynamic Axial Clip-On

      Clip-on extensometers for cyclic fatigue testing offer a versatile contacting solution for precise strain measurement. Their lightweight rugged construction and high natural frequency makes them ideal for high frequency and fatigue testing applications. The low operating force arms reduce the possibility of knife-edge slippage when testing hard or smooth surfaced materials.

      Overview
      Travel Wide variety of selections
      Temperature Range -80° to 200° C
      Automatic or Manual Manual
      Suitable For Dynamic clip-on extensometers are used for cyclic strain measurement in tension, compression or reverse-stress through zero measurements on a wide range of materials and components including metals, plastics, and composites

      More Info

      Biaxial Extensometer on Composite Specimen
      Averaging Axial and Biaxial

      Averaging axial and biaxial extensometers are used for testing advanced composites, rigid plastics, and metals. Average axial strain is determined from independent strain measurements on opposite sides of the specimen. The use of average strain eliminates errors due to specimen bending and allows the determination of precise modulus values. By integrating a transverse strain transducer, the extensometer can simultaneously measure average axial and transverse strain allowing the determination of Poisson’s ratio. Generally, this type of extensometer is intended for measuring small strains such as those used for the determination of elastic properties.

      Overview
      Travel GL: 25 / 50 mm
      Axial travel: 1.25 mm
      Transverse travel: 0.5 mm (biaxial versions)
      Temperature Range -200° to 200° C
      Automatic or Manual Manual
      Suitable For Static tests to determine elastic properties (modulus and Poisson’s ratio) of composites, rigid plastics, and metals

      Axial Info    Biaxial Info

      Compression Deflectometer (LVDT)
      Compression Deflectometers (LVDT)

      Compression deflectometers, or linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) displacement transducers are measuring devices that measure the displacement of the load frames of materials testing systems. They feature an LVDT as the active element, and are designed for use on both electromechanical and hydraulic testing systems.

      Overview
      Temperature Range -40° to 100° C
      Automatic or Manual Manual
      Suitable For Almost all materials – dependent on travel
      Common Standards ISO 178, ASTM D1621, ASTM D575-91, ASTM A370

      More Info

      Flexural Deflectometer
      Flexural Deflectometer Flexural Deflectometer
      Flexural Deflectometers

      The deflectometer on its own is not a strain measuring device – it is simply a spring loaded plunger that is used in conjunction with an extensometer, whether it be a clip-on, an automatic contacting extensometer (AutoX750), or a video extensometer (AVE 2). It is primarily used for flexural tests.

      More Info

      Bonded Strain Gauge
      Bonded Strain Gauge Adapters

      From aerospace to construction, strain gauges are used in a variety of industries to measure strain in both materials and structural testing. Instron strain gauge adapters allow a single strain gauge to be used with any standard Instron strain channel.

      Overview
      Gauge Resistance 120 ohm and 350 ohm models available
      Gauge Factor 1.5 to 2.5
      Full Scale Strain 50,000 με / 5%
      Strain Gauge Connections Spring-loaded terminals
      Controller Connection Instron standard 25-way connector

      More Info

      High Temperature Extensometers

      High-Temperature

      High temperature extensometers use capacitive, strain gauge and LVDT technologies to measure strain. These contacting devices are designed to accommodate a wide variety of materials and temperature ranges and integrate seamlessly with our range of environmental chambers and furnaces.

      More Info

      Crack Opening Displacement Gauge

      Crack Opening Displacement Gauges

      Crack opening displacement (COD) transducers are designed specifically to perform standard ASTM and ISO fracture mechanics tests (both cyclic and static), covering all common specimen geometries (CT, SEB, Centre Crack, Arc Shaped).

      More Info

      Transverse Clip-On Extensometers

      Transverse Clip-Ons

      Transverse clip-on extensometers are used to measure displacements across the width or diameter of a test specimen. They are commonly used for the measurement of Poisson's ratio and transverse strain on anisotropic materials such as composites. A special version is available for determining "r" value of sheet metals.

      More Info

      Knife Edges Clips and Parts for Extensometers

      Replacement Knife Edges and Clips

      A range of optional parts and replacement parts are available for extensometers. Replacement knife edges can be used when existing ones become worn or damaged. Optional clips allow different specimen sizes to be tested.

      More Info

      Extensometer Digital Calibrator

      Calibrators

      Extensometer calibrators are used either where an extensometer does not feature electrical calibration or when a manual verification of the output is desired.

      More Info

      Instron Accessories Catalog, 8th Edition

      Accessory Catalog

      Find even more extensometers in our 8th Edition Accessory Catalog, in addition to accessories for extensometers, such as knife edges, clips, connecting cables, and more.

      Explore Catalog

      Accessory Catalog

      Accessories for Materials Testing Catalog - Eighth Edition

      Testing Accessories

      Accessories for Materials Testing Catalog - Eighth Edition

      Welcome to the digital version of our 8th Edition Accessory Catalog, which features hundreds of our latest materials testing accessories, as well as tips and advice to help you get the most out of your testing system.

      As you browse through, please keep in mind that we have extensive engineering design capabilities. If you cannot find exactly what you are looking for, then please contact us to discuss your requirements.

      Although a specific product may be designed to fit particular Instron systems as standard, it is often possible to adapt a product to fit different models or equipment from other manufacturers. Please contact us if there is an item of interest that you feel may not be directly compatible with your system.

      Are you a current customer?

      This catalog is a must-have for any lab. Not only does it contain every system and accessory that Instron offers, it's also a guide for materials testing and grip selections.

      Download a Copy

      Torsion and Axial-Torsion Grips

      Torsion and Axial-Torsion Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Torsion grips are designed to transmit torsional forces to the specimen and usually employ either a collet or socket-style gripping arrangement. Whereas, axial torsional grips are used in conjunction with systems able to apply both torsional and axial loads to a specimen simultaneously.

      25kN / 100Nm Fatigue Rated Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips for 8874 Machine

      Axial-Torsion Wedge Grips

      These grips utilize a wedge-action gripping technique making them suitable for flat specimens as well as cylindrical.

      More Info

      Chuck Style

      Chuck Style

      These universal drill-type chuck grips can be used to hold round, hex or triangular specimens. The standard sets are available in both a keyless and keyed style that can hold a range of specimen sizes.

      More Info

      Collet Style

      Collet Style

      Two standard sets of Collet Style grips are available: a small collet grip set for smaller specimens and a large collet grip set for larger specimens. Both sets are double angle style.

      More Info

      Socket Style

      Socket Style

      These socket style adapters allow the connection of any 0.5 inch drive socket or accessory directly to the torque cell and/or output shaft on the MT series frames.

      More Info

      Environmental Chambers and Furnaces

      Environmental Chambers and Furnaces

      Testing Accessories

      The Instron® range of environmental chambers and furnaces provide the capability to study the mechanical properties of materials and components over a wide range of temperatures up to +1600 °C in air.

      environmental chamber on an Instron 6800 testing system

      Environmental Chambers

      Instron environmental chambers provide extensive temperature testing capabilities for evaluating material properties under non-ambient testing conditions.

      More Info

      Furnaces

      Furnaces

      These three zone resistance wire wound furnaces are of split construction to facilitate fast and easy loading of a pre-assembled specimen train.

      More Info

      Extra Short Chamber with Hydraulic Grips

      Custom Thermal Testing

      Customized solutions for chambers, furnaces, mounts and pull rods.

      More Info

      Test Plates

      Test Plates

      Testing Accessories

      T-slot tables and component test plates are compatible with universal testing systems and can be used to mount or clamp components, finished product, or structures for tensile, compression, bend, peel, and puncture testing applications.

      T-slot Table

      T-Slot Tables

      The T-slot table provides an extended work area primarily intended for clamping components or structures for performing tensile, compression or flexural tests.

      More Info

      Component Test Plate

      Component Test Plate

      This drilled and tapped metal plate can be used to mount components and end products for tensile, compression, bend, peel, and puncture testing.

      More Info

      Custom Accessories

      Custom Accessories

      Testing Accessories

      The Custom Solutions group at Instron® has been developing uncommon fixtures, grips and platens to meet our clients' special requirements for over 30 years. Please select a link below to see some of our recent projects.

      Comb Fixture for Hair Testing

      Fixtures

      Customized fixtures, grips and platen solutions for bend, peel, holding, mounts and T-slots.

      More Info

      Custom grips

      Grips and Platens

      Customized solutions for grips, platens and faces.
      More Info

      Flex Fixtures

      Flex Fixtures

      Testing Accessories

      The flexure fixture allows a variety of flexural and fracture toughness bond tests to be performed, including determination of flexural modulus, flexural strength, and flexural yield strength.

      5 kN Static Flexure Fixture

      Static Flexure Fixtures

      Static flex / bend fixtures perform 3 and 4-point bend tests on universal testing systems. The 2810-400 bend fixture is the most popular model and is used to perform ASTM D790 and ISO 178 plastic bend tests on 3300 and 5900 Series universal testing systems.

      More Info

      2810-500

      Fatigue Flexure Fixtures

      Fatigue flex / bend fixtures allow a variety of 3 and 4-point flexural and fracture toughness tests to be performed on dynamic testing systems such as the ElectroPuls™ and 8800 Series.
      More Info

      Furnaces

      Furnaces

      Testing Accessories

      Furnaces and related accessories for universal testing systems and fatigue testing systems – capable of testing up to 1200°C in air, with engineered solutions available to cater for height and width variants and higher temperature requirements.

      Furnace Testing on a 6800 Series Universal Testing System

      Furnace Testing for Universal Testing Systems

      Our standard furnaces, mounts, grips, and load string assemblies for universal testing systems allow for testing up to 1200°C in air.

      More Info

      Furnace Testing for Fatigue Testing Systems

      Furnace Testing for Fatigue Testing Systems

      Our standard furnaces and load string assemblies for fatigue testing systems allow for testing up to 1000°C in air.

      More Info

      Static Hydraulic Universal Testing System Frame Accessories

      Static Hydraulic Universal Testing System Frame Accessories

      Testing Accessories

      Frame accessories designed for use with Instron Industrial Series static hydraulic universal testing machines.

      In-Head Wedge Grips for Flat Specimens

      In-Head Wedge Grip Jaws

      In-head wedge grip jaws fit directly into the crosshead pocket of the load frame and provide a grip that is adaptable for testing flat, round, and cable specimens in compliance with ASTM E8.

      More Info

      T-Slotted Table

      T-Slotted Tables

      T-slotted tables offer a versatile means of securing fixtures to test odd specimen geometries in the compression space of DX model static hydraulic universal testing systems.

      More Info

      Fastener Fixtures

      Fastener Fixtures

      Testing Accessories

      Fastener testing accessories allow for the performance of proof tests, axial and wedge tensile tests, cone stripping tests, and shear tests on most standard bolts, screws, studs, and nuts.

      Fastener Holders

      Fastener Holders

      Fastener holders are designed to perform a variety of tests, including axial and wedge proof loading, tensile tests, and nut proof load tests in accordance with ASTM F606. Fastener holder sets are available in capacities ranging from 100 kN to 1500 kN.

      More Info

      Fastener Shear Test Fixture

      Fastener Shear Fixtures

      Shear fixtures are designed to test the ability of a fastener to withstand load applied transversely to the axis of the fastener. Single shear fixtures are available for shear tension testing. Double shear fixtures are available for shear compression testing.

      More Info

      Frame Accessories

      Frame Accessories

      Testing Accessories

      The accessories here are designed as attachments, or upgrades to a variety of Instron testing systems. If you are looking for load cells, tensile grips, heating and cooling chambers, or test fixtures, you can find those in our accessories section.

      Safety Shield

      Electromechanical Frame Accessories

      Accessories, attachments, and upgrades are designed for Instron 3300, 3400, 5900, and 6800 Series test systems.

      More Info

      E10000 with Safety Guard

      Electropuls All-Electric Dynamic Test Systems

      Loadframe accessories for Electropuls systems include a high stiffness support table and safety guards.

      More Info

      8800 Series Load Frame Accessories

      8800 Series Load Frame Accessories

      Air cushion isolators and Hydraulic grip controls for servohydraulic systems.
      More Info

      MPX and SI Impact Testing Frames

      Impact Testing
      Accessories

      Charpy, Izod, and other accessories for Instron Impact systems.
      More Info

      Static Hydraulic Load Frame Accessories

      Static Hydraulic Load Frame Accessories

      Frame accessories designed for use with Instron Industrial Series static hydraulic universal testing machines.

      More Info

      Crash Simulation Accessories

      Crash Simulation Accessories

      Testing Accessories

      Accessories for Low Speed Rear, Side and Pole Impact Simulation that will assist with increasing the productivity and efficiency of the development process.

      2 piece sled

      2-Piece Sled

      The innovative sled concept allows you to reduce your set-up time and increase the dynamic performance of the system.

      More Info

      camera outriggers

      Camera Outriggers

      Designed for low mass and high stiffness, the Instron camera outriggers provide a stable mounting point for high speed cameras whilst preserving the performance of the test system.

      More Info

      Low Speed Rear Impact Simulation

      Low Speed Rear Impact Simulation

      The low speed rear impact simulation is used for the development and testing of the interaction between the occupant, the seat and the neck support.

      More Info

      crash simulation pitching

      Pitching

      The active controlled pitch simulation load unit offers a significant advantage through more realistic crash simulations and better reproduction of the dummy injury criteria

      More Info

      Quick clamping

      Quick Clamping System for Test-Setup-Pallets

      The quick clamping mechanism allows standardized mounting of any type of structures on the sled to reduce the set-up time.

      More Info

      Crashtest

      Side and Pole Impact Simulation

      Side-crash simulations on sled systems are carried out for the development of safety restraint systems.

      More Info

      Specimen Measuring and Preparation

      Specimen Measuring and Preparation

      Testing Accessories

      Instron® supplies specimen marking devices of various types, as well as a range of specimen measurement units that can be connected directly to compatible systems to allow downloading of specimen dimensions without typing, saving time and preventing errors.

      Marking punch

      Marking Punches

      Gauge point punches of various sizes that are used to punch mark a metallic specimen with a set gauge length before testing.

      More Info

      Specimen measurement device

      Measurement Devices

      A variety of specimen measurement devices, such as calipers and micrometers, to provide digital measurement, digital measurement with automatic data entry, or manual measurement.

      More Info

      Punching machine

      Preparation Systems

      Notching, milling, and punching machines designed to prepare specimens from thick to thin as well as from soft to hard.

      More Info

      Load Cells

      Load Cells

      Testing Accessories

      Instron® is the only testing system manufacturer that designs and manufactures its own load cells. This ensures that Instron load cells meet the unique requirements of material testing systems such as high accuracy over a wide measurement range, high stiffness, resistance to offset loads, accurate alignment and excellent zero stability. These load cells are made within Instron’s manufacturing center in High Wycombe, United Kingdom. All Instron load cells are individually temperature-compensated and tested for accuracy and repeatability on a calibration apparatus that is traceable to international standards, with a measurement of uncertainty that does not exceed one-third of the permissible error of the load cell.

       

      2580 Series Load Cells 10 kN

      Static Load Cells

      Load cells for Instron’s 3300, 3400, 5900, and 6800 Series universal testing systems.

      More Info

      2527 Series Load Cell

      Dynamic Fatigue Rated
      Load Cells

      Load cells for Instron ElectroPuls and hydraulic fatigue systems.

      More Info

      Torsion Load Cell

      Torsion Cells

      Torsion cells for use with the 55MT series torsion frames.

      More Info

      Tensile Grips

      Tensile Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Instron® offers a wide variety of tensile grips to suit your industry and testing application. Our grips range in force from one gram to 2 meganewtons and can accommodate a diverse range of materials such as thread, rope, elastomers, plastic, composites, metals, and more. For those with unique applications, our custom engineering group will gladly design a grip to suit your situation. Instron grips comply with all global testing standards, are designed to last for decades, and are backed by our world class service and support team.

      2 kN Pneumatic Grip

      Pneumatic Side Action
      Tensile Grips

      Our most popular tensile grip and installed on more than half of all Instron universal testing machines.  These grips are easy to use, extremely versatile, and efficient for high volume testing.  Up to 10kN force capacity.

      More Info

      wedge action grip

      Wedge Action
      Tensile Grips

      A classic, simple, and robust tensile grip design; manual wedge action grips are perfect for metals, composites, and plastic.  Designed for easy specimen loading, alignment, and positioning.  Up to 250kN force capacity.

      More Info

      Screw side action tensile grip

      Screw Side Action
      Tensile Grips

      Screw action grips provide a very simple and efficient method for holding test specimens and are most commonly used for biomedical, plastic film, electronic, and adhesive applications.  Up to 10kN force capacity.

      More Info

      2742-601 ±500kN Fatigue Rated Hydraulic Wedge Grips

      Advanced Hydraulic Wedge Action Tensile Grips – Static & Dynamic

      The best grips available for most metal and composite tensile testing applications. A hydraulic grip pump is required if installing these on an electromechanical system. Up to 500kN force capacity.

      More Info

      Self-tightening Roller Grip

      Self-Tightening Roller Tensile Grips

      Simple and efficient self-tightening tensile grips that are perfect for elastomers and thin films.  Up to 5kN force capacity.

      More Info

      Textile Cord, Yarn, and Rope Tensile Grip

      Textile Cord, Yarn, and Rope Tensile Grips

      Grips designed specifically for tensile testing yarn, thread, rope, cord, tube, sutures, and wire.

      More Info

      1500 kN Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips breaking rebar

      Hydraulic Wedge Action Tensile Grips

      Hydraulic wedge action grips for Instron's high-capacity static hydraulic universal testing systems. Up to 2,000kN force capacity.

      More Info

      Hydraulic Dual Side Acting Grips, 250kN Catalog no. W-5450

      Hydraulic Side Action Tensile Grips

      Hydraulic side-acting DuraSync™ high capacity grips deliver enhanced gripping performance, usability, and operator safety over traditional grip designs. Up to 2,000kN force capacity.

      More Info

      Webbing Capstan Grips Catalog no. CP108121

      Webbing
      Tensile Grips

      Perfect for textile webbing, cargo straps, and seat belt material. Due to the diversity of materials and widths, most of the grips we supply are custom made for your application.

      More Info

      ±1 kN Pneumatic Fatigue Grips Catalog no. 2742-103

      Pneumatic Wedge Action Tensile Grips – Static & Dynamic

      Designed for ElectroPuls™ test instruments, these pneumatic wedge action grips are suitable for tension, compression, torsion, and reverse-stress testing on a wide range of specimens and materials.

      More Info

      Pneumatic Wedge Action Grips; Capacity 200 kN Catalog no. 2716-121

      Pneumatic Wedge Action Tensile Grips

      Similar to manual wedge grips but with the addition of pneumatic closing to increase testing speed and convenience. 100kN and 200kN models available.

      More Info

      Fatigue Rated Mechanical Wedge Action Grips

      Fatigue Rated Mechanical Wedge Action Tensile Grips

      Available in fatigue ratings ranging from ±1 to ±100 kN and suitable for tension compression, torsion, and reverse-stress testing on a wide range of specimens and materials.
      More Info

      25kN 100Nm Fatigue Rated Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips for 8874 Machine Catalog no. 8260C

      Torsion and
      Axial-Torsion Grips

      Axial-torsion grips for the Instron 8874 bi-axial servohydraulic testing system, and torsion grips for Instron MT torsion testing systems.

      More Info

      Fastener fixtures

      Fastener
      Tensile Grips

      Fastener holder tensile grips perform proof tests, axial and wedge tensile tests, and cone stripping tests on bolts, screws, studs, and nuts.

      More Info

      0.505 Inch Shoulder-End Specimen Inserts 300 kN Catalog no. W-5158-A

      Threaded-End and Button-End Grip Bodies

      Split insert tensile grips are designed for safe, high-volume testing of shoulder-end or button-end machined specimens. Designed per ASTM E8, ASTM A370, ASTM A48 and GOST 1497 (Type III specimen).

      More Info

      Wire and Cable grip

      Wire and Cable
      Tensile Grips

      Grips designed specifically for tensile testing wire and cable up to 12.7mm in diameter.

      More Info

      Micro Pneumatic Grips, Side Action. Rated capacity: 10 N Catalog no. 2712-101

      Microelectronic
      Tensile Grips

      A variety of tensile grips suitable for performing tensile tests on a wide range of microelectronic components and assemblies including leads, wires, and irregularly-shaped products.
      More Info

      Cord Capstan Grips

      Cord Capstan
      Tensile Grips

      Manual tensile grips designed specifically for rope and cord up to 3.2mm in diameter and 2.5kN of breaking strength.

      More Info

      Fiber Filament Tensile Grips

      Fiber Filament
      Tensile Grips

      Small, very low force, and lightweight tensile grips for fibers and filaments. Common in biomedical and microelectronic applications.

      More Info

      O-Ring Test Fixture

      O-Ring
      Tensile Grips

      The tensile grip designed for ASTM D1414.  Designed for testing elastomeric rings, these fixtures avoid local stress concentrations by using a spindle that is rotated by the testing system's moving crosshead.

      More Info

      Set of 2 fabric loops with no fabric

      Fabric Loop
      Tensile Grips

      The tensile grip designed for ASTM D4964. Fabric loop grips are used for tension and elongation testing of wide or narrow elastic fabrics.

      More Info

      BioPuls Submersible Pneumatic Side Action Grips Catalog no. 2752-005

      BioPuls Submersible Pneumatic Side Action Tensile Grips

      Submersible tensile grips designed specifically for use with Instron's BioPuls temperature controlled water or saline bath system.

      More Info

      Lever Operated Mechanical Wedge Action Grips

      Mechanical Wedge Action Tensile Grips – Lever Operated

      Available in load capacities ranging from 22.2 – 150 kN, these versatile grips are designed for simplified specimen insertion and removal with lever operation to open and close the grip faces.

      More Info

      Compact Tension Fixture for Fracture Mechanics

      Clevis Grips for
      Fracture Mechanics

      Suited for static and dynamic testing of compact tension specimens in accordance with ASTM E399, E647, E813, E1290, and BS 7448.

      More Info

      Biomedical Systems and Accessories

      Biomedical Systems and Accessories

      Testing Accessories

      Whether your application involves syringes, Luer locks, auto-injectors, pen injectors, sutures, prosthetics, implants, medical packaging, or PPE, Instron offers a range of fixtures and accessories for testing to industry standards. To learn more about the latest testing applications for drug delivery devices and containers, medical consumables and packaging, cardiovascular and interventional devices, biomaterials, orthopedic implants, and dental devices, visit our Biomedical Industry page.


      Autoinjector Testing System
      Developed in close partnership with pharmaceutical device manufacturers and CDMOs, Instron’s latest generation Autoinjector Testing System can perform full functionality testing on a wide range of drug delivery devices – such as needle shield and button-activated devices, as well as safety syringes. This system measures a variety of essential performance requirements, including cap removal, dose accuracy, activation force, injection time, needle depth, click detection, and needle guard lockout – allowing labs to meet internal quality requirements and international standards such as ISO 11608.

       

      Luer Lock Testing
      Luer Lock Testing

      Torsion Add-On 3.0
      Designed for simple, simultaneous or independent axial and torsional testing, the Torsion Add-On 3.0 increases the capabilities of your lab – allowing you to expand product development capabilities and simulate real-world applications of your products. It’s perfect for testing the performance of Luer locks, bone screws, along with medical devices, packaging, tubing, and more.
      Luer connector for ISO 80369
      Luer connector for ISO 80369 Luer connector for ISO 80369 Luer connector for ISO 80369 Luer connector for ISO 80369

      ISO 80369 Testing System

      Instron’s ISO 80369 system is built on our advanced 6800 Series universal testing machines with biaxial capabilities, delivering exceptional performance and flexibility to support a wide range of medical device testing.

      By consolidating mechanical and pressurized leakage performance tests into a single machine, it enhances efficiency, reduces evaluation time, and minimizes device usage. Featuring modular configurations for syringes, IV hubs, and connectors, this system ensures precise alignment and adaptability for diverse device geometry. Maximize your testing capabilities with the Instron ISO 80369 system, engineered for both standard and custom device testing.

      Universal Syringe Fixture
      Universal Syringe Fixture Syringe Fixture Catalog Number 2870-001
      Syringe Test Fixtures

      Our range of syringe fixtures are designed to investigate the forces necessary to evaluate the performance of syringes and syringe/needle combinations. The fixtures used in conjunction with the test system can determine the forces required to operate the device – specifically the break loose and glide force.

      The CP131100 universal syringe fixture is designed to accommodate a wide range of common syringe sizes between 1 ml and 50 ml. The adjustable gripping mechanism makes it easy for operators to adjust for multiple syringe sizes, perfect for test labs. The 2870-001 syringe fixture is simple in design, using specific inserts to support the syringe flange during testing.

      We also offer a separate syringe test fixture, catalog no. 2870-003, specifically designed to meet the test requirements of ISO 7886-1 Annex G for sterile, single-use hypodermic syringes.

      AT2 Automated XY Stage
      AT2 Automated XY Stage AT2 Automated XY Stage
      AT2 Automated Motorized XY System
      The Instron Automated XY Stage Testing System is designed for automated compression, flex, or tension testing of devices and components with multiple and repetitive test points on medical devices, syringes, pharmaceutical pills, etc.

       

      Automated Carousel Testing System
      Automated Carousel Testing System Automated Carousel Testing System
      Automated Carousel Testing System

      Instron’s Automated Carousel Testing System utilizes an innovative, adaptable design for testing of medical vials, cartridges, and pre-filled syringes. The small footprint allows it to be put on standard lab benches adding automation to even the smallest labs. It is designed with easy wipe-down surfaces and stainless steel covers for biomedical environments. Commonly configured to automate testing of residual seal force (RSF) and compression testing.

       

      Curved Needle Testing System
      Curved Needle Testing System Curved Needle Testing
      Curved Needle Testing System
      Built on the 6800 Series platform, the curved needle testing system is designed for testing needles used in wound closure or surgical procedures. This system can be used to perform curved needle puncture testing per ASTM F3014 in addition to cantilever bend testing. The curved needle puncture testing fixture is used to evaluate needle sharpness and coating durability, and the needle bend testing fixture is used to evaluate the flexural properties of a needle during use. The testing system operates with Bluehill® Universal software that provides test control, data acquisition, test results, and reports, as well as a large library of calculations.

      ElectroPuls 16-Station Testing System
      ElectroPuls 16-Station Testing System ElectroPuls 16-Station Testing System
      ElectroPuls 16-Station Testing System
      Commonly used for in vitro testing of vascular stent components, the ElectroPuls 16-Station testing system performs very high cycle fatigue testing on up to 16 specimens simultaneously, with a fatigue rated load cell and precision adjustment for each.

       

      Tortuosity Testing System
      Tortuosity Test System
      Guidewire and catheter manufacturers are interested in quantifying the frictional forces, which is measured by simulating the action of the product being pushed through a patient's body. This type of test is often referred to as tortuosity testing.

       

      BioPuls Bath
      BioPuls Bath
      The temperature-controlled BioBath allows for accurate simulation of the environmental conditions required for biomedical testing. The bath has a pneumatic lifting and lowering mechanism that allows for ease of use, increases productivity, and minimizes the risk of spilling fluid on the surrounding test equipment. Most importantly, the BioBath was specifically designed for compatibility with our newest video extensometers, allowing for unparalleled accuracy in strain measurement.

       

      ElectroPuls Biomedical Fluid Bath
      ElectroPuls Biomedical Fluid Bath
      ElectroPuls® Biomedical Fluid Bath - 5 Liter
      The ElectroPuls Fluid Bath is the ideal solution for a wide variety of biomedical testing applications in a saline solution or distilled water. When used in conjunction with the Temperature-Controlled Fluid Re-circulator (CP106108), the fluid temperature can be regulated simulating a body temperature of 37°C (98.6°F) for in vivo conditions. The cylindrical, transparent design gives good visibility of the submersed specimen from all sides. Also included is a lid to minimize evaporation during longer term fatigue tests with a vent hose to connect to a drain and an additional tray to prevent spillage of fluid.

       

      BioBox
      BioBox
      BioBox
      Within the medical device industry, regulatory agencies often test internally-based devices and implants in a physiological state. The lnstron® BioBox meets the growing trend of testing actual medical devices and biomaterials at body temperature (37 °С). For large or long devices, testing in а liquid may not bе practical. As an alternative, testing inside а controlled air environment at body temperature provides а powerful solution. The BioBox can bе incorporated as а standard item on а new single column frame or in selected models already in operation. This bох permits the full travel test of sutures, catheter tubings, latex gloves, and а wide variety of other devices and biomaterials at physiologically relevant temperatures.

      BioTray
      BioTray BioTray
      BioTray
      Liquid resistant tray cover for protecting the base of Instron frames from damage, e.g. messy biomedical specimens or spillage using BioPuls Bath. Provides full liquid resistant protection. Easy to install and clean with water.

      Component Test Plate
      Component Test Plate Component Test Plate
      Component Test Plate
      The component test plate is a large plate with an array of tapped holes that is useful for securing difficult-to-test components for a variety of tensile, compression, peel or other testing.

      XY Stage
      XY Stage
      XY Test Stage
      The XY Test Stage is useful for testing components, sub-assemblies, or end products that have multiple elements or leads that need to be tested independently of one another; commonly found in the medical device industry.

       

      Biomedical Test Fixtures
      Other Biomedical Test Fixtures
      To view even more Instron test fixtures for biomedical applications, check out the Biomedical/Pharmaceutical accessories section of our Accessories Catalog.

      Microelectronics Tensile Grips

      Microelectronics Tensile Grips

      Testing Accessories

      Instron offers a variety of grips suitable for performing tensile tests on a wide range of microelectronic components and assemblies including leads, wires, and irregularly shaped products.

      50 N Pneumatic Side Action Grips
      50 N Pneumatic Side Action Grips 250 N Pneumatic Side Action Grips
      Pneumatic Side Action Tensile Grips

       

      Pneumatic action grips clamp the specimen through dual side action movement, actuated by an air cylinder built into the grip body. Gripping force can be controlled by adjusting the input air pressure and remains constant even if the specimen contracts in the gripped area providing the ultimate in 'follow-up' action.

       

      Available Models
      Force Capacity Catalog No.
      50 N 2712-051
      250 N 2712-052

      More Info

       

       

      Screw Side Action Grips
      Screw Side Action Tensile Grips

      The 2710-100 Series dual-acting screw design accommodates specimens up to 46 mm (1.8 in) thick and can be offset for irregular or asymmetrical specimens such as lap-shear types and component testing.

      Available Models
      Force Capacity Maximum Jaw Face Opening With Serrated Jaw Faces Catalog No.
      100 N 35 mm 2710-111
      500 N 35 mm 2710-112
      1 kN 36 mm 2710-113
      2 kN 36 mm 2710-114
      5 kN 46 mm 2710-115
      10 kN 46 mm 2710-116

      More Info

       

      Micro Pneumatic Side Action Grips
      Micro Pneumatic Side Action Tensile Grips

      The micro pneumatic side action grips have one fixed and one moving face that is actuated with a footswitch, freeing up the operator's hands for accurate specimen placement. The grips have a large access area making them ideal for loading miniature specimens such as fine wires, thin films, or single filaments.

      Specifications
      Force Capacity Maximum Specimen Thickness Catalog No.
      10 N 0.8 mm 2712-101

      More Info 

       

      Pneumatic Lead Pull Grip
      Pneumatic Lead Pull Tensile Grip

      The pneumatic lead pull grip is a parallel action pneumatically operated vice action grip fitted with needle nose jaw faces for lead pull testing.

      Specifications
      Force Capacity Catalog No.
      500 N 2712-212

      More Info

       

      Wire Pull Hook Fixture

       

      The wire pull hook fixture is designed for wire and wire bond pull testing on microelectronic components. The fixture meets the requirements of MIL-STD-883 method 2011.7 (bond strength - destructive bond pull test) and 2023.5 (non-destructive bond pull test).

       

      Specifications
      Force Capacity Catalog No.
      10 N 2860-001

      More Info

       

      Composite Test Fixtures

      Composite Test Fixtures

      Testing Accessories

      Characterization of composite materials requires a range of tests under different loading conditions, such as tension, compression, shear, flexure, and peel. Instron provides a range of high-performance composites testing fixtures that conform to the requirements of the appropriate ASTM, ISO, EN, and other testing standards.

      Precision Manual Wedge Grips
      Precision Manual Wedge Grips Hydraulic Wedge Action Grips Manual Wedge Grips
      Composites Tensile Testing Grips

      Both manual and hydraulic grip types capable of operating over a wide range of temperatures are available. Moving body manual and hydraulic wedge grips are recommended for testing composite materials as they provide reliable gripping of test specimens whilst maintaining accurate and repeatable alignment meeting Nadcap requirements for aerospace testing. Adapters are available to allow a range of composites test fixtures to be attached to these grips meaning that the grips do not have to be removed when changing test set ups, minimizing disruption and enhancing productivity.

      Composites Compression Test Fixture
      Composites Compression Test Fixtures
      Supported Gauge Section

       

      The anti-buckling fixture was originally designed for the compression testing of rigid plastics per ASTM D695 and the shear testing of reinforced plastics per ASTM D3846. Boeing then adapted the fixture for use with high strength composites, introducing an L-shaped base support to ensure accurate and consistent alignment of the fixture and specimen. The SACMA standard followed the Boeing design with an added alternative support fixture with a cutout, allowing bonded strain gauges to be used at the center of the specimen for precise strain measurement.

       

      Overview
      Common Standards ASTM D695, ASTM D3846, Boeing BSS 7260, SACMA SRM-1, prEN 2850, ISO 14126
      Catalog Numbers S4931A, CP108932, CP114221, CP114215, CP115010, CP115011, CP114249

      More Info

       

      Composites Compression Test Fixture
      Composites Compression Test Fixture Composites Compression Test Fixture
      Composites Compression Test Fixtures
      Unsupported Gauge Section

       

      Compression testing of composites without anti-buckling guide plates is often preferred as the free unsupported length is more representative of true compression behavior. Three fixtures are available: IITRI, Wyoming Modified Celanese, and Combined Loading Compression (CLC).

       

      Overview
      Common Standards ASTM D6641, ASTM D3410, ISO 14126
      Catalog Numbers CP104483, S4690A, CP105787

      More Info

       

      Composites Compression Test Fixtures
      Boeing Open Hole Compression Fixture

       

      The ASTM D6484 / D6484M fixture is used to perform open-hole compressive tests on multi-directional polymer matrix composite laminates reinforced with high modulus fibers. The open-hole compression fixture was originally developed by Boeing and is outlined in Boeing specification BSS 7260. The test specimen is rectangular with a central hole. The fixture consists of a pair of interlocking plates that guide and prevent the specimen from buckling under the applied compressive load.

       

      Overview
      Common Standards ASTM D6484, ASTM D6484M, Boeing BSS 7260
      Catalog Numbers CP113777, CP113778, CP113779, CP113780

      More Info

       

      Composites V-Notch Shear Test Fixture

      Composites V-Notch Shear Test Fixtures

      Instron Shear Test Fixtures are designed for in-plane or interlaminar shear testing of composite materials. The V-Notched Beam Method, or more commonly known as the Iosipescu Shear Method, was standardized into ASTM D5379 in 1993, while the V-Notched Rail Shear Method was more recently introduced in 2005 under ASTM D7078. Both test methods share many common characteristics and have the distinctive V-notches in the specimen design, which serve to create a localized and approximate uniform shear stress zone between the notches. It’s important to note that the two fixtures in ASTM D7078 and D5379 are quite different in their specimen design, the way in which load is applied to the specimen and consequently, the type of results obtained.

       

      Overview
      Common Standards ASTM D5379, ASTM D7078
      Catalog Numbers S4685A, CP105207

      More Info

       

      Composites Rail Shear Fixture
      Composites Rail Shear Fixture Composites Rail Shear Fixture

      Composites Rail Shear to ASTM D4255

      ASTM D4255 describes both 2 Rail and 3 rail methods of determining the in-plane shear strength of a composite laminate panel. In the 2 Rail test (Method A) a laminate panel specimen is clamped between loading plates and yokes and then subject to shear loading. Measurement of shear strain requires the use of strain gauges on the specimen. Two types of fixture are available: one working in a compression mode and one working in a tension mode. A specimen template is included to ensure the accurate location of the holes in the specimen.

       

      Overview
      Common Standard ASTM D4255
      Catalog Numbers S4695A, S4695B

      More Info

       

      Flexural and Interlaminar Shear Bend Fixture
      Flexural and Interlaminar Shear Bend Fixture Flexural and Interlaminar Shear Bend Fixture

      Flexural and Interlaminar Shear Bend Fixture

      A modular fixture for flexural and Interlaminar Shear Strength (ILSS) testing to a wide range of standards. Capable of operation from -70 to +250 deg C (-94 to +482 deg F).

       

      Overview
      Common Standards ASTM D2344, ASTM D2344M, ASTM D790, ASTM D7264, EN 2377, EN 2562, EN 2563, ISO 14125, ISO 14130
      Catalog Numbers CP107574, CP106695, CP111636, CP112749, CP107666,CP106948, CP108956, CP106702, CP110860, CP108199

      More Info

      Boeing Compression After Impact Fixture
      Compression After Impact
      "Boeing CAI" Fixture

       

      The “Boeing CAI” fixture is used to test the impact resistance of carbon and other fiber-reinforced polymer composite laminates. These materials are prone to great reduction in compressive strength, even when the impact load is insufficient to cause visible damage. The post-impact compression test is used to assess the relative performance of different composite laminates with different fiber matrix combinations. Laminates are subjected to low-velocity impact loading simulating tool drops and flying debris or may be subjected to an out-of-plane static indentation (ASTM D6264 / D6264M). Specimens then undergo a compression after impact (CAI) test on an electromechanical or servo hydraulic testing machine.

       

      Overview
      Common Standards ASTM D7137 / 7137M, Boeing BSS 7260
      Catalog Numbers S5385A, CP103712

      More Info

       

      Compression After Impact Fixture
      Compression After Impact
      Airbus AITM 1-0010

       

      The “Airbus CAI” fixture is used to test the impact resistance of carbon and other fiber-reinforced plastic (CFRP) composite laminates. These materials are prone to great reduction in compressive strength even when the impact load is insufficient to cause visible damage. The post-impact compression test is used widely to assess the relative performance of different composite laminates with different fiber matrix combinations. In the first part of the test the laminates are subjected to low-velocity impact loading simulating tool drops and flying debris. Specimens then undergo a compression after impact (CAI) test on an electromechanical or servo hydraulic testing machine.

       

      Overview
      Common Standard AITM 1-0010
      Catalog Number CP105079

      More Info

       

      Sandwich Constructions Flatwise Tension Test Fixture

      Sandwich Constructions Flatwise Tension Test Fixtures

      ASTM C297 describes a method of determining the bond strength between the facing and core of a sandwich core panel or the strength of the core itself, if the bond strength between the facing and the core is sufficiently strong. The specimen is bonded to thick loading blocks and then subject to tensile loading applied via the blocks. Each half of the test fixture incorporates a dual flexible yoke to ensure that pure axial load is applied to the specimen. The fixture can be used to test a variety of different sandwich core materials including honeycomb core structures and continuous core structures, such as foam or balsa wood.

       

      Overview
      Common Standard ASTM C297
      Catalog Numbers 2505-013, 2505-015, S4683A

      More Info

       

      Flatwise Shear Fixture
      Flatwise Shear Fixture Flatwise Shear Fixture
      Sandwich Constructions
      Flatwise Shear to ASTM C273

       

      ASTM C273 describes a method of determining the shear strength of a sandwich core panel. The test the specimen is bonded to thick loading plate blocks and is subject to shear loading applied via the blocks. Two types of fixture are available: one working in a tension mode and one working in a compression mode. Both fixtures are supplied with carbon steel loading blocks. Either fixture can test a variety of different sandwich core materials including honeycomb core structures and continuous core structures, such as foam or balsa wood.

       

      Overview
      Common Standard ASTM C273
      Catalog Numbers S4681A, S4682A

      More Info

       

      Climbing Drum Peel Fixture
      Climbing Drum Peel Fixture Climbing Drum Peel Fixture Climbing Drum Peel Fixture

      Climbing Drum Peel Fixture

      The Climbing Drum peel test for adhesives measures the strength of the adhesive bond between the core and the facing of a honeycomb panel.

       

      Overview
      Common Standards ASTM D1781, EN 2243-3
      Catalog Numbers S4680A, S4680C, CP108963

      More Info

      Electrical Adapter for 120 and 350 ohm Strain Gauges

      Strain Gauge Adapters for 120 and 350 ohm Gauges

      From aerospace to construction, strain gauges are used in a variety of industries to measure strain in both materials and structural testing. These strain gauge adapters allow a single strain gauge to be used with any standard Instron strain channel. The strain gauge adapter contains bridge completion resistors and electrical calibration circuitry. The strain gauge leads are connected to the adapter via a spring-loaded terminal. Both 2 and 3 wire strain gauge connections are supported. The adapter is compatible with strain gauges that have gauge factors between 1.5 - 2.5. Multiple strain gauges require multiple adapters, which can be used up to the maximum number of strain channels fitted to the testing machine.

       

      Overview
      Catalog Numbers 2210-891, 2210-892

      More Info

       

      Biaxial Extensometer
      Biaxial Extensometer Biaxial Extensometer Biaxial Extensometer

      Biaxial Extensometer

      A range of Bi-axial and Averaging Axial extensometers are optimized for measuring strain when testing composites. These extensometers feature simple, single- handed operation and incorporate automatic electrical calibration and transducer recognition including a unique digital serial number. All of the extensometers measure the axial strain on both sides of the specimen. The use of average axial strain corrects for any specimen bending due to mis-alignment for the consistent and accurate determination of modulus. Biaxial versions measure transverse strain allowing for the determination of Poisson’s Ratio and In-Plane Shear strain.

       

      Overview
      Standards Meets ASTM E82 B-1, ISO 9513 grade 0.5 and ISO 527 (annex C)
      Catalog Number 2650-561

      More Info

      Peel, Friction, and Puncture Test Fixtures

      Peel, Friction, and Puncture Test Fixtures

      Testing Accessories

      These fixtures are designed to work with universal testing machines to perform an assortment of peel, puncture, burst, and coefficient of friction tests.

      90° Angle Peel Fixture

       

      The 90° peel test fixture consists of a bearing-mounted sled that is linked to the testing machine’s crosshead by a cable and pulley system. This fixture has a T-slotted sled that allows the substrate clamps, which secure the substrate to the sled, to adjust to a variety of substrate widths.

       

      Overview
      Catalog No. 2820-035
      Associated Standards ASTM B571, ASTM D2861
      Peel Angle 90°
      Maximum Load 1 kN
      Maximum Substrate Width 127 mm
      Maximum Substrate Length 250 mm

      More Info

       

      68SC-12820-036-V1-01-06
      Variable Angle Peel Fixture

       

      The variable angle peel test fixture consists of a bearing-mounted sled that is linked to the testing machine’s crosshead by a cable and pulley system. This fixture has a T-slot sled onto which you secure the substrate material. The T-slots allow the substrate clamps, which secure the substrate to the sled, to adjust to a variety of substrate widths.

       

      Overview
      Catalog No. 2820-036
      Associated Standards ASTM B571, ASTM D2861, ASTM D3330 (Method F), ASTM D6252, ASTM D6862
      Peel Angles 30°, 45°, 60°, 90°, 130°, 150°
      Maximum Load 1 kN
      Maximum Substrate Width 130 mm
      Maximum Substrate Length 250 mm

      More Info

      Pneumatic Peel Fixture
      Pneumatic Peel Fixture Pneumatic Peel Fixture
      Pneumatic 90° Peel Fixture
      Catalog No. CP134660

       

      The 90° peel fixture is designed to help an operator align and clamp down a specimen quickly and consistently while ensuring that a 90° angle can be maintained from start to finish. With its improved clamping and specimen alignment aides, the fixture provides greater repeatability, throughput, and reduced operator involvement over a standard manually-controlled and set up peel fixture. All of this makes the pneumatic version a preferred option over a standard 90° peel fixture with manual adjustments and clamping.

      Contact Us for Details

      68SC-12810-005-V1-01-02
      Coefficient of Friction Fixture

       

      This fixture consists of a fixed horizontal table and a moveable sled. Both the table and sled can be covered with the test material. A tow line attaches the sled to a low-force load cell with a pulley that guides the tow line during the test. The fixture is mounted to the base of the instrument and, as the crosshead/ load cell moves, the sled is pulled across the horizontal table.

       

      Data is recorded from the load cell during the test and analyzed to determine both static and kinetic friction. The static friction is derived from the first maximum peak (force) on the load curve and kinetic friction is derived from the average force between two pre-defined points. The coefficient of friction is defined as the recorded force divided by the mass of the sled.

       

      Overview
      Catalog No. 2810-005
      Associated Standards ASTM D1894, ISO 8295:2004

      More Info

       

      Floating Roller Peel Fixture
      Floating Roller Peel Fixtures

       

      The fixtures consist of two roller bearings in a frame that is connected to the test system via a pivoting adapter. This design ensures that alignment between the fixture and the test specimen occurs as soon as force is applied and that the direction of the applied force is through the centerline of the fixture. As the crosshead is driven in the tensile direction, the load weighing system measures the force required to peel the flexible adherend from the rigid adherend.

       

      There are two different versions of the fixture. One complies with the ASTM D3167 and the other with ISO 4578, EN 2243-2 and EN 1464 standards. While the standards are very similar there are slight differences in the specified peel area dimensions and the diameter of the roller bearings. While the differences are small, there is a risk of getting variation in the test results.

       

      Overview
      Catalog No. 2820-101 2820-102
      Associated Standards ASTM D3167 ISO 4578, EN 1464, EN 2243-2
      Maximum Load 5 kN 5 kN

      More Info

       

      German Rotating Wheel Fixture
      German Rotating Wheel Fixture

       

      This fixture consists of a 152 mm diameter, 25.4 mm wide, bearing mounted wheel. As the crosshead is driven in the tensile direction, the load weighing system measures the force of the tape or release coating pulling against the wheel. The rotation of the wheel maintains a constant 90° peel angle.

       

      Overview
      Catalog No. 2820-026
      Associated Standards ISO 6133, IPC-TM-650 2.4.9
      Peel Angle 90°
      Maximum Load 1 kN

      More Info

       

      Ball Burst Compression Fixture
      Ball Burst Compression Fixture

       

      This fixture is comprised of a lower frame with a clamping mechanism that attaches to the base of the testing system, while a probe attaches to the load cell on the moving crosshead. The probe is then moved onto the specimen at a low rate of travel until failure occurs. Common results from these tests are maximum force, force at break, penetration distance, and energy to break.

       

      Overview
      Catalog No. 2810-195
      Associated Standards ASTM D3787, ASTM D6797, FED 191A
      Maximum Load 10 kN

      More Info

       

      Puncture Fixture per ASTM D5748-95, D4649
      Puncture Fixture per ASTM D5748-95, D4649

      This fixture is comprised of a lower frame with a clamping mechanism that attaches to the base of the testing system, while a probe attaches to the load cell on the moving crosshead. The probe is then moved onto the specimen at a low rate of travel until failure occurs. Common results from these tests are maximum force, force at break, penetration distance, and energy to break.

      Overview
      Catalog No. 2810-501
      Associated Standards ASTM D5748-95, ASTM D4649
      Maximum Load 4.4 kN

      More Info
       

      Puncture Test Fixture for Packaging Materials
      Puncture Fixture for Packaging Materials

      This fixture is comprised of a lower frame with a clamping mechanism that attaches to the base of the testing system, while a probe attaches to the load cell on the moving crosshead. The probe is then moved onto the specimen at a low rate of travel until failure occurs. Common results from these tests are maximum force, force at break, penetration distance, and energy to break.

      Overview
      Catalog No. S1-11855
      Associated Standards MIL-STD-3010
      Maximum Load 2.5 kN

      More Info